Remove temporary files from source tree

10 files changed, 0 insertions, 16498 deletions

diff --git a/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqapplication.cpp~ b/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqapplication.cpp~
deleted file mode 100644
index ff60776..0000000
--- a/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqapplication.cpp~
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5499 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Implementation of TQApplication class
-**
-** Created : 931107
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.
-**
-** This file is part of the kernel module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include "tqobjectlist.h"
-#include "tqapplication.h"
-#include "tqeventloop.h"
-#include "tqeventloop_p.h"
-#include "tqwidget.h"
-#include "tqwidgetlist.h"
-#include "tqwidgetintdict.h"
-#include "tqptrdict.h"
-#include "tqcleanuphandler.h"
-
-#include "tqtranslator.h"
-#include "tqtextcodec.h"
-#include "tqsessionmanager.h"
-#include "tqdragobject.h"
-#include "tqclipboard.h"
-#include "tqcursor.h"
-#include "tqstyle.h"
-#include "tqstylefactory.h"
-#include "tqfile.h"
-#include "tqmessagebox.h"
-#include "tqdir.h"
-#include "tqfileinfo.h"
-#ifdef TQ_WS_WIN
-#include "tqinputcontext_p.h"
-#endif
-#include "tqfontdata_p.h"
-
-#if defined(TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
-#  include "tqmutex.h"
-#  include "tqthread.h"
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#ifdef truncate
-# undef truncate
-#endif
-
-#ifdef USE_QT4
-
-TQApplication *tqAppReal;				// global application object
-TQStyle *TQApplication::app_style = 0;			// default application style
-bool qt_explicit_app_style = FALSE;			// style explicitly set by programmer
-QWidget* TQApplication::current_app_main_widget = 0;	// current main widget
-
-int TQApplication::app_cspec = TQApplication::NormalColor;	// color mode (obsolete)
-
-TQWidgetList * qt_modal_stack=0;	// stack of modal widgets
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PALETTE
-TQPalette *TQApplication::app_pal	       = 0;	// default application palette
-#endif
-// TQFont	 *TQApplication::app_font       = 0;	// default application font
-bool	  qt_app_has_font	       = FALSE;
-
-bool	  qt_is_gui_used;
-bool      TQ_EXPORT qt_resolve_symlinks = TRUE;
-bool      TQ_EXPORT qt_tab_all_widgets  = TRUE;
-
-#if defined(TQ_WS_X11)
-extern void qt_init( Display* dpy, TQt::HANDLE, TQt::HANDLE );
-#endif
-extern void qt_init( int *argcptr, char **argv, TQApplication::Type );
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-TQClipboard *tqt_clipboard = 0;	// global clipboard object
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-TQMutex *TQApplication::qt_mutex = 0;
-static TQMutex *postevent_mutex = 0;
-static TQt::HANDLE qt_application_thread_id = 0;
-TQ_EXPORT TQt::HANDLE qt_get_application_thread_id()
-{
-    return qt_application_thread_id;
-}
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-
-
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-	#define TQAPPLICATION_MUTEX_INIT				\
-	qt_mutex = new TQMutex( TRUE );					\
-	postevent_mutex = new TQMutex( TRUE );				\
-	qt_application_thread_id = TQThread::currentThread();
-#else // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-	#define TQAPPLICATION_MUTEX_INIT 
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-
-TQWidgetList TQApplication::tqt_all_widgets_list;
-
-TQApplication::TQApplication( int &argc, char **argv ) : QApplication( argc, argv )
-{
-	bool GUIenabled = true;
-	TQAPPLICATION_GUI_CONDITIONAL_VAR_INIT
-	TQAPPLICATION_XORG_CONDITIONAL_INIT
-	TQAPPLICATION_MUTEX_INIT
-	TQAPPLICATION_REGISTER_TQ_DATATYPES
-}
-TQApplication::TQApplication( int &argc, char **argv, bool GUIenabled ) : QApplication( argc, argv, GUIenabled )
-{
-	TQAPPLICATION_GUI_CONDITIONAL_VAR_INIT
-	TQAPPLICATION_XORG_CONDITIONAL_INIT
-	TQAPPLICATION_MUTEX_INIT
-	TQAPPLICATION_REGISTER_TQ_DATATYPES
-}
-TQApplication::TQApplication( int &argc, char **argv, Type t ) : QApplication( argc, argv, t )
-{
-	TQAPPLICATION_GUI_VAR_INIT
-	TQAPPLICATION_XORG_PARTIAL_INIT
-	TQAPPLICATION_MUTEX_INIT
-	TQAPPLICATION_REGISTER_TQ_DATATYPES
-}
-#if defined(TQ_WS_X11)
-TQApplication::TQApplication( Display* dpy, Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE cmap ) : QApplication( dpy, visual, cmap )
-{
-	TQAPPLICATION_GUI_VAR_INIT
-	TQAPPLICATION_XORG_FULL_INIT
-	TQAPPLICATION_MUTEX_INIT
-	TQAPPLICATION_REGISTER_TQ_DATATYPES
-}
-TQApplication::TQApplication( Display *dpy, int argc, char **argv, Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE cmap ) : QApplication( dpy, argc, argv, visual, cmap )
-{
-	TQAPPLICATION_GUI_VAR_INIT
-	TQAPPLICATION_XORG_FULL_INIT
-	TQAPPLICATION_MUTEX_INIT
-	TQAPPLICATION_REGISTER_TQ_DATATYPES
-}
-#endif
-
-// Qt4 session manager interconnect
-void TQApplication::commitData( QSessionManager& sm ) {
-	commitData(TQT_TQSESSIONMANAGER_OBJECT(sm));
-}
-void TQApplication::saveState( QSessionManager& sm ) {
-	saveState(TQT_TQSESSIONMANAGER_OBJECT(sm));
-}
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSLATION
-
-bool qt_detectRTLLanguage()
-{
-    return TQApplication::tr( "TQT_LAYOUT_DIRECTION",
-	    "Translate this string to the string 'LTR' in left-to-right"
-	    " languages or to 'RTL' in right-to-left languages (such as Hebrew"
-	    " and Arabic) to get proper widget tqlayout." ) == "RTL";
-}
-
-#endif // TQT_NO_TRANSLATION
-
-TQEventLoop* TQApplication::eventloop;
-TQPtrList<QEventLoop> TQApplication::tqt_event_loop_stack;
-int TQApplication::composedUnicode;
-bool TQApplication::metaComposeUnicode;
-
-// static TQEventLoop eventLoop_private;		// Will this actually work, or do I need to call exec or something?
-//
-// TQEventLoop *TQApplication::eventLoop()
-// {
-//     return &eventLoop_private;
-// }
-
-TQEventLoop *TQApplication::eventLoop() {
-	if ( !eventloop )
-		(void) new TQEventLoop( TQT_TQOBJECT(tqApp), "default event loop" );
-	return eventloop;
-}
-
-/*!
-
-  Wakes up the GUI thread.
-
-  \sa guiThreadAwake() \link threads.html Thread Support in TQt\endlink
-*/
-void TQApplication::wakeUpGuiThread()
-{
-    eventLoop()->wakeUp();
-}
-
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-void TQApplication::lock() {
-	qt_mutex->lock();
-}
-
-void TQApplication::unlock(bool wakeUpGui) {
-	qt_mutex->unlock();
-
-	if (wakeUpGui)
-		wakeUpGuiThread();
-}
-
-bool TQApplication::locked() {
-	return qt_mutex->locked();
-}
-
-bool TQApplication::tryLock() {
-	return qt_mutex->tryLock();
-}
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PALETTE
-TQPalette *qt_std_pal = 0;
-
-void qt_create_std_palette()
-{
-    if ( qt_std_pal )
-	delete qt_std_pal;
-
-    TQColor standardLightGray( 192, 192, 192 );
-    TQColor light( 255, 255, 255 );
-    TQColor dark( standardLightGray.dark( 150 ) );
-    TQColorGroup std_act( TQt::black, standardLightGray,
-			 light, dark, TQt::gray,
-			 TQt::black, TQt::white );
-    TQColorGroup std_dis( TQt::darkGray, standardLightGray,
-			 light, dark, TQt::gray,
-			 TQt::darkGray, std_act.background() );
-    TQColorGroup std_inact( TQt::black, standardLightGray,
-			   light, dark, TQt::gray,
-			   TQt::black, TQt::white );
-    qt_std_pal = new TQPalette( std_act, std_dis, std_inact );
-}
-
-static void qt_fix_tooltips()
-{
-    // No resources for this yet (unlike on Windows).
-    TQColorGroup cg( TQt::black, TQColor(255,255,220),
-		    TQColor(96,96,96), TQt::black, TQt::black,
-		    TQt::black, TQColor(255,255,220) );
-    TQPalette pal( cg, cg, cg );
-    TQApplication::tqsetPalette( pal, TRUE, "TQTipLabel");
-}
-#endif
-
-// [FIXME] This needs to somehow connect to the Qt4 style mechanism
-// Possibly on calls to setStyle the Qt4 setStyle must also be called for the same style?
-
-static TQString *qt_style_override = 0;
-
-TQStyle& TQApplication::tqstyle()
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_STYLE
-    if ( app_style )
-	return *app_style;
-    if ( !qt_is_gui_used )
-	qFatal( "No style available in non-gui applications!" );
-
-#if defined(TQ_WS_X11)
-//     if(!qt_style_override)
-// 	x11_initialize_style(); // run-time search for default style
-#endif
-    if ( !app_style ) {
-// 	// Compile-time search for default style
-// 	//
-	TQString style;
-	if ( qt_style_override ) {
-	    style = *qt_style_override;
-	    delete qt_style_override;
-	    qt_style_override = 0;
-	} else {
-// #  if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) && defined(TQ_OS_TEMP)
-// 	    style = "PocketPC";
-// #elif defined(TQ_WS_WIN)
-// 	    if ( qWinVersion() >= TQt::WV_XP && qWinVersion() < TQt::WV_NT_based )
-// 		style = "WindowsXP";
-// 	    else
-// 		style = "Windows";		// default styles for Windows
-// #elif defined(TQ_WS_X11) && defined(TQ_OS_SOLARIS)
-// 	    style = "CDE";			// default style for X11 on Solaris
-// #elif defined(TQ_WS_X11) && defined(TQ_OS_IRIX)
-// 	    style = "SGI";			// default style for X11 on IRIX
-// #elif defined(TQ_WS_X11)
-		style = "Motif";		// default style for X11
-// #elif defined(TQ_WS_MAC)
-// 		style = "Macintosh";		// default style for all Mac's
-// #elif defined(TQ_WS_TQWS)
-// 	    style = "Compact";		// default style for small tqdevices
-// #endif
-	}
-	app_style = TQStyleFactory::create( style );
-	if ( !app_style &&		// platform default style not available, try alternatives
-	     !(app_style = TQStyleFactory::create( "Windows" ) ) &&
-	     !(app_style = TQStyleFactory::create( "Platinum" ) ) &&
-	     !(app_style = TQStyleFactory::create( "MotifPlus" ) ) &&
-	     !(app_style = TQStyleFactory::create( "Motif" ) ) &&
-	     !(app_style = TQStyleFactory::create( "CDE" ) ) &&
-	     !(app_style = TQStyleFactory::create( "Aqua" ) ) &&
-	     !(app_style = TQStyleFactory::create( "SGI" ) ) &&
-	     !(app_style = TQStyleFactory::create( "Compact" ) )
-#ifndef TQT_NO_STRINGLIST
-	    && !(app_style = TQStyleFactory::create( TQStyleFactory::keys()[0]  ) )
-#endif
-	)
-	    qFatal( "No %s style available!", style.latin1() );
-    }
-
-//     TQPalette app_pal_copy ( *app_pal );
-//     app_style->polish( *app_pal );
-
-//     if ( is_app_running && !is_app_closing && (*app_pal != app_pal_copy) ) {
-// 	TQEvent e( TQEvent::ApplicationPaletteChange );
-// 	TQWidgetIntDictIt it( *((TQWidgetIntDict*)TQWidget::wmapper()) );
-// 	register TQWidget *w;
-// 	while ( (w=it.current()) ) {		// for all widgets...
-// 	    ++it;
-// 	    sendEvent( w, &e );
-// 	}
-//     }
-
-    app_style->polish( tqApp );
-#endif
-    return *app_style;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Enters the main event loop and waits until exit() is called or the
-    main widget is destroyed, and returns the value that was set to
-    exit() (which is 0 if exit() is called via quit()).
-
-    It is necessary to call this function to start event handling. The
-    main event loop receives events from the window system and
-    dispatches these to the application widgets.
-
-    Generally speaking, no user interaction can take place before
-    calling exec(). As a special case, modal widgets like TQMessageBox
-    can be used before calling exec(), because modal widgets call
-    exec() to start a local event loop.
-
-    To make your application perform idle processing, i.e. executing a
-    special function whenever there are no pending events, use a
-    TQTimer with 0 timeout. More advanced idle processing schemes can
-    be achieved using processEvents().
-
-    \sa quit(), exit(), processEvents(), setMainWidget()
-*/
-int TQApplication::exec()
-{
-    return eventLoop()->exec();
-}
-
-/*!
-  Sets the application's GUI style to \a style. Ownership of the style
-  object is transferred to TQApplication, so TQApplication will delete
-  the style object on application exit or when a new style is set.
-
-  Example usage:
-  \code
-    TQApplication::setStyle( new TQWindowsStyle );
-  \endcode
-
-  When switching application styles, the color palette is set back to
-  the initial colors or the system defaults. This is necessary since
-  certain styles have to adapt the color palette to be fully
-  style-guide compliant.
-
-  \sa style(), TQStyle, setPalette(), desktopSettingsAware()
-*/
-void TQApplication::setStyle( TQStyle *style )
-{
-    TQStyle* old = app_style;
-    app_style = style;
-#ifdef TQ_WS_X11
-    qt_explicit_app_style = TRUE;
-#endif // TQ_WS_X11
-
-    if ( startingUp() ) {
-	delete old;
-	return;
-    }
-
-    // clean up the old style
-    if (old) {
-// 	if ( is_app_running && !is_app_closing ) {
-// 	    TQWidgetIntDictIt it( *((TQWidgetIntDict*)TQWidget::wmapper()) );
-// 	    register TQWidget *w;
-// 	    while ( (w=it.current()) ) {		// for all widgets...
-// 		++it;
-// 		if ( !w->testWFlags(WType_Desktop) &&	// except desktop
-// 		     w->testWState(WState_Polished) ) { // has been polished
-// 		    old->unPolish(w);
-// 		}
-// 	    }
-// 	}
-// 	old->unPolish( tqApp );
-    }
-
-    // take care of possible palette requirements of certain gui
-    // styles. Do it before polishing the application since the style
-    // might call TQApplication::setStyle() itself
-    if ( !qt_std_pal )
-	qt_create_std_palette();
-    TQPalette tmpPal = *qt_std_pal;
-    tqsetPalette( tmpPal, TRUE );
-
-    // initialize the application with the new style
-    app_style->polish( tqApp );
-
-    // re-polish existing widgets if necessary
-    if (old) {
-// 	if ( is_app_running && !is_app_closing ) {
-// 	    TQWidgetIntDictIt it( *((TQWidgetIntDict*)TQWidget::wmapper()) );
-// 	    register TQWidget *w;
-// 	    while ( (w=it.current()) ) {		// for all widgets...
-// 		++it;
-// 		if ( !w->testWFlags(WType_Desktop) ) {	// except desktop
-// 		    if ( w->testWState(WState_Polished) )
-// 			app_style->polish(w);		// repolish
-// 		    w->styleChange( *old );
-// 		    if ( w->isVisible() ){
-// 			w->update();
-// 		    }
-// 		}
-// 	    }
-// 	}
-	delete old;
-    }
-}
-
-/*!
-  \overload
-
-  Requests a TQStyle object for \a style from the TQStyleFactory.
-
-  The string must be one of the TQStyleFactory::keys(), typically one
-  of "windows", "motif", "cde", "motifplus", "platinum", "sgi" and
-  "compact". Depending on the platform, "windowsxp", "aqua" or
-  "macintosh" may be available.
-
-  A later call to the TQApplication constructor will override the
-  requested style when a "-style" option is passed in as a commandline
-  parameter.
-
-  Returns 0 if an unknown \a style is passed, otherwise the TQStyle object
-  returned is set as the application's GUI style.
-*/
-TQStyle* TQApplication::setStyle( const TQString& style )
-{
-#ifdef TQ_WS_X11
-    qt_explicit_app_style = TRUE;
-#endif // TQ_WS_X11
-
-    if ( startingUp() ) {
-	if(qt_style_override)
-	    *qt_style_override = style;
-	else
-	    qt_style_override = new TQString(style);
-	return 0;
-    }
-    TQStyle *s = TQStyleFactory::create( style );
-    if ( !s )
-	return 0;
-
-    setStyle( s );
-    return s;
-}
-
-TQWidget *TQApplication::mainWidget()
-{
-    return TQT_TQWIDGET(current_app_main_widget);
-}
-
-const char *TQApplication::tqname() const {
-	if (dynamic_cast<const TQApplication*>(static_cast<const QApplication*>(static_cast<const QObject*>(this)))) {
-		static_object_name = TQT_OBJECT_NAME_HANDLER(objectName());
-		return static_object_name.ascii();
-	}
-	else {
-		printf("[WARNING] Attempted to call TQApplication::tqname() on an object without a constructed TQApplication object or base object.  Returning \"\"\n\r");
-		return "";
-	}
-}
-
-const char *TQApplication::name() const {
-	if (dynamic_cast<const TQApplication*>(static_cast<const QApplication*>(static_cast<const QObject*>(this)))) {
-		static_object_name = TQT_OBJECT_NAME_HANDLER(objectName());
-		return static_object_name.ascii();
-	}
-	else {
-		printf("[WARNING] Attempted to call TQApplication::name() on an object without a constructed TQApplication object or base object.  Returning \"\"\n\r");
-		return "";
-	}
-}
-
-/*!\internal
-
-  Called from qapplication_<platform>.cpp, returns TRUE
-  if the widget should accept the event.
- */
-TQ_EXPORT bool qt_tryModalHelper( TQWidget *widget, TQWidget **rettop ) {
-    TQWidget *modal=0, *top=TQT_TQWIDGET(TQApplication::activeModalWidget());
-    if ( rettop ) *rettop = top;
-
-    if ( tqApp->activePopupWidget() )
-	return TRUE;
-
-#ifdef TQ_WS_MACX
-    top = qt_tryModalHelperMac( top );
-    if ( rettop ) *rettop = top;
-#endif
-
-    TQWidget* groupLeader = widget;
-    widget = widget->tqtopLevelWidget();
-
-    if ( widget->testWFlags(TQt::WShowModal) )	// widget is modal
-	modal = widget;
-    if ( !top || modal == top )			// don't block event
-	return TRUE;
-
-    TQWidget * p = widget->parentWidget(); // Check if the active modal widget is a tqparent of our widget
-    while ( p ) {
-	if ( p == top )
-	    return TRUE;
-	p = p->parentWidget();
-    }
-
-    while ( groupLeader && !groupLeader->testWFlags( TQt::WGroupLeader ) )
-	groupLeader = groupLeader->parentWidget();
-
-// [FIXME]
-printf("[WARNING] bool qt_tryModalHelper partially implemented\n\r");
-//     if ( groupLeader ) {
-// 	// Does groupLeader have a child in qt_modal_stack?
-// 	bool unrelated = TRUE;
-// 	modal = qt_modal_stack->first();
-// 	while (modal && unrelated) {
-// 	    TQWidget* p = modal->parentWidget();
-// 	    while ( p && p != groupLeader && !p->testWFlags( TQt::WGroupLeader) ) {
-// 		p = p->parentWidget();
-// 	    }
-// 	    modal = qt_modal_stack->next();
-// 	    if ( p == groupLeader ) unrelated = FALSE;
-// 	}
-// 
-// 	if ( unrelated )
-// 	    return TRUE;		// don't block event
-//     }
-
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-/*!\internal
-
-  Creates the proper Enter/Leave event when widget \a enter is entered
-  and widget \a leave is left.
- */
-TQ_EXPORT void qt_dispatchEnterLeave( TQWidget* enter, TQWidget* leave ) {
-#if 0
-    if ( leave ) {
-	TQEvent e( TQEvent::Leave );
-	TQApplication::sendEvent( leave, & e );
-    }
-    if ( enter ) {
-	TQEvent e( TQEvent::Enter );
-	TQApplication::sendEvent( enter, & e );
-    }
-    return;
-#endif
-
-    TQWidget* w ;
-    if ( !enter && !leave )
-	return;
-    TQWidgetList leaveList;
-    TQWidgetList enterList;
-
-    bool sameWindow = leave && enter && leave->tqtopLevelWidget() == enter->tqtopLevelWidget();
-    if ( leave && !sameWindow ) {
-	w = leave;
-	do {
-	    leaveList.append( w );
-	} while ( (w = w->parentWidget( TRUE ) ) );
-    }
-    if ( enter && !sameWindow ) {
-	w = enter;
-	do {
-	    enterList.prepend( w );
-	} while ( (w = w->parentWidget(TRUE) ) );
-    }
-    if ( sameWindow ) {
-	int enterDepth = 0;
-	int leaveDepth = 0;
-	w = enter;
-	while ( ( w = w->parentWidget( TRUE ) ) )
-	    enterDepth++;
-	w = leave;
-	while ( ( w = w->parentWidget( TRUE ) ) )
-	    leaveDepth++;
-	TQWidget* wenter = enter;
-	TQWidget* wleave = leave;
-	while ( enterDepth > leaveDepth ) {
-	    wenter = wenter->parentWidget();
-	    enterDepth--;
-	}
-	while ( leaveDepth > enterDepth ) {
-	    wleave = wleave->parentWidget();
-	    leaveDepth--;
-	}
-	while ( !wenter->isTopLevel() && wenter != wleave ) {
-	    wenter = wenter->parentWidget();
-	    wleave = wleave->parentWidget();
-	}
-
-	w = leave;
-	while ( w != wleave ) {
-	    leaveList.append( w );
-	    w = w->parentWidget();
-	}
-	w = enter;
-	while ( w != wenter ) {
-	    enterList.prepend( w );
-	    w = w->parentWidget();
-	}
-    }
-
-    TQEvent leaveEvent( TQEvent::Leave );
-    for ( w = leaveList.first(); w; w = leaveList.next() ) {
-	if ( !tqApp->activeModalWidget() || qt_tryModalHelper( w, 0 ))
-	    TQApplication::sendEvent( w, &leaveEvent );
-    }
-    TQEvent enterEvent( TQEvent::Enter );
-    for ( w = enterList.first(); w; w = enterList.next() ) {
-	if ( !tqApp->activeModalWidget() || qt_tryModalHelper( w, 0 ))
-	    TQApplication::sendEvent( w, &enterEvent );
-    }
-}
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-/*!
-  Returns a pointer to the application global clipboard.
-*/
-TQClipboard *TQApplication::tqclipboard()
-{
-    if ( tqt_clipboard == 0 ) {
-	tqt_clipboard = new TQClipboard;
-	TQ_CHECK_PTR( tqt_clipboard );
-    }
-    return tqt_clipboard;
-}
-#endif // TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-
-/*!
-  \fn void TQApplication::commitData( TQSessionManager& sm )
-
-  This function deals with \link session.html session
-  management\endlink. It is invoked when the TQSessionManager wants the
-  application to commit all its data.
-
-  Usually this means saving all open files, after getting
-  permission from the user. Furthermore you may want to provide a means
-  by which the user can cancel the shutdown.
-
-  Note that you should not exit the application within this function.
-  Instead, the session manager may or may not do this afterwards,
-  depending on the context.
-
-  \warning Within this function, no user interaction is possible, \e
-  unless you ask the session manager \a sm for explicit permission.
-  See TQSessionManager::allowsInteraction() and
-  TQSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction() for details and example
-  usage.
-
-  The default implementation requests interaction and sends a close
-  event to all visible top level widgets. If any event was
-  rejected, the shutdown is canceled.
-
-  \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), saveState(), \link session.html the Session Management overview\endlink
-*/
-#ifndef TQT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
-void TQApplication::commitData( TQSessionManager& sm  )
-{
-
-    if ( sm.allowsInteraction() ) {
-	TQWidgetList done;
-	TQWidgetList *list = TQApplication::tqtopLevelWidgets();
-	bool cancelled = FALSE;
-	TQWidget* w = list->first();
-	while ( !cancelled && w ) {
-	    if ( !w->isHidden() ) {
-		TQCloseEvent e;
-		sendEvent( w, &e );
-		cancelled = !e.isAccepted();
-		if ( !cancelled )
-		    done.append( w );
-		delete list; // one never knows...
-		list = TQApplication::tqtopLevelWidgets();
-		w = list->first();
-	    } else {
-		w = list->next();
-	    }
-	    while ( w && done.tqcontainsRef( w ) )
-		w = list->next();
-	}
-	delete list;
-	if ( cancelled )
-	    sm.cancel();
-    }
-}
-
-
-/*!
-  \fn void TQApplication::saveState( TQSessionManager& sm )
-
-  This function deals with \link session.html session
-  management\endlink. It is invoked when the
-  \link TQSessionManager session manager \endlink wants the application
-  to preserve its state for a future session.
-
-  For example, a text editor would create a temporary file that
-  includes the current contents of its edit buffers, the location of
-  the cursor and other aspects of the current editing session.
-
-  Note that you should never exit the application within this
-  function. Instead, the session manager may or may not do this
-  afterwards, depending on the context. Futhermore, most session
-  managers will very likely request a saved state immediately after
-  the application has been started. This permits the session manager
-  to learn about the application's restart policy.
-
-  \warning Within this function, no user interaction is possible, \e
-  unless you ask the session manager \a sm for explicit permission.
-  See TQSessionManager::allowsInteraction() and
-  TQSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction() for details.
-
-  \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), commitData(), \link session.html the Session Management overview\endlink
-*/
-
-void TQApplication::saveState( TQSessionManager& /* sm */ )
-{
-}
-#endif //TQT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
-
-#if 1  /* OBSOLETE */
-
-TQApplication::ColorMode TQApplication::colorMode()
-{
-	return (TQApplication::ColorMode)app_cspec;
-}
-
-void TQApplication::setColorMode( TQApplication::ColorMode mode )
-{
-	printf("[WARNING] TQApplication::setColorMode() does nothing!\n\r");
-	app_cspec = mode;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*!
-  Initialization of the appearance of the widget \a w \e before it is first
-  shown.
-
-  Usually widgets call this automatically when they are polished. It
-  may be used to do some style-based central customization of widgets.
-
-  Note that you are not limited to the public functions of TQWidget.
-  Instead, based on meta information like TQObject::className() you are
-  able to customize any kind of widget.
-
-  \sa TQStyle::polish(), TQWidget::polish(), setPalette(), setFont()
-*/
-
-void TQApplication::polish( QWidget *w )
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_STYLE
-    TQT_TQWIDGET(w)->tqstyle().polish( w );
-#endif
-}
-
-void TQApplication::exit_loop() {			// Does not exit in Qt4
-	printf("[WARNING] No runtime validation is performed within TQApplication::exit_loop; this may cause odd/obscure problems\n\r");
-// 	QThreadData *data = QThreadData::current();
-// 	if (!data->eventLoops.isEmpty())
-// 		data->eventLoops.top()->exit();
-	QEventLoop* eventLoop = tqt_event_loop_stack.getLast();
-	if (eventLoop) {
-		eventLoop->exit();
-	}
-	else {
-		printf("[WARNING] An attempt was made to exit a nonexistant event loop!\n\r");
-	}
-}
-int TQApplication::enter_loop() {		// Does not exit in Qt4
-	printf("[WARNING] No runtime validation is performed within TQApplication::enter_loop; this may cause odd/obscure problems\n\r");
-	QEventLoop* eventLoop = new QEventLoop();
-	tqt_event_loop_stack.append(eventLoop);
-	int returnCode = eventLoop->exec();	// This blocks until either QEventLoop::exit is called or the loop terminates normally
-	tqt_event_loop_stack.remove(eventLoop);
-	delete eventLoop;
-	return returnCode;
-}
-
-TQMetaObject *TQApplication::tqmetaObject() const {
-	return TQT_TQOBJECT_CONST(this)->tqmetaObject();
-}
-
-void TQApplication::processOneEvent() {
-	processEvents(QEventLoop::WaitForMoreEvents);
-}
-
-void TQApplication::tqprocessEvents() {
-	return processEvents();
-}
-
-void TQApplication::tqprocessEvents( int maxtime ) {
-	return processEvents(QEventLoop::AllEvents, maxtime);
-}
-
-/*!
-    \obsolete
-
-    Returns the current loop level.
-
-    Use TQApplication::eventLoop()->loopLevel() instead.
-
-*/
-int TQApplication::loopLevel() const
-{
-	return eventLoop()->loopLevel();
-}
-
-bool TQApplication::hasGlobalMouseTracking()
-{
-	printf("[WARNING] TQApplication::hasGlobalMouseTracking unimplemented!\n\r");
-	return true;
-}
-
-void TQApplication::setGlobalMouseTracking( bool enable )
-{
-	printf("[WARNING] TQApplication::setGlobalMouseTracking unimplemented!\n\r");
-}
-
-#if defined(TQ_WS_X11)
-void TQApplication::create_xim() {
-	printf("[WARNING] static void TQApplication::create_xim() unimplemented\n\r");	// [FIXME]
-}
-
-void TQApplication::close_xim() {
-	printf("[WARNING] static void TQApplication::close_xim() unimplemented\n\r");	// [FIXME]
-}
-
-bool TQApplication::x11_apply_settings() {
-	printf("[WARNING] static bool TQApplication::x11_apply_settings() unimplemented\n\r");
-	return false;	// [FIXME]
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
-void TQApplication::setDefaultCodec( TQTextCodec * ) {
-	printf("[WARNING] void TQApplication::setDefaultCodec( TQTextCodec * ) unimplemented\n\r");	// [FIXME]
-}
-
-TQTextCodec* TQApplication::defaultCodec() const
-{
-// 	return TQTextCodec::codecForTr();
-
-	printf("[WARNING] TQTextCodec* TQApplication::defaultCodec unimplemented\n\r");	// [FIXME]
-// 	return TQTextCodec();
-}
-#endif
-
-TQWidgetList *TQApplication::tqallWidgets() {
-	QWidgetList ql = allWidgets();
-	tqt_all_widgets_list.clear();
-	for (int i = 0; i < ql.size(); ++i) tqt_all_widgets_list.append(TQT_TQWIDGET(ql.at(i)));
-	return &tqt_all_widgets_list;
-}
-
-TQStringList TQApplication::libraryPaths() {
-	return TQT_TQSTRINGLIST_OBJECT(QApplication::libraryPaths());
-}
-
-void TQApplication::tqsetLibraryPaths( const QStringList &qsl ) {
-	setLibraryPaths(qsl);
-}
-
-TQWidgetList *TQApplication::tqtopLevelWidgets() {
-	// The end user of the list is expected to delete it, so create it with new...
-	TQWidgetList *tqwl = new TQWidgetList();
-	foreach (QWidget *widget, QApplication::topLevelWidgets()) {
-		tqwl->append(static_cast<TQWidget*>(widget));
-	}
-	return tqwl;
-	
-}
-
-TQDesktopWidget *TQApplication::desktop() {
-	return static_cast<TQDesktopWidget*>(QApplication::desktop());
-}
-
-const QColor &TQApplication::winStyleHighlightColor() {
-	return palette().color(QPalette::Active, QPalette::Highlight);
-}
-
-void TQApplication::setWinStyleHighlightColor( const QColor c ) {
-	TQPalette p( tqpalette() );
-	p.setColor( TQColorGroup::Highlight, c );
-	tqsetPalette( p, TRUE);
-}
-
-void TQApplication::tqsetPalette(const QPalette &pal, bool, const char* className) {
-	setPalette(pal, className);
-}
-
-void TQApplication::tqsetFont(const QFont &font, bool, const char* className) {
-	setFont(font, className);
-}
-
-void TQApplication::setReverseLayout(bool b) {
-	setLayoutDirection(b?Qt::RightToLeft:Qt::LeftToRight);
-}
-
-bool TQApplication::reverseLayout() {
-	return layoutDirection() == Qt::RightToLeft;
-}
-
-TQPalette TQApplication::tqpalette( const TQWidget*w ) {
-	return palette( w );
-}
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-//void TQApplication::setOverrideCursor( const QCursor &cur, bool tqreplace=FALSE ) {
-// 	TQ_UNUSED(tqreplace);
-// 	QApplication::setOverrideCursor( cur );
-// }
-
-void TQApplication::setOverrideCursor( const QCursor &cur, bool tqreplace ) {
-	TQ_UNUSED(tqreplace);
-	printf("[FIXME] TQApplication::setOverrideCursor( const QCursor &cur, bool tqreplace=FALSE ) unimplemented\n\r");
-}
-#endif
-
-void TQApplication::sendPostedEvents( QObject *receiver, int event_type ) {
-	QApplication::sendPostedEvents(receiver, event_type);
-	if (event_type == TQEvent::LayoutHint) {
-		QApplication::sendPostedEvents(receiver, TQEvent::LayoutRequest);;		// This one eats LayoutRequest/LayoutHint events for breakfast
-	}
-}
-
-void TQApplication::sendPostedEvents() {
-	QApplication::sendPostedEvents();
-}
-
-TQWidget *TQApplication::tqfocusWidget() const {
-	return static_cast<TQWidget*>(focusWidget());
-}
-
-TQWidget *TQApplication::widgetAt( const TQPoint &p, bool child ) {
-	TQ_UNUSED(child);
-	return static_cast<TQWidget*>(QApplication::widgetAt( p ));
-}
-
-TQWidget *TQApplication::widgetAt( int x, int y, bool child ) {
-	TQ_UNUSED(child);
-	return static_cast<TQWidget*>(QApplication::widgetAt( QPoint(x, y) ));
-}
-
-int TQApplication::horizontalAlignment( int align ) {
-	return QStyle::visualAlignment(layoutDirection(), (Qt::Alignment)align);
-}
-
-void TQApplication::flushX() {
-	flush();
-}
-
-const char *TQApplication::name(const char *defaultName) const {
-	TQString s = objectName();
-	return s.isEmpty()?defaultName:s.latin1();
-}
-
-void TQApplication::setName(const char *aName) {
-	TQT_TQOBJECT(this)->setName(aName);
-}
-
-/*!
-    Displays a simple message box about TQt. The message includes the
-    version number of TQt being used by the application.
-
-    This is useful for inclusion in the Help menu of an application.
-    See the examples/menu/menu.cpp example.
-
-    This function is a convenience slot for TQMessageBox::aboutTQt().
-*/
-void TQApplication::aboutTQt()
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_MESSAGEBOX
-	TQMessageBox::aboutTQt( mainWidget() );
-#endif // TQT_NO_MESSAGEBOX
-}
-
-#else // USE_QT4
-
-/*!
-  \class TQApplication tqapplication.h
-  \brief The TQApplication class manages the GUI application's control
-  flow and main settings.
-
-  \ingroup application
-  \mainclass
-
-  It tqcontains the main event loop, where all events from the window
-  system and other sources are processed and dispatched. It also
-  handles the application's initialization and finalization, and
-  provides session management. It also handles most system-wide and
-  application-wide settings.
-
-  For any GUI application that uses TQt, there is precisely one
-  TQApplication object, no matter whether the application has 0, 1, 2
-  or more windows at any time.
-
-  The TQApplication object is accessible through the global pointer \c
-  tqApp. Its main areas of responsibility are:
-  \list
-
-  \i It initializes the application with the user's desktop settings
-  such as palette(), font() and doubleClickInterval(). It keeps track
-  of these properties in case the user changes the desktop globally, for
-  example through some kind of control panel.
-
-  \i It performs event handling, meaning that it receives events
-  from the underlying window system and dispatches them to the relevant
-  widgets. By using sendEvent() and postEvent() you can send your own
-  events to widgets.
-
-  \i It parses common command line arguments and sets its internal
-  state accordingly. See the \link TQApplication::TQApplication()
-  constructor documentation\endlink below for more details about this.
-
-  \i It defines the application's look and feel, which is
-  encapsulated in a TQStyle object. This can be changed at runtime
-  with setStyle().
-
-  \i It specifies how the application is to allocate colors.
-  See setColorSpec() for details.
-
-  \i It provides localization of strings that are visible to the user
-  via translate().
-
-  \i It provides some magical objects like the desktop() and the
-  clipboard().
-
-  \i It knows about the application's windows. You can ask which
-  widget is at a certain position using widgetAt(), get a list of
-  tqtopLevelWidgets() and closeAllWindows(), etc.
-
-  \i It manages the application's mouse cursor handling,
-  see setOverrideCursor() and setGlobalMouseTracking().
-
-  \i On the X window system, it provides functions to flush and sync
-  the communication stream, see flushX() and syncX().
-
-  \i It provides support for sophisticated \link
-  session.html session management \endlink. This makes it possible
-  for applications to terminate gracefully when the user logs out, to
-  cancel a shutdown process if termination isn't possible and even to
-  preserve the entire application's state for a future session. See
-  isSessionRestored(), sessionId() and commitData() and saveState()
-  for details.
-
-  \endlist
-
-  The <a href="simple-application.html">Application walk-through
-  example</a> tqcontains a typical complete main() that does the usual
-  things with TQApplication.
-
-  Since the TQApplication object does so much initialization, it
-  <b>must</b> be created before any other objects related to the user
-  interface are created.
-
-  Since it also deals with common command line arguments, it is
-  usually a good idea to create it \e before any interpretation or
-  modification of \c argv is done in the application itself. (Note
-  also that for X11, setMainWidget() may change the main widget
-  according to the \c -tqgeometry option. To preserve this
-  functionality, you must set your defaults before setMainWidget() and
-  any overrides after.)
-
-  \table
-    \header \i21 Groups of functions
-    \row
-     \i System settings
-     \i
-	desktopSettingsAware(),
-	setDesktopSettingsAware(),
-	cursorFlashTime(),
-	setCursorFlashTime(),
-	doubleClickInterval(),
-	setDoubleClickInterval(),
-	wheelScrollLines(),
-	setWheelScrollLines(),
-	palette(),
-	setPalette(),
-	font(),
-	setFont(),
-	fontMetrics().
-
-    \row
-     \i Event handling
-     \i
-	exec(),
-	processEvents(),
-	enter_loop(),
-	exit_loop(),
-	exit(),
-	quit().
-	sendEvent(),
-	postEvent(),
-	sendPostedEvents(),
-	removePostedEvents(),
-	hasPendingEvents(),
-	notify(),
-	macEventFilter(),
-	qwsEventFilter(),
-	x11EventFilter(),
-	x11ProcessEvent(),
-	winEventFilter().
-
-    \row
-     \i GUI Styles
-     \i
-	style(),
-	setStyle(),
-	polish().
-
-    \row
-     \i Color usage
-     \i
-	colorSpec(),
-	setColorSpec(),
-	qwsSetCustomColors().
-
-    \row
-     \i Text handling
-     \i
-	installTranslator(),
-	removeTranslator()
-	translate().
-
-    \row
-     \i Widgets
-     \i
-	mainWidget(),
-	setMainWidget(),
-	allWidgets(),
-	tqtopLevelWidgets(),
-	desktop(),
-	activePopupWidget(),
-	activeModalWidget(),
-	clipboard(),
-	tqfocusWidget(),
-	winFocus(),
-	activeWindow(),
-	widgetAt().
-
-    \row
-     \i Advanced cursor handling
-     \i
-	hasGlobalMouseTracking(),
-	setGlobalMouseTracking(),
-	overrideCursor(),
-	setOverrideCursor(),
-	restoreOverrideCursor().
-
-    \row
-     \i X Window System synchronization
-     \i
-	flushX(),
-	syncX().
-
-    \row
-     \i Session management
-     \i
-	isSessionRestored(),
-	sessionId(),
-	commitData(),
-	saveState().
-
-    \row
-    \i Threading
-    \i
-	lock(), unlock(), locked(), tryLock(),
-	wakeUpGuiThread()
-
-    \row
-     \i Miscellaneous
-     \i
-	closeAllWindows(),
-	startingUp(),
-	closingDown(),
-	type().
-  \endtable
-
-  \e {Non-GUI programs:} While TQt is not optimized or
-  designed for writing non-GUI programs, it's possible to use
-  \link tools.html some of its classes \endlink without creating a
-  TQApplication. This can be useful if you wish to share code between
-  a non-GUI server and a GUI client.
-
-  \headerfile tqnamespace.h
-  \headerfile tqwindowdefs.h
-  \headerfile tqglobal.h
-*/
-
-/*! \enum TQt::HANDLE
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum TQApplication::Type
-
-    \value Tty a console application
-    \value GuiClient a GUI client application
-    \value GuiServer a GUI server application
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum TQApplication::ColorSpec
-
-    \value NormalColor the default color allocation policy
-    \value CustomColor the same as NormalColor for X11; allocates colors
-    to a palette on demand under Windows
-    \value ManyColor the right choice for applications that use thousands of
-    colors
-
-    See setColorSpec() for full details.
-*/
-
-/*
-  The qt_init() and qt_cleanup() functions are implemented in the
-  qapplication_xyz.cpp file.
-*/
-
-void qt_init( int *, char **, TQApplication::Type );
-void qt_cleanup();
-#if defined(TQ_WS_X11)
-void qt_init( Display* dpy, TQt::HANDLE, TQt::HANDLE );
-#endif
-TQ_EXPORT bool qt_tryModalHelper( TQWidget *widget, TQWidget **rettop );
-
-TQApplication *tqApp = 0;			// global application object
-
-TQStyle   *TQApplication::app_style      = 0;	// default application style
-bool      qt_explicit_app_style	       = FALSE; // style explicitly set by programmer
-
-int	  TQApplication::app_cspec      = TQApplication::NormalColor;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PALETTE
-TQPalette *TQApplication::app_pal	       = 0;	// default application palette
-#endif
-TQFont	 *TQApplication::app_font       = 0;	// default application font
-bool	  qt_app_has_font	       = FALSE;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-TQCursor	 *TQApplication::app_cursor     = 0;	// default application cursor
-#endif
-int	  TQApplication::app_tracking   = 0;	// global mouse tracking
-bool	  TQApplication::is_app_running = FALSE;	// app starting up if FALSE
-bool	  TQApplication::is_app_closing = FALSE;	// app closing down if TRUE
-int	  TQApplication::loop_level     = 0;	// event loop level
-TQWidget	 *TQApplication::main_widget    = 0;	// main application widget
-TQWidget	 *TQApplication::focus_widget   = 0;	// has keyboard input focus
-TQWidget	 *TQApplication::active_window  = 0;	// toplevel with keyboard focus
-bool	  TQApplication::obey_desktop_settings = TRUE;	// use winsys resources
-int	  TQApplication::cursor_flash_time = 1000;	// text caret flash time
-int	  TQApplication::mouse_double_click_time = 400;	// mouse dbl click limit
-#ifndef TQT_NO_WHEELEVENT
-int	  TQApplication::wheel_scroll_lines = 3;		// number of lines to scroll
-#endif
-bool	  qt_is_gui_used;
-bool      TQ_EXPORT qt_resolve_symlinks = TRUE;
-bool      TQ_EXPORT qt_tab_all_widgets  = TRUE;
-TQRect qt_maxWindowRect;
-static int drag_time = 500;
-static int drag_distance = 4;
-static bool reverse_tqlayout = FALSE;
-TQSize     TQApplication::app_strut	= TQSize( 0,0 ); // no default application strut
-bool	  TQApplication::animate_ui	= TRUE;
-bool	  TQApplication::animate_menu	= FALSE;
-bool	  TQApplication::fade_menu	= FALSE;
-bool	  TQApplication::animate_combo	= FALSE;
-bool	  TQApplication::animate_tooltip	= FALSE;
-bool	  TQApplication::fade_tooltip	= FALSE;
-bool	  TQApplication::animate_toolbox	= FALSE;
-bool	  TQApplication::widgetCount	= FALSE;
-TQApplication::Type qt_appType=TQApplication::Tty;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_COMPONENT
-TQStringList *TQApplication::app_libpaths = 0;
-#endif
-bool	  TQApplication::metaComposeUnicode = FALSE;
-int	  TQApplication::composedUnicode   = 0;
-
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-TQMutex *TQApplication::qt_mutex		= 0;
-static TQMutex *postevent_mutex		= 0;
-static TQt::HANDLE qt_application_thread_id = 0;
-TQ_EXPORT TQt::HANDLE qt_get_application_thread_id()
-{
-    return qt_application_thread_id;
-}
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-
-TQEventLoop *TQApplication::eventloop = 0;	// application event loop
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_ACCEL
-extern bool qt_dispatchAccelEvent( TQWidget*, TQKeyEvent* ); // def in qaccel.cpp
-extern bool qt_tryComposeUnicode( TQWidget*, TQKeyEvent* ); // def in qaccel.cpp
-#endif
-
-#if defined(TQT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
-bool chokeMouse = FALSE;
-#endif
-
-void qt_setMaxWindowRect(const TQRect& r)
-{
-    qt_maxWindowRect = r;
-    // Re-resize any maximized windows
-    TQWidgetList* l = TQApplication::tqtopLevelWidgets();
-    if ( l ) {
-	TQWidget *w = l->first();
-	while ( w ) {
-	    if ( w->isVisible() && w->isMaximized() )
-	    {
-		w->showNormal(); //#### flicker
-		w->showMaximized();
-	    }
-	    w = l->next();
-	}
-	delete l;
-    }
-}
-
-typedef void (*VFPTR)();
-typedef TQValueList<VFPTR> TQVFuncList;
-static TQVFuncList *postRList = 0;		// list of post routines
-
-/*!
-  \relates TQApplication
-
-  Adds a global routine that will be called from the TQApplication
-  destructor. This function is normally used to add cleanup routines
-  for program-wide functionality.
-
-  The function given by \a p should take no arguments and return
-  nothing, like this:
-  \code
-    static int *global_ptr = 0;
-
-    static void cleanup_ptr()
-    {
-	delete [] global_ptr;
-	global_ptr = 0;
-    }
-
-    void init_ptr()
-    {
-	global_ptr = new int[100];	// allocate data
-	qAddPostRoutine( cleanup_ptr );	// delete later
-    }
-  \endcode
-
-  Note that for an application- or module-wide cleanup,
-  qAddPostRoutine() is often not suitable. People have a tendency to
-  make such modules dynamically loaded, and then unload those modules
-  long before the TQApplication destructor is called, for example.
-
-  For modules and libraries, using a reference-counted initialization
-  manager or TQt' tqparent-child delete mechanism may be better. Here is
-  an example of a private class which uses the tqparent-child mechanism
-  to call a cleanup function at the right time:
-
-  \code
-    class MyPrivateInitStuff: public TQObject {
-    private:
-	MyPrivateInitStuff( TQObject * tqparent ): TQObject( tqparent) {
-	    // initialization goes here
-	}
-	MyPrivateInitStuff * p;
-
-    public:
-	static MyPrivateInitStuff * initStuff( TQObject * tqparent ) {
-	    if ( !p )
-		p = new MyPrivateInitStuff( tqparent );
-	    return p;
-	}
-
-	~MyPrivateInitStuff() {
-	    // cleanup (the "post routine") goes here
-	}
-    }
-  \endcode
-
-  By selecting the right tqparent widget/object, this can often be made
-  to clean up the module's data at the exact right moment.
-*/
-
-TQ_EXPORT void qAddPostRoutine( TQtCleanUpFunction p)
-{
-    if ( !postRList ) {
-	postRList = new TQVFuncList;
-	TQ_CHECK_PTR( postRList );
-    }
-    postRList->prepend( p );
-}
-
-
-TQ_EXPORT void qRemovePostRoutine( TQtCleanUpFunction p )
-{
-    if ( !postRList ) return;
-    TQVFuncList::Iterator it = postRList->begin();
-    while ( it != postRList->end() ) {
-	if ( *it == p ) {
-	    postRList->remove( it );
-	    it = postRList->begin();
-	} else {
-	    ++it;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-// Default application palettes and fonts (per widget type)
-TQAsciiDict<TQPalette> *TQApplication::app_palettes = 0;
-TQAsciiDict<TQFont>    *TQApplication::app_fonts = 0;
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
-TQString *TQApplication::session_key = 0;		// ## session key. Should be a member in 4.0
-#endif
-TQWidgetList *TQApplication::popupWidgets = 0;	// has keyboard input focus
-
-TQDesktopWidget *qt_desktopWidget = 0;		// root window widgets
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-TQClipboard	      *qt_clipboard = 0;	// global clipboard object
-#endif
-TQWidgetList * qt_modal_stack=0;		// stack of modal widgets
-
-// Definitions for posted events
-struct TQPostEvent {
-    TQPostEvent( TQObject *r, TQEvent *e ): receiver( r ), event( e ) {}
-   ~TQPostEvent()			{ delete event; }
-    TQObject  *receiver;
-    TQEvent   *event;
-};
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQPostEventList : public TQPtrList<TQPostEvent>
-{
-public:
-    TQPostEventList() : TQPtrList<TQPostEvent>() {}
-    TQPostEventList( const TQPostEventList &list ) : TQPtrList<TQPostEvent>(list) {}
-   ~TQPostEventList() { clear(); }
-    TQPostEventList &operator=(const TQPostEventList &list)
-	{ return (TQPostEventList&)TQPtrList<TQPostEvent>::operator=(list); }
-};
-class TQ_EXPORT TQPostEventListIt : public TQPtrListIterator<TQPostEvent>
-{
-public:
-    TQPostEventListIt( const TQPostEventList &l ) : TQPtrListIterator<TQPostEvent>(l) {}
-    TQPostEventListIt &operator=(const TQPostEventListIt &i)
-{ return (TQPostEventListIt&)TQPtrListIterator<TQPostEvent>::operator=(i); }
-};
-
-static TQPostEventList *globalPostedEvents = 0;	// list of posted events
-
-uint qGlobalPostedEventsCount()
-{
-    if (!globalPostedEvents)
-	return 0;
-    return globalPostedEvents->count();
-}
-
-static TQSingleCleanupHandler<TQPostEventList> qapp_cleanup_events;
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PALETTE
-TQPalette *qt_std_pal = 0;
-
-void qt_create_std_palette()
-{
-    if ( qt_std_pal )
-	delete qt_std_pal;
-
-    TQColor standardLightGray( 192, 192, 192 );
-    TQColor light( 255, 255, 255 );
-    TQColor dark( standardLightGray.dark( 150 ) );
-    TQColorGroup std_act( TQt::black, standardLightGray,
-			 light, dark, TQt::gray,
-			 TQt::black, TQt::white );
-    TQColorGroup std_dis( TQt::darkGray, standardLightGray,
-			 light, dark, TQt::gray,
-			 TQt::darkGray, std_act.background() );
-    TQColorGroup std_inact( TQt::black, standardLightGray,
-			   light, dark, TQt::gray,
-			   TQt::black, TQt::white );
-    qt_std_pal = new TQPalette( std_act, std_dis, std_inact );
-}
-
-static void qt_fix_tooltips()
-{
-    // No resources for this yet (unlike on Windows).
-    TQColorGroup cg( TQt::black, TQColor(255,255,220),
-		    TQColor(96,96,96), TQt::black, TQt::black,
-		    TQt::black, TQColor(255,255,220) );
-    TQPalette pal( cg, cg, cg );
-    TQApplication::setPalette( pal, TRUE, "TQTipLabel");
-}
-#endif
-
-void TQApplication::process_cmdline( int* argcptr, char ** argv )
-{
-    // process platform-indep command line
-    if ( !qt_is_gui_used || !*argcptr)
-	return;
-
-    int argc = *argcptr;
-    int i, j;
-
-    j = 1;
-    for ( i=1; i<argc; i++ ) {
-	if ( argv[i] && *argv[i] != '-' ) {
-	    argv[j++] = argv[i];
-	    continue;
-	}
-	TQCString arg = argv[i];
-	TQCString s;
-	if ( arg == "-qdevel" || arg == "-qdebug") {
-	    // obsolete argument
-	} else if ( arg.tqfind( "-style=", 0, FALSE ) != -1 ) {
-	    s = arg.right( arg.length() - 7 );
-	} else if ( qstrcmp(arg,"-style") == 0 && i < argc-1 ) {
-	    s = argv[++i];
-	    s = s.lower();
-#ifndef TQT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
-	} else if ( qstrcmp(arg,"-session") == 0 && i < argc-1 ) {
-	    TQCString s = argv[++i];
-	    if ( !s.isEmpty() ) {
-		session_id = TQString::tqfromLatin1( s );
-		int p = session_id.tqfind( '_' );
-		if ( p >= 0 ) {
-		    if ( !session_key )
-			session_key = new TQString;
-		    *session_key = session_id.mid( p +1 );
-		    session_id = session_id.left( p );
-		}
-		is_session_restored = TRUE;
-	    }
-#endif
-	} else if ( qstrcmp(arg, "-reverse") == 0 ) {
-	    setReverseLayout( TRUE );
-	} else if ( qstrcmp(arg, "-widgetcount") == 0 ) {
-	    widgetCount = TRUE;;
-	} else {
-	    argv[j++] = argv[i];
-	}
-#ifndef TQT_NO_STYLE
-	if ( !s.isEmpty() ) {
-	    setStyle( s );
-	}
-#endif
-    }
-
-    if(j < argc) {
-#ifdef TQ_WS_MACX
-	static char* empty = "\0";
-	argv[j] = empty;
-#else
-	argv[j] = 0;
-#endif
-	*argcptr = j;
-    }
-}
-
-/*!
-  Initializes the window system and constructs an application object
-  with \a argc command line arguments in \a argv.
-
-  The global \c tqApp pointer refers to this application object. Only
-  one application object should be created.
-
-  This application object must be constructed before any \link
-  TQPaintDevice paint tqdevices\endlink (including widgets, pixmaps, bitmaps
-  etc.).
-
-  Note that \a argc and \a argv might be changed. TQt removes command
-  line arguments that it recognizes. The modified \a argc and \a argv
-  can also be accessed later with \c tqApp->argc() and \c tqApp->argv().
-  The documentation for argv() tqcontains a detailed description of how
-  to process command line arguments.
-
-  TQt debugging options (not available if TQt was compiled with the
-  TQT_NO_DEBUG flag defined):
-  \list
-  \i -nograb, tells TQt that it must never grab the mouse or the keyboard.
-  \i -dograb (only under X11), running under a debugger can cause
-  an implicit -nograb, use -dograb to override.
-  \i -sync (only under X11), switches to synchronous mode for
-	debugging.
-  \endlist
-
-  See \link debug.html Debugging Techniques \endlink for a more
-  detailed explanation.
-
-  All TQt programs automatically support the following command line options:
-  \list
-  \i -reverse causes text to be formatted for right-to-left languages
-       rather than in the usual left-to-right direction.
-  \i -style= \e style, sets the application GUI style. Possible values
-       are \c motif, \c windows, and \c platinum. If you compiled TQt
-       with additional styles or have additional styles as plugins these
-       will be available to the \c -style command line option.
-  \i -style \e style, is the same as listed above.
-  \i -session= \e session, restores the application from an earlier
-       \link session.html session \endlink.
-  \i -session \e session, is the same as listed above.
-  \i -widgetcount, prints debug message at the end about number of widgets left
-       undestroyed and maximum number of widgets existed at the same time
-  \endlist
-
-  The X11 version of TQt also supports some traditional X11
-  command line options:
-  \list
-  \i -display \e display, sets the X display (default is $DISPLAY).
-  \i -tqgeometry \e tqgeometry, sets the client tqgeometry of the
-	\link setMainWidget() main widget\endlink.
-  \i -fn or \c -font \e font, defines the application font. The
-  font should be specified using an X logical font description.
-  \i -bg or \c -background \e color, sets the default background color
-	and an application palette (light and dark shades are calculated).
-  \i -fg or \c -foreground \e color, sets the default foreground color.
-  \i -btn or \c -button \e color, sets the default button color.
-  \i -name \e name, sets the application name.
-  \i -title \e title, sets the application title (caption).
-  \i -visual \c TrueColor, forces the application to use a TrueColor visual
-       on an 8-bit display.
-  \i -ncols \e count, limits the number of colors allocated in the
-       color cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is using the
-       \c TQApplication::ManyColor color specification. If \e count is
-       216 then a 6x6x6 color cube is used (i.e. 6 levels of red, 6 of green,
-       and 6 of blue); for other values, a cube
-       approximately proportional to a 2x3x1 cube is used.
-  \i -cmap, causes the application to install a private color map
-       on an 8-bit display.
-  \endlist
-
-  \sa argc(), argv()
-*/
-
-//######### BINARY COMPATIBILITY constructor
-TQApplication::TQApplication( int &argc, char **argv )
-{
-    construct( argc, argv, GuiClient );
-}
-
-
-/*!
-  Constructs an application object with \a argc command line arguments
-  in \a argv. If \a GUIenabled is TRUE, a GUI application is
-  constructed, otherwise a non-GUI (console) application is created.
-
-  Set \a GUIenabled to FALSE for programs without a graphical user
-  interface that should be able to run without a window system.
-
-  On X11, the window system is initialized if \a GUIenabled is TRUE.
-  If \a GUIenabled is FALSE, the application does not connect to the
-  X-server.
-  On Windows and Macintosh, currently the window system is always
-  initialized, regardless of the value of GUIenabled. This may change in
-  future versions of TQt.
-
-  The following example shows how to create an application that
-  uses a graphical interface when available.
-  \code
-  int main( int argc, char **argv )
-  {
-#ifdef TQ_WS_X11
-    bool useGUI = getenv( "DISPLAY" ) != 0;
-#else
-    bool useGUI = TRUE;
-#endif
-    TQApplication app(argc, argv, useGUI);
-
-    if ( useGUI ) {
-       //start GUI version
-       ...
-    } else {
-       //start non-GUI version
-       ...
-    }
-    return app.exec();
-  }
-\endcode
-*/
-
-TQApplication::TQApplication( int &argc, char **argv, bool GUIenabled  )
-{
-    construct( argc, argv, GUIenabled ? GuiClient : Tty );
-}
-
-/*!
-  Constructs an application object with \a argc command line arguments
-  in \a argv.
-
-  For TQt/Embedded, passing \c TQApplication::GuiServer for \a type
-  makes this application the server (equivalent to running with the
-  -qws option).
-*/
-TQApplication::TQApplication( int &argc, char **argv, Type type )
-{
-    construct( argc, argv, type );
-}
-
-TQ_EXPORT void qt_ucm_initialize( TQApplication *theApp )
-{
-    if ( tqApp )
-	return;
-    int argc = theApp->argc();
-    char **argv = theApp->argv();
-    theApp->construct( argc, argv, tqApp->type() );
-
-    TQ_ASSERT( tqApp == theApp );
-}
-
-void TQApplication::construct( int &argc, char **argv, Type type )
-{
-    qt_appType = type;
-    qt_is_gui_used = (type != Tty);
-    init_precmdline();
-    static const char *empty = "";
-    if ( argc == 0 || argv == 0 ) {
-	argc = 0;
-	argv = (char **)&empty; // ouch! careful with TQApplication::argv()!
-    }
-    app_argc = argc;
-    app_argv = argv;
-
-    qt_init( &argc, argv, type );   // Must be called before initialize()
-    process_cmdline( &argc, argv );
-    initialize( argc, argv );
-    if ( qt_is_gui_used )
-	qt_maxWindowRect = desktop()->rect();
-    if ( eventloop )
-	eventloop->appStartingUp();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the type of application, Tty, GuiClient or GuiServer.
-*/
-
-TQApplication::Type TQApplication::type() const
-{
-    return qt_appType;
-}
-
-#if defined(TQ_WS_X11)
-/*!
-  Create an application, given an already open display \a dpy. If \a
-  visual and \a colormap are non-zero, the application will use those as
-  the default Visual and Colormap contexts.
-
-  \warning TQt only supports TrueColor visuals at depths higher than 8
-  bits-per-pixel.
-
-  This is available only on X11.
-*/
-
-TQApplication::TQApplication( Display* dpy, HANDLE visual, HANDLE colormap )
-{
-    static int aargc = 1;
-    // ### a string literal is a cont char*
-    // ### using it as a char* is wrong and could lead to segfaults
-    // ### if aargv is modified someday
-    static char *aargv[] = { (char*)"unknown", 0 };
-
-    app_argc = aargc;
-    app_argv = aargv;
-
-    qt_appType = GuiClient;
-    qt_is_gui_used = TRUE;
-    qt_appType = GuiClient;
-    init_precmdline();
-    // ... no command line.
-
-    if ( ! dpy ) {
-#ifdef TQT_CHECK_STATE
-	qWarning( "TQApplication: invalid Display* argument." );
-#endif // TQT_CHECK_STATE
-
-	qt_init( &aargc, aargv, GuiClient );
-    } else {
-	qt_init( dpy, visual, colormap );
-    }
-
-    initialize( aargc, aargv );
-
-    if ( qt_is_gui_used )
-	qt_maxWindowRect = desktop()->rect();
-    if ( eventloop )
-	eventloop->appStartingUp();
-}
-
-/*!
-  Create an application, given an already open display \a dpy and using
-  \a argc command line arguments in \a argv. If \a
-  visual and \a colormap are non-zero, the application will use those as
-  the default Visual and Colormap contexts.
-
-  \warning TQt only supports TrueColor visuals at depths higher than 8
-  bits-per-pixel.
-
-  This is available only on X11.
-
-*/
-TQApplication::TQApplication(Display *dpy, int argc, char **argv,
-			   HANDLE visual, HANDLE colormap)
-{
-    qt_appType = GuiClient;
-    qt_is_gui_used = TRUE;
-    qt_appType = GuiClient;
-    init_precmdline();
-
-    app_argc = argc;
-    app_argv = argv;
-
-    if ( ! dpy ) {
-#ifdef TQT_CHECK_STATE
-	qWarning( "TQApplication: invalid Display* argument." );
-#endif // TQT_CHECK_STATE
-
-	qt_init( &argc, argv, GuiClient );
-    } else {
-	qt_init(dpy, visual, colormap);
-    }
-
-    process_cmdline( &argc, argv );
-    initialize(argc, argv);
-
-    if ( qt_is_gui_used )
-	qt_maxWindowRect = desktop()->rect();
-    if ( eventloop )
-	eventloop->appStartingUp();
-}
-
-
-#endif // TQ_WS_X11
-
-
-void TQApplication::init_precmdline()
-{
-    translators = 0;
-    is_app_closing = FALSE;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
-    is_session_restored = FALSE;
-#endif
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( tqApp )
-	qWarning( "TQApplication: There should be max one application object" );
-#endif
-    tqApp = (TQApplication*)this;
-}
-
-/*!
-  Initializes the TQApplication object, called from the constructors.
-*/
-
-void TQApplication::initialize( int argc, char **argv )
-{
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-    qt_mutex = new TQMutex( TRUE );
-    postevent_mutex = new TQMutex( TRUE );
-    qt_application_thread_id = TQThread::currentThread();
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-
-    app_argc = argc;
-    app_argv = argv;
-    quit_now = FALSE;
-    quit_code = 0;
-    TQWidget::createMapper(); // create widget mapper
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PALETTE
-    (void) palette();  // trigger creation of application palette
-#endif
-    is_app_running = TRUE; // no longer starting up
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
-    // connect to the session manager
-    if ( !session_key )
-	session_key = new TQString;
-    session_manager = new TQSessionManager( tqApp, session_id, *session_key );
-#endif
-
-}
-
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  Functions returning the active popup and modal widgets.
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-  Returns the active popup widget.
-
-  A popup widget is a special top level widget that sets the \c
-  WType_Popup widget flag, e.g. the TQPopupMenu widget. When the
-  application opens a popup widget, all events are sent to the popup.
-  Normal widgets and modal widgets cannot be accessed before the popup
-  widget is closed.
-
-  Only other popup widgets may be opened when a popup widget is shown.
-  The popup widgets are organized in a stack. This function returns
-  the active popup widget at the top of the stack.
-
-  \sa activeModalWidget(), tqtopLevelWidgets()
-*/
-
-TQWidget *TQApplication::activePopupWidget()
-{
-    return popupWidgets ? popupWidgets->getLast() : 0;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-  Returns the active modal widget.
-
-  A modal widget is a special top level widget which is a subclass of
-  TQDialog that specifies the modal parameter of the constructor as
-  TRUE. A modal widget must be closed before the user can continue
-  with other parts of the program.
-
-  Modal widgets are organized in a stack. This function returns
-  the active modal widget at the top of the stack.
-
-  \sa activePopupWidget(), tqtopLevelWidgets()
-*/
-
-TQWidget *TQApplication::activeModalWidget()
-{
-    return qt_modal_stack ? qt_modal_stack->getFirst() : 0;
-}
-
-/*!
-  Cleans up any window system resources that were allocated by this
-  application. Sets the global variable \c tqApp to 0.
-*/
-
-TQApplication::~TQApplication()
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-    // flush clipboard contents
-    if ( qt_clipboard ) {
-	TQCustomEvent event( TQEvent::Clipboard );
-	TQApplication::sendEvent( qt_clipboard, &event );
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if ( eventloop )
-	eventloop->appClosingDown();
-    if ( postRList ) {
-	TQVFuncList::Iterator it = postRList->begin();
-	while ( it != postRList->end() ) {	// call post routines
-	    (**it)();
-	    postRList->remove( it );
-	    it = postRList->begin();
-	}
-	delete postRList;
-	postRList = 0;
-    }
-
-    TQObject *tipmanager = child( "toolTipManager", "TQTipManager", FALSE );
-    delete tipmanager;
-
-    delete qt_desktopWidget;
-    qt_desktopWidget = 0;
-    is_app_closing = TRUE;
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-    delete qt_clipboard;
-    qt_clipboard = 0;
-#endif
-    TQWidget::destroyMapper();
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PALETTE
-    delete qt_std_pal;
-    qt_std_pal = 0;
-    delete app_pal;
-    app_pal = 0;
-    delete app_palettes;
-    app_palettes = 0;
-#endif
-    delete app_font;
-    app_font = 0;
-    delete app_fonts;
-    app_fonts = 0;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_STYLE
-    delete app_style;
-    app_style = 0;
-#endif
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-    delete app_cursor;
-    app_cursor = 0;
-#endif
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSLATION
-    delete translators;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
-    extern TQDragManager *qt_dnd_manager;
-    delete qt_dnd_manager;
-#endif
-
-    qt_cleanup();
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_COMPONENT
-    delete app_libpaths;
-    app_libpaths = 0;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-    delete qt_mutex;
-    qt_mutex = 0;
-    delete postevent_mutex;
-    postevent_mutex = 0;
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-
-    if( tqApp == this ) {
-	if ( postedEvents )
-	    removePostedEvents( this );
-	tqApp = 0;
-    }
-    is_app_running = FALSE;
-
-    if ( widgetCount ) {
-	qDebug( "Widgets left: %i    Max widgets: %i \n", TQWidget::instanceCounter, TQWidget::maxInstances );
-    }
-#ifndef TQT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
-    delete session_manager;
-    session_manager = 0;
-    delete session_key;
-    session_key = 0;
-#endif //TQT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
-
-    qt_explicit_app_style = FALSE;
-    qt_app_has_font = FALSE;
-    app_tracking = 0;
-    obey_desktop_settings = TRUE;
-    cursor_flash_time = 1000;
-    mouse_double_click_time = 400;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_WHEELEVENT
-    wheel_scroll_lines = 3;
-#endif
-    drag_time = 500;
-    drag_distance = 4;
-    reverse_tqlayout = FALSE;
-    app_strut = TQSize( 0, 0 );
-    animate_ui = TRUE;
-    animate_menu = FALSE;
-    fade_menu = FALSE;
-    animate_combo = FALSE;
-    animate_tooltip = FALSE;
-    fade_tooltip = FALSE;
-    widgetCount = FALSE;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn int TQApplication::argc() const
-
-    Returns the number of command line arguments.
-
-    The documentation for argv() describes how to process command line
-    arguments.
-
-    \sa argv(), TQApplication::TQApplication()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn char **TQApplication::argv() const
-
-    Returns the command line argument vector.
-
-    \c argv()[0] is the program name, \c argv()[1] is the first
-    argument and \c argv()[argc()-1] is the last argument.
-
-    A TQApplication object is constructed by passing \e argc and \e
-    argv from the \c main() function. Some of the arguments may be
-    recognized as TQt options and removed from the argument vector. For
-    example, the X11 version of TQt knows about \c -display, \c -font
-    and a few more options.
-
-    Example:
-    \code
-	// showargs.cpp - displays program arguments in a list box
-
-	#include <tqapplication.h>
-	#include <tqlistbox.h>
-
-	int main( int argc, char **argv )
-	{
-	    TQApplication a( argc, argv );
-	    TQListBox b;
-	    a.setMainWidget( &b );
-	    for ( int i = 0; i < a.argc(); i++ )  // a.argc() == argc
-		b.insertItem( a.argv()[i] );      // a.argv()[i] == argv[i]
-	    b.show();
-	    return a.exec();
-	}
-    \endcode
-
-    If you run \c{showargs -display unix:0 -font 9x15bold hello world}
-    under X11, the list box tqcontains the three strings "showargs",
-    "hello" and "world".
-
-    TQt provides a global pointer, \c tqApp, that points to the
-    TQApplication object, and through which you can access argc() and
-    argv() in functions other than main().
-
-    \sa argc(), TQApplication::TQApplication()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQApplication::setArgs( int argc, char **argv )
-    \internal
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_STYLE
-
-static TQString *qt_style_override = 0;
-
-/*!
-  Returns the application's style object.
-
-  \sa setStyle(), TQStyle
-*/
-TQStyle& TQApplication::tqstyle()
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_STYLE
-    if ( app_style )
-	return *app_style;
-    if ( !qt_is_gui_used )
-	qFatal( "No style available in non-gui applications!" );
-
-#if defined(TQ_WS_X11)
-    if(!qt_style_override)
-	x11_initialize_style(); // run-time search for default style
-#endif
-    if ( !app_style ) {
-	// Compile-time search for default style
-	//
-	TQString style;
-	if ( qt_style_override ) {
-	    style = *qt_style_override;
-	    delete qt_style_override;
-	    qt_style_override = 0;
-	} else {
-#  if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) && defined(TQ_OS_TEMP)
-	    style = "PocketPC";
-#elif defined(TQ_WS_WIN)
-	    if ( qWinVersion() >= TQt::WV_XP && qWinVersion() < TQt::WV_NT_based )
-		style = "WindowsXP";
-	    else
-		style = "Windows";		// default styles for Windows
-#elif defined(TQ_WS_X11) && defined(TQ_OS_SOLARIS)
-	    style = "CDE";			// default style for X11 on Solaris
-#elif defined(TQ_WS_X11) && defined(TQ_OS_IRIX)
-	    style = "SGI";			// default style for X11 on IRIX
-#elif defined(TQ_WS_X11)
-		style = "Motif";		// default style for X11
-#elif defined(TQ_WS_MAC)
-		style = "Macintosh";		// default style for all Mac's
-#elif defined(TQ_WS_TQWS)
-	    style = "Compact";		// default style for small tqdevices
-#endif
-	}
-	app_style = TQStyleFactory::create( style );
-	if ( !app_style &&		// platform default style not available, try alternatives
-	     !(app_style = TQStyleFactory::create( "Windows" ) ) &&
-	     !(app_style = TQStyleFactory::create( "Platinum" ) ) &&
-	     !(app_style = TQStyleFactory::create( "MotifPlus" ) ) &&
-	     !(app_style = TQStyleFactory::create( "Motif" ) ) &&
-	     !(app_style = TQStyleFactory::create( "CDE" ) ) &&
-	     !(app_style = TQStyleFactory::create( "Aqua" ) ) &&
-	     !(app_style = TQStyleFactory::create( "SGI" ) ) &&
-	     !(app_style = TQStyleFactory::create( "Compact" ) )
-#ifndef TQT_NO_STRINGLIST
-	    && !(app_style = TQStyleFactory::create( TQStyleFactory::keys()[0]  ) )
-#endif
-	)
-	    qFatal( "No %s style available!", style.latin1() );
-    }
-
-    TQPalette app_pal_copy ( *app_pal );
-    app_style->polish( *app_pal );
-
-    if ( is_app_running && !is_app_closing && (*app_pal != app_pal_copy) ) {
-	TQEvent e( TQEvent::ApplicationPaletteChange );
-	TQWidgetIntDictIt it( *((TQWidgetIntDict*)TQWidget::wmapper()) );
-	register TQWidget *w;
-	while ( (w=it.current()) ) {		// for all widgets...
-	    ++it;
-	    sendEvent( w, &e );
-	}
-    }
-
-    app_style->polish( tqApp );
-#endif
-    return *app_style;
-}
-
-/*!
-  Sets the application's GUI style to \a style. Ownership of the style
-  object is transferred to TQApplication, so TQApplication will delete
-  the style object on application exit or when a new style is set.
-
-  Example usage:
-  \code
-    TQApplication::setStyle( new TQWindowsStyle );
-  \endcode
-
-  When switching application styles, the color palette is set back to
-  the initial colors or the system defaults. This is necessary since
-  certain styles have to adapt the color palette to be fully
-  style-guide compliant.
-
-  \sa style(), TQStyle, setPalette(), desktopSettingsAware()
-*/
-void TQApplication::setStyle( TQStyle *style )
-{
-    TQStyle* old = app_style;
-    app_style = style;
-#ifdef TQ_WS_X11
-    qt_explicit_app_style = TRUE;
-#endif // TQ_WS_X11
-
-    if ( startingUp() ) {
-	delete old;
-	return;
-    }
-
-    // clean up the old style
-    if (old) {
-	if ( is_app_running && !is_app_closing ) {
-	    TQWidgetIntDictIt it( *((TQWidgetIntDict*)TQWidget::wmapper()) );
-	    register TQWidget *w;
-	    while ( (w=it.current()) ) {		// for all widgets...
-		++it;
-		if ( !w->testWFlags(WType_Desktop) &&	// except desktop
-		     w->testWState(WState_Polished) ) { // has been polished
-		    old->unPolish(w);
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-	old->unPolish( tqApp );
-    }
-
-    // take care of possible palette requirements of certain gui
-    // styles. Do it before polishing the application since the style
-    // might call TQApplication::setStyle() itself
-    if ( !qt_std_pal )
-	qt_create_std_palette();
-    TQPalette tmpPal = *qt_std_pal;
-    setPalette( tmpPal, TRUE );
-
-    // initialize the application with the new style
-    app_style->polish( tqApp );
-
-    // re-polish existing widgets if necessary
-    if (old) {
-	if ( is_app_running && !is_app_closing ) {
-	    TQWidgetIntDictIt it( *((TQWidgetIntDict*)TQWidget::wmapper()) );
-	    register TQWidget *w;
-	    while ( (w=it.current()) ) {		// for all widgets...
-		++it;
-		if ( !w->testWFlags(WType_Desktop) ) {	// except desktop
-		    if ( w->testWState(WState_Polished) )
-			app_style->polish(w);		// repolish
-		    w->styleChange( *old );
-		    if ( w->isVisible() ){
-			w->update();
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-	delete old;
-    }
-}
-
-/*!
-  \overload
-
-  Requests a TQStyle object for \a style from the TQStyleFactory.
-
-  The string must be one of the TQStyleFactory::keys(), typically one
-  of "windows", "motif", "cde", "motifplus", "platinum", "sgi" and
-  "compact". Depending on the platform, "windowsxp", "aqua" or
-  "macintosh" may be available.
-
-  A later call to the TQApplication constructor will override the
-  requested style when a "-style" option is passed in as a commandline
-  parameter.
-
-  Returns 0 if an unknown \a style is passed, otherwise the TQStyle object
-  returned is set as the application's GUI style.
-*/
-TQStyle* TQApplication::setStyle( const TQString& style )
-{
-#ifdef TQ_WS_X11
-    qt_explicit_app_style = TRUE;
-#endif // TQ_WS_X11
-
-    if ( startingUp() ) {
-	if(qt_style_override)
-	    *qt_style_override = style;
-	else
-	    qt_style_override = new TQString(style);
-	return 0;
-    }
-    TQStyle *s = TQStyleFactory::create( style );
-    if ( !s )
-	return 0;
-
-    setStyle( s );
-    return s;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-
-#if 1  /* OBSOLETE */
-
-TQApplication::ColorMode TQApplication::colorMode()
-{
-    return (TQApplication::ColorMode)app_cspec;
-}
-
-void TQApplication::setColorMode( TQApplication::ColorMode mode )
-{
-    app_cspec = mode;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*!
-  Returns the color specification.
-  \sa TQApplication::setColorSpec()
- */
-
-int TQApplication::colorSpec()
-{
-    return app_cspec;
-}
-
-/*!
-  Sets the color specification for the application to \a spec.
-
-  The color specification controls how the application allocates colors
-  when run on a display with a limited amount of colors, e.g. 8 bit / 256
-  color displays.
-
-  The color specification must be set before you create the TQApplication
-  object.
-
-  The options are:
-  \list
-  \i TQApplication::NormalColor.
-    This is the default color allocation strategy. Use this option if
-    your application uses buttons, menus, texts and pixmaps with few
-    colors. With this option, the application uses system global
-    colors. This works fine for most applications under X11, but on
-    Windows machines it may cause dithering of non-standard colors.
-  \i TQApplication::CustomColor.
-    Use this option if your application needs a small number of custom
-    colors. On X11, this option is the same as NormalColor. On Windows, TQt
-    creates a Windows palette, and allocates colors to it on demand.
-  \i TQApplication::ManyColor.
-    Use this option if your application is very color hungry
-    (e.g. it requires thousands of colors).
-    Under X11 the effect is:
-    \list
-    \i For 256-color displays which have at best a 256 color true color
-       visual, the default visual is used, and colors are allocated
-       from a color cube. The color cube is the 6x6x6 (216 color) "Web
-       palette"<sup>*</sup>, but the number of colors can be changed
-       by the \e -ncols option. The user can force the application to
-       use the true color visual with the \link
-       TQApplication::TQApplication() -visual \endlink option.
-    \i For 256-color displays which have a true color visual with more
-       than 256 colors, use that visual. Silicon Graphics X servers
-       have this feature, for example. They provide an 8 bit visual
-       by default but can deliver true color when asked.
-    \endlist
-    On Windows, TQt creates a Windows palette, and fills it with a color cube.
-  \endlist
-
-  Be aware that the CustomColor and ManyColor choices may lead to colormap
-  flashing: The foreground application gets (most) of the available
-  colors, while the background windows will look less attractive.
-
-  Example:
-  \code
-  int main( int argc, char **argv )
-  {
-      TQApplication::setColorSpec( TQApplication::ManyColor );
-      TQApplication a( argc, argv );
-      ...
-  }
-  \endcode
-
-  TQColor provides more functionality for controlling color allocation and
-  freeing up certain colors. See TQColor::enterAllocContext() for more
-  information.
-
-  To check what mode you end up with, call TQColor::numBitPlanes() once
-  the TQApplication object exists. A value greater than 8 (typically
-  16, 24 or 32) means true color.
-
-  <sup>*</sup> The color cube used by TQt has 216 colors whose red,
-  green, and blue components always have one of the following values:
-  0x00, 0x33, 0x66, 0x99, 0xCC, or 0xFF.
-
-  \sa colorSpec(), TQColor::numBitPlanes(), TQColor::enterAllocContext() */
-
-void TQApplication::setColorSpec( int spec )
-{
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( tqApp ) {
-	qWarning( "TQApplication::setColorSpec: This function must be "
-		 "called before the TQApplication object is created" );
-    }
-#endif
-    app_cspec = spec;
-}
-
-/*!
-  \fn TQSize TQApplication::globalStrut()
-
-  Returns the application's global strut.
-
-  The strut is a size object whose dimensions are the minimum that any
-  GUI element that the user can interact with should have. For example
-  no button should be resized to be smaller than the global strut size.
-
-  \sa setGlobalStrut()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  Sets the application's global strut to \a strut.
-
-  The strut is a size object whose dimensions are the minimum that any
-  GUI element that the user can interact with should have. For example
-  no button should be resized to be smaller than the global strut size.
-
-  The strut size should be considered when reimplementing GUI controls
-  that may be used on touch-screens or similar IO-tqdevices.
-
-  Example:
-  \code
-  TQSize& WidgetClass::tqsizeHint() const
-  {
-      return TQSize( 80, 25 ).expandedTo( TQApplication::globalStrut() );
-  }
-  \endcode
-
-  \sa globalStrut()
-*/
-
-void TQApplication::setGlobalStrut( const TQSize& strut )
-{
-    app_strut = strut;
-}
-
-#if defined( TQ_WS_WIN ) || defined( TQ_WS_MAC )
-extern const char *tqAppFileName();
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_DIR
-#ifndef TQ_WS_WIN
-static TQString resolveSymlinks( const TQString& path, int depth = 0 )
-{
-    bool foundLink = FALSE;
-    TQString linkTarget;
-    TQString part = path;
-    int slashPos = path.length();
-
-    // too deep; we give up
-    if ( depth == 128 )
-	return TQString::null;
-
-    do {
-	part = part.left( slashPos );
-	TQFileInfo fileInfo( part );
-	if ( fileInfo.isSymLink() ) {
-	    foundLink = TRUE;
-	    linkTarget = fileInfo.readLink();
-	    break;
-	}
-    } while ( (slashPos = part.tqfindRev('/')) != -1 );
-
-    if ( foundLink ) {
-	TQString path2;
-	if ( linkTarget[0] == '/' ) {
-	    path2 = linkTarget;
-	    if ( slashPos < (int) path.length() )
-		path2 += "/" + path.right( path.length() - slashPos - 1 );
-	} else {
-	    TQString relPath;
-	    relPath = part.left( part.tqfindRev('/') + 1 ) + linkTarget;
-	    if ( slashPos < (int) path.length() ) {
-		if ( !linkTarget.endsWith( "/" ) )
-		    relPath += "/";
-		relPath += path.right( path.length() - slashPos - 1 );
-	    }
-	    path2 = TQDir::current().absFilePath( relPath );
-	}
-	path2 = TQDir::cleanDirPath( path2 );
-	return resolveSymlinks( path2, depth + 1 );
-    } else {
-	return path;
-    }
-}
-#endif // TQ_WS_WIN
-
-/*!
-    Returns the directory that tqcontains the application executable.
-
-    For example, if you have installed TQt in the \c{C:\Trolltech\TQt}
-    directory, and you run the \c{demo} example, this function will
-    return "C:/Trolltech/TQt/examples/demo".
-
-    On Mac OS X this will point to the directory actually containing the
-    executable, which may be inside of an application bundle (if the
-    application is bundled).
-
-    \warning On Unix, this function assumes that argv[0] tqcontains the file
-    name of the executable (which it normally does). It also assumes that
-    the current directory hasn't been changed by the application.
-
-    \sa applicationFilePath()
-*/
-TQString TQApplication::applicationDirPath()
-{
-    return TQFileInfo( applicationFilePath() ).dirPath();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the file path of the application executable.
-
-    For example, if you have installed TQt in the \c{C:\Trolltech\TQt}
-    directory, and you run the \c{demo} example, this function will
-    return "C:/Trolltech/TQt/examples/demo/demo.exe".
-
-    \warning On Unix, this function assumes that argv[0] tqcontains the file
-    name of the executable (which it normally does). It also assumes that
-    the current directory hasn't been changed by the application.
-
-    \sa applicationDirPath()
-*/
-TQString TQApplication::applicationFilePath()
-{
-#if defined( TQ_WS_WIN )
-    TQFileInfo filePath;
-    TQT_WA({
-        WCHAR module_name[256];
-        GetModuleFileNameW(0, module_name, sizeof(module_name));
-        filePath = TQString::fromUcs2((const unsigned short *)module_name);
-    }, {
-        char module_name[256];
-        GetModuleFileNameA(0, module_name, sizeof(module_name));
-        filePath = TQString::fromLocal8Bit(module_name);
-    });
-
-    return filePath.filePath();
-#elif defined( TQ_WS_MAC )
-    return TQDir::cleanDirPath( TQFile::decodeName( tqAppFileName() ) );
-#else
-    TQString argv0 = TQFile::decodeName( argv()[0] );
-    TQString absPath;
-
-    if ( argv0[0] == '/' ) {
-	/*
-	  If argv0 starts with a slash, it is already an absolute
-	  file path.
-	*/
-	absPath = argv0;
-    } else if ( argv0.tqfind('/') != -1 ) {
-	/*
-	  If argv0 tqcontains one or more slashes, it is a file path
-	  relative to the current directory.
-	*/
-	absPath = TQDir::current().absFilePath( argv0 );
-    } else {
-	/*
-	  Otherwise, the file path has to be determined using the
-	  PATH environment variable.
-	*/
-	char *pEnv = getenv( "PATH" );
-	TQStringList paths( TQStringList::split(TQChar(':'), pEnv) );
-	TQStringList::const_iterator p = paths.begin();
-	while ( p != paths.end() ) {
-	    TQString candidate = TQDir::current().absFilePath( *p + "/" + argv0 );
-	    if ( TQFile::exists(candidate) ) {
-		absPath = candidate;
-		break;
-	    }
-	    ++p;
-	}
-    }
-
-    absPath = TQDir::cleanDirPath( absPath );
-    if ( TQFile::exists(absPath) ) {
-	return resolveSymlinks( absPath );
-    } else {
-	return TQString::null;
-    }
-#endif
-}
-#endif // TQT_NO_DIR
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_COMPONENT
-
-/*!
-  Returns a list of paths that the application will search when
-  dynamically loading libraries.
-  The installation directory for plugins is the only entry if no
-  paths have been set.  The default installation directory for plugins
-  is \c INSTALL/plugins, where \c INSTALL is the directory where TQt was
-  installed. The directory of the application executable (NOT the
-  working directory) is also added to the plugin paths.
-
-  If you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a
-  copy, e.g.
-    \code
-    TQStringList list = app.libraryPaths();
-    TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
-    while( it != list.end() ) {
-	myProcessing( *it );
-	++it;
-    }
-    \endcode
-
-  See the \link plugins-howto.html plugins documentation\endlink for a
-  description of how the library paths are used.
-
-  \sa tqsetLibraryPaths(), addLibraryPath(), removeLibraryPath(), TQLibrary
-*/
-TQStringList TQApplication::libraryPaths()
-{
-    if ( !app_libpaths ) {
-	app_libpaths = new TQStringList;
-	TQString installPathPlugins = TQString::fromLocal8Bit(qInstallPathPlugins());
-	if ( TQFile::exists(installPathPlugins) ) {
-#ifdef TQ_WS_WIN
-	    installPathPlugins.tqreplace('\\', '/');
-#endif
-	    app_libpaths->append(installPathPlugins);
-	}
-
-	TQString app_location;
-	if (tqApp)
-	    app_location = tqApp->applicationFilePath();
-#ifdef TQ_WS_WIN
-	else {
-	    app_location = TQString(tqAppFileName());
-	    app_location.tqreplace('\\', '/');
-	}
-#endif
-	if (!app_location.isEmpty()) {
-	    app_location.truncate( app_location.tqfindRev( '/' ) );
-	    if ( app_location != qInstallPathPlugins() && TQFile::exists( app_location ) )
-		app_libpaths->append( app_location );
-	}
-    }
-    return *app_libpaths;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-  Sets the list of directories to search when loading libraries to \a paths.
-  All existing paths will be deleted and the path list will consist of the
-  paths given in \a paths.
-
-  \sa libraryPaths(), addLibraryPath(), removeLibraryPath(), TQLibrary
- */
-void TQApplication::tqsetLibraryPaths( const TQStringList &paths )
-{
-    delete app_libpaths;
-    app_libpaths = new TQStringList( paths );
-}
-
-/*!
-  Append \a path to the end of the library path list. If \a path is
-  empty or already in the path list, the path list is not changed.
-
-  The default path list consists of a single entry, the installation
-  directory for plugins.  The default installation directory for plugins
-  is \c INSTALL/plugins, where \c INSTALL is the directory where TQt was
-  installed.
-
-  \sa removeLibraryPath(), libraryPaths(), tqsetLibraryPaths()
- */
-void TQApplication::addLibraryPath( const TQString &path )
-{
-    if ( path.isEmpty() )
-	return;
-
-    // make sure that library paths is initialized
-    libraryPaths();
-
-    if ( !app_libpaths->tqcontains( path ) )
-	app_libpaths->prepend( path );
-}
-
-/*!
-  Removes \a path from the library path list. If \a path is empty or not
-  in the path list, the list is not changed.
-
-  \sa addLibraryPath(), libraryPaths(), tqsetLibraryPaths()
-*/
-void TQApplication::removeLibraryPath( const TQString &path )
-{
-    if ( path.isEmpty() )
-	return;
-
-    // make sure that library paths is initialized
-    libraryPaths();
-
-    if ( app_libpaths->tqcontains( path ) )
-	app_libpaths->remove( path );
-}
-#endif //TQT_NO_COMPONENT
-
-/*!
-  Returns the application palette.
-
-  If a widget is passed in \a w, the default palette for the
-  widget's class is returned. This may or may not be the application
-  palette. In most cases there isn't a special palette for certain
-  types of widgets, but one notable exception is the popup menu under
-  Windows, if the user has defined a special background color for
-  menus in the display settings.
-
-  \sa setPalette(), TQWidget::palette()
-*/
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PALETTE
-TQPalette TQApplication::palette(const TQWidget* w)
-{
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( !tqApp )
-	qWarning( "TQApplication::palette: This function can only be "
-		  "called after the TQApplication object has been created" );
-#endif
-    if ( !app_pal ) {
-	if ( !qt_std_pal )
-	    qt_create_std_palette();
-	app_pal = new TQPalette( *qt_std_pal );
-	qt_fix_tooltips();
-    }
-
-    if ( w && app_palettes ) {
-	TQPalette* wp = app_palettes->tqfind( w->className() );
-	if ( wp )
-	    return *wp;
-	TQAsciiDictIterator<TQPalette> it( *app_palettes );
-	const char* name;
-	while ( (name=it.currentKey()) != 0 ) {
-	    if ( w->inherits( name ) )
-		return *it.current();
-	    ++it;
-	}
-    }
-    return *app_pal;
-}
-
-/*!
-  Changes the default application palette to \a palette. If \a
-  informWidgets is TRUE, then existing widgets are informed about the
-  change and may adjust themselves to the new application
-  setting. If \a informWidgets is FALSE, the change only affects newly
-  created widgets.
-
-  If \a className is passed, the change applies only to widgets that
-  inherit \a className (as reported by TQObject::inherits()). If
-  \a className is left 0, the change affects all widgets, thus overriding
-  any previously set class specific palettes.
-
-  The palette may be changed according to the current GUI style in
-  TQStyle::polish().
-
-  \sa TQWidget::setPalette(), palette(), TQStyle::polish()
-*/
-
-void TQApplication::setPalette( const TQPalette &palette, bool informWidgets,
-			       const char* className )
-{
-    TQPalette pal = palette;
-    TQPalette *oldpal = 0;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_STYLE
-    if ( !startingUp() ) // on startup this has been done already
-	tqApp->style().polish( pal );	// NB: non-const reference
-#endif
-    bool all = FALSE;
-    if ( !className ) {
-	if ( !app_pal ) {
-	    app_pal = new TQPalette( pal );
-	    TQ_CHECK_PTR( app_pal );
-	} else {
-	    *app_pal = pal;
-	}
-	all = app_palettes != 0;
-	delete app_palettes;
-	app_palettes = 0;
-	qt_fix_tooltips();
-    } else {
-	if ( !app_palettes ) {
-	    app_palettes = new TQAsciiDict<TQPalette>;
-	    TQ_CHECK_PTR( app_palettes );
-	    app_palettes->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
-	}
-	oldpal = app_palettes->tqfind( className );
-	app_palettes->insert( className, new TQPalette( pal ) );
-    }
-    if ( informWidgets && is_app_running && !is_app_closing ) {
-	if ( !oldpal || ( *oldpal != pal ) ) {
-	    TQEvent e( TQEvent::ApplicationPaletteChange );
-	    TQWidgetIntDictIt it( *((TQWidgetIntDict*)TQWidget::wmapper()) );
-	    register TQWidget *w;
-	    while ( (w=it.current()) ) {		// for all widgets...
-		++it;
-		if ( all || (!className && w->isTopLevel() ) || w->inherits(className) ) // matching class
-		    sendEvent( w, &e );
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-#endif // TQT_NO_PALETTE
-
-/*!
-  Returns the default font for the widget \a w, or the default
-  application font if \a w is 0.
-
-  \sa setFont(), fontMetrics(), TQWidget::font()
-*/
-
-TQFont TQApplication::font( const TQWidget *w )
-{
-    if ( w && app_fonts ) {
-	TQFont* wf = app_fonts->tqfind( w->className() );
-	if ( wf )
-	    return *wf;
-	TQAsciiDictIterator<TQFont> it( *app_fonts );
-	const char* name;
-	while ( (name=it.currentKey()) != 0 ) {
-	    if ( w->inherits( name ) )
-		return *it.current();
-	    ++it;
-	}
-    }
-    if ( !app_font ) {
-	app_font = new TQFont( "Helvetica" );
-	TQ_CHECK_PTR( app_font );
-    }
-    return *app_font;
-}
-
-/*! Changes the default application font to \a font. If \a
-  informWidgets is TRUE, then existing widgets are informed about the
-  change and may adjust themselves to the new application
-  setting. If \a informWidgets is FALSE, the change only affects newly
-  created widgets. If \a className is passed, the change applies only
-  to classes that inherit \a className (as reported by
-  TQObject::inherits()).
-
-  On application start-up, the default font depends on the window
-  system. It can vary depending on both the window system version and
-  the locale. This function lets you override the default font; but
-  overriding may be a bad idea because, for example, some locales need
-  extra-large fonts to support their special characters.
-
-  \sa font(), fontMetrics(), TQWidget::setFont()
-*/
-
-void TQApplication::setFont( const TQFont &font, bool informWidgets,
-			    const char* className )
-{
-    bool all = FALSE;
-    if ( !className ) {
-	qt_app_has_font = TRUE;
-	if ( !app_font ) {
-	    app_font = new TQFont( font );
-	    TQ_CHECK_PTR( app_font );
-	} else {
-	    *app_font = font;
-	}
-
-	// make sure the application font is complete
-	app_font->detach();
-	app_font->d->tqmask = TQFontPrivate::Complete;
-
-	all = app_fonts != 0;
-	delete app_fonts;
-	app_fonts = 0;
-    } else {
-	if (!app_fonts){
-	    app_fonts = new TQAsciiDict<TQFont>;
-	    TQ_CHECK_PTR( app_fonts );
-	    app_fonts->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
-	}
-	TQFont* fnt = new TQFont(font);
-	TQ_CHECK_PTR( fnt );
-	app_fonts->insert(className, fnt);
-    }
-    if ( informWidgets && is_app_running && !is_app_closing ) {
-	TQEvent e( TQEvent::ApplicationFontChange );
-	TQWidgetIntDictIt it( *((TQWidgetIntDict*)TQWidget::wmapper()) );
-	register TQWidget *w;
-	while ( (w=it.current()) ) {		// for all widgets...
-	    ++it;
-	    if ( all || (!className && w->isTopLevel() ) || w->inherits(className) ) // matching class
-		sendEvent( w, &e );
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-
-/*!
-  Initialization of the appearance of the widget \a w \e before it is first
-  shown.
-
-  Usually widgets call this automatically when they are polished. It
-  may be used to do some style-based central customization of widgets.
-
-  Note that you are not limited to the public functions of TQWidget.
-  Instead, based on meta information like TQObject::className() you are
-  able to customize any kind of widget.
-
-  \sa TQStyle::polish(), TQWidget::polish(), setPalette(), setFont()
-*/
-
-void TQApplication::polish( TQWidget *w )
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_STYLE
-    w->style().polish( w );
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/*!
-  Returns a list of the top level widgets in the application.
-
-  The list is created using \c new and must be deleted by the caller.
-
-  The list is empty (TQPtrList::isEmpty()) if there are no top level
-  widgets.
-
-  Note that some of the top level widgets may be hidden, for example
-  the tooltip if no tooltip is currently shown.
-
-  Example:
-  \code
-    // Show all hidden top level widgets.
-    TQWidgetList	 *list = TQApplication::tqtopLevelWidgets();
-    TQWidgetListIt it( *list );	// iterate over the widgets
-    TQWidget * w;
-    while ( (w=it.current()) != 0 ) {	// for each top level widget...
-	++it;
-	if ( !w->isVisible() )
-	    w->show();
-    }
-    delete list;		// delete the list, not the widgets
-  \endcode
-
-  \warning Delete the list as soon you have finished using it.
-  The widgets in the list may be deleted by someone else at any time.
-
-  \sa allWidgets(), TQWidget::isTopLevel(), TQWidget::isVisible(),
-      TQPtrList::isEmpty()
-*/
-
-TQWidgetList *TQApplication::tqtopLevelWidgets()
-{
-    return TQWidget::tlwList();
-}
-
-/*!
-  Returns a list of all the widgets in the application.
-
-  The list is created using \c new and must be deleted by the caller.
-
-  The list is empty (TQPtrList::isEmpty()) if there are no widgets.
-
-  Note that some of the widgets may be hidden.
-
-  Example that updates all widgets:
-  \code
-    TQWidgetList	 *list = TQApplication::allWidgets();
-    TQWidgetListIt it( *list );         // iterate over the widgets
-    TQWidget * w;
-    while ( (w=it.current()) != 0 ) {  // for each widget...
-	++it;
-	w->update();
-    }
-    delete list;                      // delete the list, not the widgets
-  \endcode
-
-  The TQWidgetList class is defined in the \c tqwidgetlist.h header
-  file.
-
-  \warning Delete the list as soon as you have finished using it.
-  The widgets in the list may be deleted by someone else at any time.
-
-  \sa tqtopLevelWidgets(), TQWidget::isVisible(), TQPtrList::isEmpty(),
-*/
-
-TQWidgetList *TQApplication::allWidgets()
-{
-    return TQWidget::wList();
-}
-
-/*!
-  \fn TQWidget *TQApplication::tqfocusWidget() const
-
-  Returns the application widget that has the keyboard input focus, or
-  0 if no widget in this application has the focus.
-
-  \sa TQWidget::setFocus(), TQWidget::hasFocus(), activeWindow()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn TQWidget *TQApplication::activeWindow() const
-
-  Returns the application top-level window that has the keyboard input
-  focus, or 0 if no application window has the focus. Note that
-  there might be an activeWindow() even if there is no tqfocusWidget(),
-  for example if no widget in that window accepts key events.
-
-  \sa TQWidget::setFocus(), TQWidget::hasFocus(), tqfocusWidget()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  Returns display (screen) font metrics for the application font.
-
-  \sa font(), setFont(), TQWidget::fontMetrics(), TQPainter::fontMetrics()
-*/
-
-TQFontMetrics TQApplication::fontMetrics()
-{
-    return desktop()->fontMetrics();
-}
-
-
-
-/*!
-  Tells the application to exit with return code 0 (success).
-  Equivalent to calling TQApplication::exit( 0 ).
-
-  It's common to connect the lastWindowClosed() signal to quit(), and
-  you also often connect e.g. TQButton::clicked() or Q_SIGNALS in
-  TQAction, TQPopupMenu or TQMenuBar to it.
-
-  Example:
-  \code
-    TQPushButton *quitButton = new TQPushButton( "Quit" );
-    connect( quitButton, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), tqApp, TQT_SLOT(quit()) );
-  \endcode
-
-  \sa exit() aboutToQuit() lastWindowClosed() TQAction
-*/
-
-void TQApplication::quit()
-{
-    TQApplication::exit( 0 );
-}
-
-
-/*!
-  Closes all top-level windows.
-
-  This function is particularly useful for applications with many
-  top-level windows. It could, for example, be connected to a "Quit"
-  entry in the file menu as shown in the following code example:
-
-  \code
-    // the "Quit" menu entry should try to close all windows
-    TQPopupMenu* file = new TQPopupMenu( this );
-    file->insertItem( "&Quit", tqApp, TQT_SLOT(closeAllWindows()), CTRL+Key_Q );
-
-    // when the last window is closed, the application should quit
-    connect( tqApp, TQT_SIGNAL( lastWindowClosed() ), tqApp, TQT_SLOT( quit() ) );
-  \endcode
-
-  The windows are closed in random order, until one window does not
-  accept the close event.
-
-  \sa TQWidget::close(), TQWidget::closeEvent(), lastWindowClosed(),
-  quit(), tqtopLevelWidgets(), TQWidget::isTopLevel()
-
- */
-void TQApplication::closeAllWindows()
-{
-    bool did_close = TRUE;
-    TQWidget *w;
-    while((w = activeModalWidget()) && did_close) {
-	if(w->isHidden())
-	    break;
-	did_close = w->close();
-    }
-    TQWidgetList *list = TQApplication::tqtopLevelWidgets();
-    for ( w = list->first(); did_close && w; ) {
-	if ( !w->isHidden() ) {
-	    did_close = w->close();
-	    delete list;
-	    list = TQApplication::tqtopLevelWidgets();
-	    w = list->first();
-	} else {
-	    w = list->next();
-	}
-    }
-    delete list;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Displays a simple message box about TQt. The message includes the
-    version number of TQt being used by the application.
-
-    This is useful for inclusion in the Help menu of an application.
-    See the examples/menu/menu.cpp example.
-
-    This function is a convenience slot for TQMessageBox::aboutTQt().
-*/
-void TQApplication::aboutTQt()
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_MESSAGEBOX
-    TQMessageBox::aboutTQt( mainWidget() );
-#endif // TQT_NO_MESSAGEBOX
-}
-
-
-/*!
-  \fn void TQApplication::lastWindowClosed()
-
-  This signal is emitted when the user has closed the last
-  top level window.
-
-  The signal is very useful when your application has many top level
-  widgets but no main widget. You can then connect it to the quit()
-  slot.
-
-  For convenience, this signal is \e not emitted for transient top level
-  widgets such as popup menus and dialogs.
-
-  \sa mainWidget(), tqtopLevelWidgets(), TQWidget::isTopLevel(), TQWidget::close()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn void TQApplication::aboutToQuit()
-
-  This signal is emitted when the application is about to quit the
-  main event loop, e.g. when the event loop level drops to zero.
-  This may happen either after a call to quit() from inside the
-  application or when the users shuts down the entire desktop session.
-
-  The signal is particularly useful if your application has to do some
-  last-second cleanup. Note that no user interaction is possible in
-  this state.
-
-  \sa quit()
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-  \fn void TQApplication::guiThreadAwake()
-
-  This signal is emitted after the event loop returns from a function
-  that could block.
-
-  \sa wakeUpGuiThread()
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-  \fn bool TQApplication::sendEvent( TQObject *receiver, TQEvent *event )
-
-  Sends event \a event directly to receiver \a receiver, using the
-  notify() function. Returns the value that was returned from the event
-  handler.
-
-    The event is \e not deleted when the event has been sent. The normal
-    approach is to create the event on the stack, e.g.
-    \code
-    TQMouseEvent me( TQEvent::MouseButtonPress, pos, 0, 0 );
-    TQApplication::sendEvent( mainWindow, &me );
-    \endcode
-    If you create the event on the heap you must delete it.
-
-  \sa postEvent(), notify()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  Sends event \a e to \a receiver: \a {receiver}->event(\a e).
-  Returns the value that is returned from the receiver's event handler.
-
-  For certain types of events (e.g. mouse and key events),
-  the event will be propagated to the receiver's tqparent and so on up to
-  the top-level object if the receiver is not interested in the event
-  (i.e., it returns FALSE).
-
-  There are five different ways that events can be processed;
-  reimplementing this virtual function is just one of them. All five
-  approaches are listed below:
-  \list 1
-  \i Reimplementing this function. This is very powerful, providing
-  complete control; but only one subclass can be tqApp.
-
-  \i Installing an event filter on tqApp. Such an event filter is able
-  to process all events for all widgets, so it's just as powerful as
-  reimplementing notify(); furthermore, it's possible to have more
-  than one application-global event filter. Global event filters even
-  see mouse events for \link TQWidget::isEnabled() disabled
-  widgets, \endlink and if \link setGlobalMouseTracking() global mouse
-  tracking \endlink is enabled, as well as mouse move events for all
-  widgets.
-
-  \i Reimplementing TQObject::event() (as TQWidget does). If you do
-  this you get Tab key presses, and you get to see the events before
-  any widget-specific event filters.
-
-  \i Installing an event filter on the object. Such an event filter
-  gets all the events except Tab and Shift-Tab key presses.
-
-  \i Reimplementing paintEvent(), mousePressEvent() and so
-  on. This is the commonest, easiest and least powerful way.
-  \endlist
-
-  \sa TQObject::event(), installEventFilter()
-*/
-
-bool TQApplication::notify( TQObject *receiver, TQEvent *e )
-{
-    // no events are delivered after ~TQApplication() has started
-    if ( is_app_closing )
-	return FALSE;
-
-    if ( receiver == 0 ) {			// serious error
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_NULL)
-	qWarning( "TQApplication::notify: Unexpected null receiver" );
-#endif
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    if ( e->type() == TQEvent::ChildRemoved && receiver->postedEvents && globalPostedEvents) {
-
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-	TQMutexLocker locker( postevent_mutex );
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-
-	// the TQObject destructor calls TQObject::removeChild, which calls
-	// TQApplication::sendEvent() directly.  this can happen while the event
-	// loop is in the middle of posting events, and when we get here, we may
-	// not have any more posted events for this object.
-	if ( receiver->postedEvents ) {
-	    // if this is a child remove event and the child insert
-	    // hasn't been dispatched yet, kill that insert
-	    TQPostEventList * l = receiver->postedEvents;
-	    TQObject * c = ((TQChildEvent*)e)->child();
-	    TQPostEvent * pe;
-	    l->first();
-	    while( ( pe = l->current()) != 0 ) {
-		if ( pe->event && pe->receiver == receiver &&
-		     pe->event->type() == TQEvent::ChildInserted &&
-		     ((TQChildEvent*)pe->event)->child() == c ) {
-		    pe->event->posted = FALSE;
-		    delete pe->event;
-		    pe->event = 0;
-		    l->remove();
-		    continue;
-		}
-		l->next();
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    bool res = FALSE;
-    if ( !receiver->isWidgetType() )
-	res = internalNotify( receiver, e );
-    else switch ( e->type() ) {
-#ifndef TQT_NO_ACCEL
-    case TQEvent::Accel:
-	{
-	    TQKeyEvent* key = (TQKeyEvent*) e;
-	    res = internalNotify( receiver, e );
-
-	    if ( !res && !key->isAccepted() )
-		res = qt_dispatchAccelEvent( (TQWidget*)receiver, key );
-
-	    // next lines are for compatibility with TQt <= 3.0.x: old
-	    // TQAccel was listening on toplevel widgets
-	    if ( !res && !key->isAccepted() && !((TQWidget*)receiver)->isTopLevel() )
-		res = internalNotify( ((TQWidget*)receiver)->tqtopLevelWidget(), e );
-	}
-    break;
-#endif //TQT_NO_ACCEL
-    case TQEvent::KeyPress:
-    case TQEvent::KeyRelease:
-    case TQEvent::AccelOverride:
-	{
-	    TQWidget* w = (TQWidget*)receiver;
-	    TQKeyEvent* key = (TQKeyEvent*) e;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_ACCEL
-	    if ( qt_tryComposeUnicode( w, key ) )
-		break;
-#endif
-	    bool def = key->isAccepted();
-	    while ( w ) {
-		if ( def )
-		    key->accept();
-		else
-		    key->ignore();
-		res = internalNotify( w, e );
-		if ( res || key->isAccepted() )
-		    break;
-		w = w->parentWidget( TRUE );
-	    }
-	}
-    break;
-    case TQEvent::MouseButtonPress:
-	    if ( e->spontaneous() ) {
-		TQWidget* fw = (TQWidget*)receiver;
-		while ( fw->focusProxy() )
-		    fw = fw->focusProxy();
-		if ( fw->isEnabled() && fw->focusPolicy() & TQWidget::ClickFocus ) {
-		    TQFocusEvent::setReason( TQFocusEvent::Mouse);
-		    fw->setFocus();
-		    TQFocusEvent::resetReason();
-		}
-	    }
-	    // fall through intended
-    case TQEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
-    case TQEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
-    case TQEvent::MouseMove:
-	{
-	    TQWidget* w = (TQWidget*)receiver;
-	    TQMouseEvent* mouse = (TQMouseEvent*) e;
-	    TQPoint relpos = mouse->pos();
-	    while ( w ) {
-		TQMouseEvent me(mouse->type(), relpos, mouse->globalPos(), mouse->button(), mouse->state());
-		me.spont = mouse->spontaneous();
-		res = internalNotify( w, w == receiver ? mouse : &me );
-		e->spont = FALSE;
-		if (res || w->isTopLevel() || w->testWFlags(WNoMousePropagation))
-		    break;
-
-		relpos += w->pos();
-		w = w->parentWidget();
-	    }
-	    if ( res )
-		mouse->accept();
-	    else
-		mouse->ignore();
-	}
-    break;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_WHEELEVENT
-    case TQEvent::Wheel:
-	{
-	    if ( e->spontaneous() ) {
-		TQWidget* fw = (TQWidget*)receiver;
-		while ( fw->focusProxy() )
-		    fw = fw->focusProxy();
-		if ( fw->isEnabled() && (fw->focusPolicy() & TQWidget::WheelFocus) == TQWidget::WheelFocus ) {
-		    TQFocusEvent::setReason( TQFocusEvent::Mouse);
-		    fw->setFocus();
-		    TQFocusEvent::resetReason();
-		}
-	    }
-
-	    TQWidget* w = (TQWidget*)receiver;
-	    TQWheelEvent* wheel = (TQWheelEvent*) e;
-	    TQPoint relpos = wheel->pos();
-	    while ( w ) {
-		TQWheelEvent we(relpos, wheel->globalPos(), wheel->delta(), wheel->state(), wheel->orientation());
-		we.spont = wheel->spontaneous();
-		res = internalNotify( w,  w == receiver ? wheel : &we );
-		e->spont = FALSE;
-		if (res || w->isTopLevel() || w->testWFlags(WNoMousePropagation))
-		    break;
-
-		relpos += w->pos();
-		w = w->parentWidget();
-	    }
-	    if ( res )
-		wheel->accept();
-	    else
-		wheel->ignore();
-	}
-    break;
-#endif
-    case TQEvent::ContextMenu:
-	{
-	    TQWidget* w = (TQWidget*)receiver;
-	    TQContextMenuEvent *context = (TQContextMenuEvent*) e;
-	    TQPoint relpos = context->pos();
-	    while ( w ) {
-		TQContextMenuEvent ce(context->reason(), relpos, context->globalPos(), context->state());
-		ce.spont = e->spontaneous();
-		res = internalNotify( w,  w == receiver ? context : &ce );
-		e->spont = FALSE;
-
-		if (res || w->isTopLevel() || w->testWFlags(WNoMousePropagation))
-		    break;
-
-		relpos += w->pos();
-		w = w->parentWidget();
-	    }
-	    if ( res )
-		context->accept();
-	    else
-		context->ignore();
-	}
-    break;
-#if defined (TQT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
-    case TQEvent::TabletMove:
-    case TQEvent::TabletPress:
-    case TQEvent::TabletRelease:
-	{
-	    TQWidget *w = (TQWidget*)receiver;
-	    TQTabletEvent *tablet = (TQTabletEvent*)e;
-	    TQPoint relpos = tablet->pos();
-	    while ( w ) {
-		TQTabletEvent te(tablet->pos(), tablet->globalPos(), tablet->tqdevice(),
-				tablet->pressure(), tablet->xTilt(), tablet->yTilt(),
-				tablet->uniqueId());
-		te.spont = e->spontaneous();
-		res = internalNotify( w, w == receiver ? tablet : &te );
-		e->spont = FALSE;
-		if (res || w->isTopLevel() || w->testWFlags(WNoMousePropagation))
-		    break;
-
-		relpos += w->pos();
-		w = w->parentWidget();
-	    }
-	    if ( res )
-		tablet->accept();
-	    else
-		tablet->ignore();
-	    chokeMouse = tablet->isAccepted();
-	}
-    break;
-#endif
-    default:
-	res = internalNotify( receiver, e );
-	break;
-    }
-
-    return res;
-}
-
-/*!\reimp
-
-*/
-bool TQApplication::event( TQEvent *e )
-{
-    if(e->type() == TQEvent::Close) {
-	TQCloseEvent *ce = (TQCloseEvent*)e;
-	ce->accept();
-	closeAllWindows();
-
-	TQWidgetList *list = tqtopLevelWidgets();
-	for(TQWidget *w = list->first(); w; w = list->next()) {
-	    if ( !w->isHidden() && !w->isDesktop() && !w->isPopup() &&
-		 (!w->isDialog() || !w->parentWidget())) {
-		ce->ignore();
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-	if(ce->isAccepted())
-	    return TRUE;
-    } else if (e->type() == TQEvent::Quit) {
-	quit();
-	return TRUE;
-    }
-    return TQObject::event(e);
-}
-
-/*!\internal
-
-  Helper function called by notify()
- */
-bool TQApplication::internalNotify( TQObject *receiver, TQEvent * e)
-{
-    if ( eventFilters ) {
-	TQObjectListIt it( *eventFilters );
-	register TQObject *obj;
-	while ( (obj=it.current()) != 0 ) {	// send to all filters
-	    ++it;				//   until one returns TRUE
-	    if ( obj->eventFilter(receiver,e) )
-		return TRUE;
-	}
-    }
-
-    bool consumed = FALSE;
-    bool handled = FALSE;
-    if ( receiver->isWidgetType() ) {
-	TQWidget *widget = (TQWidget*)receiver;
-
-	// toggle HasMouse widget state on enter and leave
-	if ( e->type() == TQEvent::Enter || e->type() == TQEvent::DragEnter )
-	    widget->setWState( WState_HasMouse );
-	else if ( e->type() == TQEvent::Leave || e->type() == TQEvent::DragLeave )
-	    widget->clearWState( WState_HasMouse );
-
-	// throw away any mouse-tracking-only mouse events
-	if ( e->type() == TQEvent::MouseMove &&
-	     (((TQMouseEvent*)e)->state()&TQMouseEvent::MouseButtonMask) == 0 &&
-	     !widget->hasMouseTracking() ) {
-	    handled = TRUE;
-	    consumed = TRUE;
-	} else if ( !widget->isEnabled() ) { // throw away mouse events to disabled widgets
-	    switch(e->type()) {
-	    case TQEvent::MouseButtonPress:
-	    case TQEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
-	    case TQEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
-	    case TQEvent::MouseMove:
-		( (TQMouseEvent*) e)->ignore();
-		handled = TRUE;
-		consumed = TRUE;
-		break;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
-	    case TQEvent::DragEnter:
-	    case TQEvent::DragMove:
-		( (TQDragMoveEvent*) e)->ignore();
-		handled = TRUE;
-		break;
-
-	    case TQEvent::DragLeave:
-	    case TQEvent::DragResponse:
-		handled = TRUE;
-		break;
-
-	    case TQEvent::Drop:
-		( (TQDropEvent*) e)->ignore();
-		handled = TRUE;
-		break;
-#endif
-#ifndef TQT_NO_WHEELEVENT
-	    case TQEvent::Wheel:
-		( (TQWheelEvent*) e)->ignore();
-		handled = TRUE;
-		break;
-#endif
-	    case TQEvent::ContextMenu:
-		( (TQContextMenuEvent*) e)->ignore();
-		handled = TRUE;
-		break;
-	    default:
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-
-    }
-
-    if (!handled)
-	consumed = receiver->event( e );
-    e->spont = FALSE;
-    return consumed;
-}
-
-/*!
-  Returns TRUE if an application object has not been created yet;
-  otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-  \sa closingDown()
-*/
-
-bool TQApplication::startingUp()
-{
-    return !is_app_running;
-}
-
-/*!
-  Returns TRUE if the application objects are being destroyed;
-  otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-  \sa startingUp()
-*/
-
-bool TQApplication::closingDown()
-{
-    return is_app_closing;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Processes pending events, for 3 seconds or until there are no more
-    events to process, whichever is shorter.
-
-    You can call this function occasionally when your program is busy
-    performing a long operation (e.g. copying a file).
-
-    \sa exec(), TQTimer, TQEventLoop::processEvents()
-*/
-
-void TQApplication::processEvents()
-{
-    processEvents( 3000 );
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Processes pending events for \a maxtime milliseconds or until
-    there are no more events to process, whichever is shorter.
-
-    You can call this function occasionally when you program is busy
-    doing a long operation (e.g. copying a file).
-
-    \sa exec(), TQTimer, TQEventLoop::processEvents()
-*/
-void TQApplication::processEvents( int maxtime )
-{
-    eventLoop()->processEvents( TQEventLoop::AllEvents, maxtime );
-}
-
-/*! \obsolete
-  Waits for an event to occur, processes it, then returns.
-
-  This function is useful for adapting TQt to situations where the
-  event processing must be grafted onto existing program loops.
-
-  Using this function in new applications may be an indication of design
-  problems.
-
-  \sa processEvents(), exec(), TQTimer
-*/
-
-void TQApplication::processOneEvent()
-{
-    eventLoop()->processEvents( TQEventLoop::AllEvents |
-				TQEventLoop::WaitForMore );
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  Main event loop wrappers
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    Returns the application event loop. This function will return
-    zero if called during and after destroying TQApplication.
-
-    To create your own instance of TQEventLoop or TQEventLoop subclass create
-    it before you create the TQApplication object.
-
-    \sa TQEventLoop
-*/
-TQEventLoop *TQApplication::eventLoop()
-{
-    if ( !eventloop && !is_app_closing )
-	(void) new TQEventLoop( tqApp, "default event loop" );
-    return eventloop;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Enters the main event loop and waits until exit() is called or the
-    main widget is destroyed, and returns the value that was set to
-    exit() (which is 0 if exit() is called via quit()).
-
-    It is necessary to call this function to start event handling. The
-    main event loop receives events from the window system and
-    dispatches these to the application widgets.
-
-    Generally speaking, no user interaction can take place before
-    calling exec(). As a special case, modal widgets like TQMessageBox
-    can be used before calling exec(), because modal widgets call
-    exec() to start a local event loop.
-
-    To make your application perform idle processing, i.e. executing a
-    special function whenever there are no pending events, use a
-    TQTimer with 0 timeout. More advanced idle processing schemes can
-    be achieved using processEvents().
-
-    \sa quit(), exit(), processEvents(), setMainWidget()
-*/
-int TQApplication::exec()
-{
-    return eventLoop()->exec();
-}
-
-/*!
-  Tells the application to exit with a return code.
-
-  After this function has been called, the application leaves the main
-  event loop and returns from the call to exec(). The exec() function
-  returns \a retcode.
-
-  By convention, a \a retcode of 0 means success, and any non-zero
-  value indicates an error.
-
-  Note that unlike the C library function of the same name, this
-  function \e does return to the caller -- it is event processing that
-  stops.
-
-  \sa quit(), exec()
-*/
-void TQApplication::exit( int retcode )
-{
-    tqApp->eventLoop()->exit( retcode );
-}
-
-/*!
-    \obsolete
-
-    This function enters the main event loop (recursively). Do not call
-    it unless you really know what you are doing.
-
-    Use TQApplication::eventLoop()->enterLoop() instead.
-
-*/
-int TQApplication::enter_loop()
-{
-    return eventLoop()->enterLoop();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \obsolete
-
-    This function exits from a recursive call to the main event loop.
-    Do not call it unless you are an expert.
-
-    Use TQApplication::eventLoop()->exitLoop() instead.
-
-*/
-void TQApplication::exit_loop()
-{
-    eventLoop()->exitLoop();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \obsolete
-
-    Returns the current loop level.
-
-    Use TQApplication::eventLoop()->loopLevel() instead.
-
-*/
-int TQApplication::loopLevel() const
-{
-    return eventLoop()->loopLevel();
-}
-
-/*!
-
-  Wakes up the GUI thread.
-
-  \sa guiThreadAwake() \link threads.html Thread Support in TQt\endlink
-*/
-void TQApplication::wakeUpGuiThread()
-{
-    eventLoop()->wakeUp();
-}
-
-/*!
-    This function returns TRUE if there are pending events; otherwise
-    returns FALSE. Pending events can be either from the window system
-    or posted events using TQApplication::postEvent().
-*/
-bool TQApplication::hasPendingEvents()
-{
-    return eventLoop()->hasPendingEvents();
-}
-
-#if !defined(TQ_WS_X11)
-
-// The doc and X implementation of these functions is in qapplication_x11.cpp
-
-void TQApplication::flushX()	{}		// do nothing
-
-void TQApplication::syncX()	{}		// do nothing
-
-#endif
-
-/*!
-  \fn void TQApplication::setWinStyleHighlightColor( const TQColor & )
-  \obsolete
-
-  Sets the color used to mark selections in windows style for all widgets
-  in the application. Will tqrepaint all widgets if the color is changed.
-
-  The default color is \c darkBlue.
-  \sa winStyleHighlightColor()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn const TQColor& TQApplication::winStyleHighlightColor()
-  \obsolete
-
-  Returns the color used to mark selections in windows style.
-
-  \sa setWinStyleHighlightColor()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  Returns the version of the Windows operating system that is running:
-
-  \list
-  \i TQt::WV_95 - Windows 95
-  \i TQt::WV_98 - Windows 98
-  \i TQt::WV_Me - Windows Me
-  \i TQt::WV_NT - Windows NT 4.x
-  \i TQt::WV_2000 - Windows 2000 (NT5)
-  \i TQt::WV_XP - Windows XP
-  \i TQt::WV_2003 - Windows Server 2003 family
-  \i TQt::WV_CE - Windows CE
-  \i TQt::WV_CENET - Windows CE.NET
-  \endlist
-
-  Note that this function is implemented for the Windows version
-  of TQt only.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TQ_OS_CYGWIN)
-TQt::WindowsVersion TQApplication::winVersion()
-{
-    return qt_winver;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSLATION
-
-bool qt_detectRTLLanguage()
-{
-    return TQApplication::tr( "TQT_LAYOUT_DIRECTION",
-	    "Translate this string to the string 'LTR' in left-to-right"
-	    " languages or to 'RTL' in right-to-left languages (such as Hebrew"
-	    " and Arabic) to get proper widget tqlayout." ) == "RTL";
-}
-
-/*!
-  Adds the message file \a mf to the list of message files to be used
-  for translations.
-
-  Multiple message files can be installed. Translations are searched
-  for in the last installed message file, then the one from last, and
-  so on, back to the first installed message file. The search stops as
-  soon as a matching translation is found.
-
-  \sa removeTranslator() translate() TQTranslator::load()
-*/
-
-void TQApplication::installTranslator( TQTranslator * mf )
-{
-    if ( !mf )
-	return;
-    if ( !translators )
-	translators = new TQValueList<TQTranslator*>;
-
-    translators->prepend( mf );
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSLATION_BUILDER
-    if ( mf->isEmpty() )
-	return;
-#endif
-
-    // hook to set the tqlayout direction of dialogs
-    setReverseLayout( qt_detectRTLLanguage() );
-
-    TQWidgetList *list = tqtopLevelWidgets();
-    TQWidgetListIt it( *list );
-    TQWidget *w;
-    while ( ( w=it.current() ) != 0 ) {
-	++it;
-	if (!w->isDesktop())
-	    postEvent( w, new TQEvent( TQEvent::LanguageChange ) );
-    }
-    delete list;
-}
-
-/*!
-  Removes the message file \a mf from the list of message files used by
-  this application. (It does not delete the message file from the file
-  system.)
-
-  \sa installTranslator() translate(), TQObject::tr()
-*/
-
-void TQApplication::removeTranslator( TQTranslator * mf )
-{
-    if ( !translators || !mf )
-	return;
-
-    if ( translators->remove( mf ) && ! tqApp->closingDown() ) {
-	setReverseLayout( qt_detectRTLLanguage() );
-
-	TQWidgetList *list = tqtopLevelWidgets();
-	TQWidgetListIt it( *list );
-	TQWidget *w;
-	while ( ( w=it.current() ) != 0 ) {
-	    ++it;
-	    postEvent( w, new TQEvent( TQEvent::LanguageChange ) );
-	}
-	delete list;
-    }
-}
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
-/*! \obsolete
-  This is the same as TQTextCodec::setCodecForTr().
-*/
-void TQApplication::setDefaultCodec( TQTextCodec* codec )
-{
-    TQTextCodec::setCodecForTr( codec );
-}
-
-/*! \obsolete
-  Returns TQTextCodec::codecForTr().
-*/
-TQTextCodec* TQApplication::defaultCodec() const
-{
-    return TQTextCodec::codecForTr();
-}
-#endif //TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
-
-/*! \enum TQApplication::Encoding
-
-  This enum type defines the 8-bit encoding of character string
-  arguments to translate():
-
-  \value DefaultCodec - the encoding specified by
-  TQTextCodec::codecForTr() (Latin-1 if none has been set)
-  \value UnicodeUTF8 - UTF-8
-
-  \sa TQObject::tr(), TQObject::trUtf8(), TQString::fromUtf8()
-*/
-
-/*! \reentrant
-  Returns the translation text for \a sourceText, by querying the
-  installed messages files. The message files are searched from the most
-  recently installed message file back to the first installed message
-  file.
-
-  TQObject::tr() and TQObject::trUtf8() provide this functionality more
-  conveniently.
-
-  \a context is typically a class name (e.g., "MyDialog") and
-  \a sourceText is either English text or a short identifying text, if
-  the output text will be very long (as for help texts).
-
-  \a comment is a disambiguating comment, for when the same \a
-  sourceText is used in different roles within the same context. By
-  default, it is null. \a encoding indicates the 8-bit encoding of
-  character stings
-
-  See the \l TQTranslator documentation for more information about
-  contexts and comments.
-
-  If none of the message files contain a translation for \a
-  sourceText in \a context, this function returns a TQString
-  equivalent of \a sourceText. The encoding of \a sourceText is
-  specified by \e encoding; it defaults to \c DefaultCodec.
-
-  This function is not virtual. You can use alternative translation
-  techniques by subclassing \l TQTranslator.
-
-  \warning This method is reentrant only if all translators are
-  installed \e before calling this method.  Installing or removing
-  translators while performing translations is not supported.  Doing
-  so will most likely result in crashes or other undesirable behavior.
-
-  \sa TQObject::tr() installTranslator() defaultCodec()
-*/
-
-TQString TQApplication::translate( const char * context, const char * sourceText,
-				 const char * comment, Encoding encoding ) const
-{
-    if ( !sourceText )
-	return TQString::null;
-
-    if ( translators ) {
-	TQValueList<TQTranslator*>::iterator it;
-	TQTranslator * mf;
-	TQString result;
-	for ( it = translators->begin(); it != translators->end(); ++it ) {
-	    mf = *it;
-	    result = mf->tqfindMessage( context, sourceText, comment ).translation();
-	    if ( !result.isNull() )
-		return result;
-	}
-    }
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
-    if ( encoding == UnicodeUTF8 )
-	return TQString::fromUtf8( sourceText );
-    else if ( TQTextCodec::codecForTr() != 0 )
-	return TQTextCodec::codecForTr()->toUnicode( sourceText );
-    else
-#endif
-	return TQString::tqfromLatin1( sourceText );
-}
-
-#endif
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  TQApplication management of posted events
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-//see also notify(), which does the removal of ChildInserted when ChildRemoved.
-
-/*!
-  Adds the event \a event with the object \a receiver as the receiver of the
-  event, to an event queue and returns immediately.
-
-  The event must be allocated on the heap since the post event queue
-  will take ownership of the event and delete it once it has been posted.
-
-  When control returns to the main event loop, all events that are
-  stored in the queue will be sent using the notify() function.
-
-  \threadsafe
-
-  \sa sendEvent(), notify()
-*/
-
-void TQApplication::postEvent( TQObject *receiver, TQEvent *event )
-{
-    if ( receiver == 0 ) {
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_NULL)
-	qWarning( "TQApplication::postEvent: Unexpected null receiver" );
-#endif
-	delete event;
-	return;
-    }
-
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-    TQMutexLocker locker( postevent_mutex );
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-
-    if ( !globalPostedEvents ) {			// create list
-	globalPostedEvents = new TQPostEventList;
-	TQ_CHECK_PTR( globalPostedEvents );
-	globalPostedEvents->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
-	qapp_cleanup_events.set( &globalPostedEvents );
-    }
-
-    if ( !receiver->postedEvents )
-	receiver->postedEvents = new TQPostEventList;
-    TQPostEventList * l = receiver->postedEvents;
-
-    // if this is one of the compressible events, do compression
-    if ( event->type() == TQEvent::Paint ||
-	 event->type() == TQEvent::LayoutHint ||
-	 event->type() == TQEvent::Resize ||
-	 event->type() == TQEvent::Move ||
-	 event->type() == TQEvent::LanguageChange ) {
-	l->first();
-	TQPostEvent * cur = 0;
-	for ( ;; ) {
-	    while ( (cur=l->current()) != 0 &&
-		    ( cur->receiver != receiver ||
-		      cur->event == 0 ||
-		      cur->event->type() != event->type() ) )
-		l->next();
-	    if ( l->current() != 0 ) {
-		if ( cur->event->type() == TQEvent::Paint ) {
-		    TQPaintEvent * p = (TQPaintEvent*)(cur->event);
-		    if ( p->erase != ((TQPaintEvent*)event)->erase ) {
-			l->next();
-			continue;
-		    }
-		    p->reg = p->reg.unite( ((TQPaintEvent *)event)->reg );
-		    p->rec = p->rec.unite( ((TQPaintEvent *)event)->rec );
-		    delete event;
-		    return;
-		} else if ( cur->event->type() == TQEvent::LayoutHint ) {
-		    delete event;
-		    return;
-		} else if ( cur->event->type() == TQEvent::Resize ) {
-		    ((TQResizeEvent *)(cur->event))->s = ((TQResizeEvent *)event)->s;
-		    delete event;
-		    return;
-		} else if ( cur->event->type() == TQEvent::Move ) {
-		    ((TQMoveEvent *)(cur->event))->p = ((TQMoveEvent *)event)->p;
-		    delete event;
-		    return;
-		} else if ( cur->event->type() == TQEvent::LanguageChange ) {
-		    delete event;
-		    return;
-		}
-	    }
-	    break;
-	};
-    }
-
-    // if no compression could be done, just append something
-    event->posted = TRUE;
-    TQPostEvent * pe = new TQPostEvent( receiver, event );
-    l->append( pe );
-    globalPostedEvents->append( pe );
-
-    if (eventloop)
-	eventloop->wakeUp();
-}
-
-
-/*! \overload
-
-    Dispatches all posted events, i.e. empties the event queue.
-*/
-void TQApplication::sendPostedEvents()
-{
-    sendPostedEvents( 0, 0 );
-}
-
-
-
-/*!
-  Immediately dispatches all events which have been previously queued
-  with TQApplication::postEvent() and which are for the object \a receiver
-  and have the event type \a event_type.
-
-  Note that events from the window system are \e not dispatched by this
-  function, but by processEvents().
-
-  If \a receiver is null, the events of \a event_type are sent for all
-  objects. If \a event_type is 0, all the events are sent for \a receiver.
-*/
-
-void TQApplication::sendPostedEvents( TQObject *receiver, int event_type )
-{
-    // Make sure the object hierarchy is stable before processing events
-    // to avoid endless loops
-    if ( receiver == 0 && event_type == 0 )
-	sendPostedEvents( 0, TQEvent::ChildInserted );
-
-    if ( !globalPostedEvents || ( receiver && !receiver->postedEvents ) )
-	return;
-
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-    TQMutexLocker locker( postevent_mutex );
-#endif
-
-    bool sent = TRUE;
-    while ( sent ) {
-	sent = FALSE;
-
-	if ( !globalPostedEvents || ( receiver && !receiver->postedEvents ) )
-	    return;
-
-	// if we have a receiver, use the local list. Otherwise, use the
-	// global list
-	TQPostEventList * l = receiver ? receiver->postedEvents : globalPostedEvents;
-
-	// okay. here is the tricky loop. be careful about optimizing
-	// this, it looks the way it does for good reasons.
-	TQPostEventListIt it( *l );
-	TQPostEvent *pe;
-	while ( (pe=it.current()) != 0 ) {
-	    ++it;
-	    if ( pe->event // hasn't been sent yet
-		 && ( receiver == 0 // we send to all tqreceivers
-		      || receiver == pe->receiver ) // we send to THAT receiver
-		 && ( event_type == 0 // we send all types
-		      || event_type == pe->event->type() ) ) { // we send THAT type
-		// first, we diddle the event so that we can deliver
-		// it, and that noone will try to touch it later.
-		pe->event->posted = FALSE;
-		TQEvent * e = pe->event;
-		TQObject * r = pe->receiver;
-		pe->event = 0;
-
-		// next, update the data structure so that we're ready
-		// for the next event.
-
-		// look for the local list, and take whatever we're
-		// delivering out of it. r->postedEvents maybe *l
-		if ( r->postedEvents ) {
-		    r->postedEvents->removeRef( pe );
-		    // if possible, get rid of that list. this is not
-		    // ideal - we will create and delete a list for
-		    // each update() call. it would be better if we'd
-		    // leave the list empty here, and delete it
-		    // somewhere else if it isn't being used.
-		    if ( r->postedEvents->isEmpty() ) {
-			delete r->postedEvents;
-			r->postedEvents = 0;
-		    }
-		}
-
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-		if ( locker.mutex() ) locker.mutex()->unlock();
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-		// after all that work, it's time to deliver the event.
-		if ( e->type() == TQEvent::Paint && r->isWidgetType() ) {
-		    TQWidget * w = (TQWidget*)r;
-		    TQPaintEvent * p = (TQPaintEvent*)e;
-		    if ( w->isVisible() )
-			w->tqrepaint( p->reg, p->erase );
-		} else {
-		    sent = TRUE;
-		    TQApplication::sendEvent( r, e );
-		}
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-		if ( locker.mutex() ) locker.mutex()->lock();
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-
-		delete e;
-		// careful when adding anything below this point - the
-		// sendEvent() call might tqinvalidate any invariants this
-		// function depends on.
-	    }
-	}
-
-	// clear the global list, i.e. remove everything that was
-	// delivered.
-	if ( l == globalPostedEvents ) {
-	    globalPostedEvents->first();
-	    while( (pe=globalPostedEvents->current()) != 0 ) {
-		if ( pe->event )
-		    globalPostedEvents->next();
-		else
-		    globalPostedEvents->remove();
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*!
-  Removes all events posted using postEvent() for \a receiver.
-
-  The events are \e not dispatched, instead they are removed from the
-  queue. You should never need to call this function. If you do call it,
-  be aware that killing events may cause \a receiver to break one or
-  more invariants.
-
-  \threadsafe
-*/
-
-void TQApplication::removePostedEvents( TQObject *receiver )
-{
-    if ( !receiver )
-	return;
-
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-    TQMutexLocker locker( postevent_mutex );
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-
-    // the TQObject destructor calls this function directly.  this can
-    // happen while the event loop is in the middle of posting events,
-    // and when we get here, we may not have any more posted events
-    // for this object.
-    if ( !receiver->postedEvents )
-	return;
-
-    // iterate over the object-specifc list and delete the events.
-    // leave the TQPostEvent objects; they'll be deleted by
-    // sendPostedEvents().
-    TQPostEventList * l = receiver->postedEvents;
-    receiver->postedEvents = 0;
-    l->first();
-    TQPostEvent * pe;
-    while( (pe=l->current()) != 0 ) {
-	if ( pe->event ) {
-	    pe->event->posted = FALSE;
-	    delete pe->event;
-	    pe->event = 0;
-	}
-	l->remove();
-    }
-    delete l;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-  Removes \a event from the queue of posted events, and emits a
-  warning message if appropriate.
-
-  \warning This function can be \e really slow. Avoid using it, if
-  possible.
-
-  \threadsafe
-*/
-
-void TQApplication::removePostedEvent( TQEvent *  event )
-{
-    if ( !event || !event->posted )
-	return;
-
-    if ( !globalPostedEvents ) {
-#if defined(TQT_DEBUG)
-	qDebug( "TQApplication::removePostedEvent: %p %d is posted: impossible",
-		(void*)event, event->type() );
-	return;
-#endif
-    }
-
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-    TQMutexLocker locker( postevent_mutex );
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-
-    TQPostEventListIt it( *globalPostedEvents );
-    TQPostEvent * pe;
-    while( (pe = it.current()) != 0 ) {
-	++it;
-	if ( pe->event == event ) {
-#if defined(TQT_DEBUG)
-	    const char *n;
-	    switch ( event->type() ) {
-	    case TQEvent::Timer:
-		n = "Timer";
-		break;
-	    case TQEvent::MouseButtonPress:
-		n = "MouseButtonPress";
-		break;
-	    case TQEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
-		n = "MouseButtonRelease";
-		break;
-	    case TQEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
-		n = "MouseButtonDblClick";
-		break;
-	    case TQEvent::MouseMove:
-		n = "MouseMove";
-		break;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_WHEELEVENT
-	    case TQEvent::Wheel:
-		n = "Wheel";
-		break;
-#endif
-	    case TQEvent::KeyPress:
-		n = "KeyPress";
-		break;
-	    case TQEvent::KeyRelease:
-		n = "KeyRelease";
-		break;
-	    case TQEvent::FocusIn:
-		n = "FocusIn";
-		break;
-	    case TQEvent::FocusOut:
-		n = "FocusOut";
-		break;
-	    case TQEvent::Enter:
-		n = "Enter";
-		break;
-	    case TQEvent::Leave:
-		n = "Leave";
-		break;
-	    case TQEvent::Paint:
-		n = "Paint";
-		break;
-	    case TQEvent::Move:
-		n = "Move";
-		break;
-	    case TQEvent::Resize:
-		n = "Resize";
-		break;
-	    case TQEvent::Create:
-		n = "Create";
-		break;
-	    case TQEvent::Destroy:
-		n = "Destroy";
-		break;
-	    case TQEvent::Close:
-		n = "Close";
-		break;
-	    case TQEvent::Quit:
-		n = "Quit";
-		break;
-	    default:
-		n = "<other>";
-		break;
-	    }
-	    qWarning("TQEvent: Warning: %s event deleted while posted to %s %s",
-		     n,
-		     pe->receiver ? pe->receiver->className() : "null",
-		     pe->receiver ? pe->receiver->name() : "object" );
-	    // note the beautiful uglehack if !pe->receiver :)
-#endif
-	    event->posted = FALSE;
-	    delete pe->event;
-	    pe->event = 0;
-	    return;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*!\internal
-
-  Sets the active window in reaction to a system event. Call this
-  from the platform specific event handlers.
-
-  It sets the activeWindow() and tqfocusWidget() attributes and sends
-  proper WindowActivate/WindowDeactivate and FocusIn/FocusOut events
-  to all appropriate widgets.
-
-  \sa activeWindow()
- */
-void TQApplication::setActiveWindow( TQWidget* act )
-{
-    TQWidget* window = act?act->tqtopLevelWidget():0;
-
-    if ( active_window == window )
-	return;
-
-    // first the activation/deactivation events
-    if ( active_window ) {
-	TQWidgetList deacts;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_STYLE
-	if ( style().tqstyleHint(TQStyle::SH_Widget_ShareActivation, active_window ) ) {
-	    TQWidgetList *list = tqtopLevelWidgets();
-	    if ( list ) {
-		for ( TQWidget *w = list->first(); w; w = list->next() ) {
-		    if ( w->isVisible() && w->isActiveWindow() )
-			deacts.append(w);
-		}
-		delete list;
-	    }
-	} else
-#endif
-	    deacts.append(active_window);
-	active_window = 0;
-	TQEvent e( TQEvent::WindowDeactivate );
-	for(TQWidget *w = deacts.first(); w; w = deacts.next())
-	    TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( w, &e );
-    }
-
-    active_window = window;
-    if ( active_window ) {
-	TQEvent e( TQEvent::WindowActivate );
-	TQWidgetList acts;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_STYLE
-	if ( style().tqstyleHint(TQStyle::SH_Widget_ShareActivation, active_window ) ) {
-	    TQWidgetList *list = tqtopLevelWidgets();
-	    if ( list ) {
-		for ( TQWidget *w = list->first(); w; w = list->next() ) {
-		    if ( w->isVisible() && w->isActiveWindow() )
-			acts.append(w);
-		}
-		delete list;
-	    }
-	} else
-#endif
-	    acts.append(active_window);
-	for(TQWidget *w = acts.first(); w; w = acts.next())
-	    TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( w, &e );
-    }
-
-    // then focus events
-    TQFocusEvent::setReason( TQFocusEvent::ActiveWindow );
-    if ( !active_window && focus_widget ) {
-	TQFocusEvent out( TQEvent::FocusOut );
-	TQWidget *tmp = focus_widget;
-	focus_widget = 0;
-#ifdef TQ_WS_WIN
-	TQInputContext::accept( tmp );
-#endif
-	TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( tmp, &out );
-    } else if ( active_window ) {
-	TQWidget *w = active_window->tqfocusWidget();
-	if ( w && w->focusPolicy() != TQWidget::NoFocus )
-	    w->setFocus();
-	else
-	    active_window->focusNextPrevChild( TRUE );
-    }
-    TQFocusEvent::resetReason();
-}
-
-
-/*!\internal
-
-  Creates the proper Enter/Leave event when widget \a enter is entered
-  and widget \a leave is left.
- */
-TQ_EXPORT void qt_dispatchEnterLeave( TQWidget* enter, TQWidget* leave ) {
-#if 0
-    if ( leave ) {
-	TQEvent e( TQEvent::Leave );
-	TQApplication::sendEvent( leave, & e );
-    }
-    if ( enter ) {
-	TQEvent e( TQEvent::Enter );
-	TQApplication::sendEvent( enter, & e );
-    }
-    return;
-#endif
-
-    TQWidget* w ;
-    if ( !enter && !leave )
-	return;
-    TQWidgetList leaveList;
-    TQWidgetList enterList;
-
-    bool sameWindow = leave && enter && leave->tqtopLevelWidget() == enter->tqtopLevelWidget();
-    if ( leave && !sameWindow ) {
-	w = leave;
-	do {
-	    leaveList.append( w );
-	} while ( (w = w->parentWidget( TRUE ) ) );
-    }
-    if ( enter && !sameWindow ) {
-	w = enter;
-	do {
-	    enterList.prepend( w );
-	} while ( (w = w->parentWidget(TRUE) ) );
-    }
-    if ( sameWindow ) {
-	int enterDepth = 0;
-	int leaveDepth = 0;
-	w = enter;
-	while ( ( w = w->parentWidget( TRUE ) ) )
-	    enterDepth++;
-	w = leave;
-	while ( ( w = w->parentWidget( TRUE ) ) )
-	    leaveDepth++;
-	TQWidget* wenter = enter;
-	TQWidget* wleave = leave;
-	while ( enterDepth > leaveDepth ) {
-	    wenter = wenter->parentWidget();
-	    enterDepth--;
-	}
-	while ( leaveDepth > enterDepth ) {
-	    wleave = wleave->parentWidget();
-	    leaveDepth--;
-	}
-	while ( !wenter->isTopLevel() && wenter != wleave ) {
-	    wenter = wenter->parentWidget();
-	    wleave = wleave->parentWidget();
-	}
-
-	w = leave;
-	while ( w != wleave ) {
-	    leaveList.append( w );
-	    w = w->parentWidget();
-	}
-	w = enter;
-	while ( w != wenter ) {
-	    enterList.prepend( w );
-	    w = w->parentWidget();
-	}
-    }
-
-    TQEvent leaveEvent( TQEvent::Leave );
-    for ( w = leaveList.first(); w; w = leaveList.next() ) {
-	if ( !tqApp->activeModalWidget() || qt_tryModalHelper( w, 0 ))
-	    TQApplication::sendEvent( w, &leaveEvent );
-    }
-    TQEvent enterEvent( TQEvent::Enter );
-    for ( w = enterList.first(); w; w = enterList.next() ) {
-	if ( !tqApp->activeModalWidget() || qt_tryModalHelper( w, 0 ))
-	    TQApplication::sendEvent( w, &enterEvent );
-    }
-}
-
-
-#ifdef TQ_WS_MACX
-extern TQWidget *qt_tryModalHelperMac( TQWidget * top ); //qapplication_mac.cpp
-#endif
-
-
-/*!\internal
-
-  Called from qapplication_<platform>.cpp, returns TRUE
-  if the widget should accept the event.
- */
-TQ_EXPORT bool qt_tryModalHelper( TQWidget *widget, TQWidget **rettop ) {
-    TQWidget *modal=0, *top=TQApplication::activeModalWidget();
-    if ( rettop ) *rettop = top;
-
-    if ( tqApp->activePopupWidget() )
-	return TRUE;
-
-#ifdef TQ_WS_MACX
-    top = qt_tryModalHelperMac( top );
-    if ( rettop ) *rettop = top;
-#endif
-
-    TQWidget* groupLeader = widget;
-    widget = widget->tqtopLevelWidget();
-
-    if ( widget->testWFlags(TQt::WShowModal) )	// widget is modal
-	modal = widget;
-    if ( !top || modal == top )			// don't block event
-	return TRUE;
-
-    TQWidget * p = widget->parentWidget(); // Check if the active modal widget is a tqparent of our widget
-    while ( p ) {
-	if ( p == top )
-	    return TRUE;
-	p = p->parentWidget();
-    }
-
-    while ( groupLeader && !groupLeader->testWFlags( TQt::WGroupLeader ) )
-	groupLeader = groupLeader->parentWidget();
-
-    if ( groupLeader ) {
-	// Does groupLeader have a child in qt_modal_stack?
-	bool unrelated = TRUE;
-	modal = qt_modal_stack->first();
-	while (modal && unrelated) {
-	    TQWidget* p = modal->parentWidget();
-	    while ( p && p != groupLeader && !p->testWFlags( TQt::WGroupLeader) ) {
-		p = p->parentWidget();
-	    }
-	    modal = qt_modal_stack->next();
-	    if ( p == groupLeader ) unrelated = FALSE;
-	}
-
-	if ( unrelated )
-	    return TRUE;		// don't block event
-    }
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-  Returns the desktop widget (also called the root window).
-
-  The desktop widget is useful for obtaining the size of the screen.
-  It may also be possible to draw on the desktop. We recommend against
-  assuming that it's possible to draw on the desktop, since this does
-  not work on all operating systems.
-
-  \code
-    TQDesktopWidget *d = TQApplication::desktop();
-    int w = d->width();	    // returns desktop width
-    int h = d->height();    // returns desktop height
-  \endcode
-*/
-
-TQDesktopWidget *TQApplication::desktop()
-{
-    if ( !qt_desktopWidget || // not created yet
-	 !qt_desktopWidget->isDesktop() ) { // reparented away
-	qt_desktopWidget = new TQDesktopWidget();
-	TQ_CHECK_PTR( qt_desktopWidget );
-    }
-    return qt_desktopWidget;
-}
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-/*!
-  Returns a pointer to the application global clipboard.
-*/
-TQClipboard *TQApplication::clipboard()
-{
-    if ( qt_clipboard == 0 ) {
-	qt_clipboard = new TQClipboard;
-	TQ_CHECK_PTR( qt_clipboard );
-    }
-    return qt_clipboard;
-}
-#endif // TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-
-/*!
-  By default, TQt will try to use the current standard colors, fonts
-  etc., from the underlying window system's desktop settings,
-  and use them for all relevant widgets. This behavior can be switched off
-  by calling this function with \a on set to FALSE.
-
-  This static function must be called before creating the TQApplication
-  object, like this:
-
-  \code
-  int main( int argc, char** argv ) {
-    TQApplication::setDesktopSettingsAware( FALSE ); // I know better than the user
-    TQApplication myApp( argc, argv ); // Use default fonts & colors
-    ...
-  }
-  \endcode
-
-  \sa desktopSettingsAware()
-*/
-
-void TQApplication::setDesktopSettingsAware( bool on )
-{
-    obey_desktop_settings = on;
-}
-
-/*!
-  Returns the value set by setDesktopSettingsAware(); by default TRUE.
-
-  \sa setDesktopSettingsAware()
-*/
-
-bool TQApplication::desktopSettingsAware()
-{
-    return obey_desktop_settings;
-}
-
-/*! \fn void TQApplication::lock()
-
-  Lock the TQt Library Mutex. If another thread has already locked the
-  mutex, the calling thread will block until the other thread has
-  unlocked the mutex.
-
-  \sa unlock() locked() \link threads.html Thread Support in TQt\endlink
-*/
-
-
-/*! \fn void TQApplication::unlock(bool wakeUpGui)
-
-  Unlock the TQt Library Mutex. If \a wakeUpGui is TRUE (the default),
-  then the GUI thread will be woken with TQApplication::wakeUpGuiThread().
-
-  \sa lock(), locked() \link threads.html Thread Support in TQt\endlink
-*/
-
-
-/*! \fn bool TQApplication::locked()
-
-  Returns TRUE if the TQt Library Mutex is locked by a different thread;
-  otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-  \warning Due to different implementations of recursive mutexes on
-  the supported platforms, calling this function from the same thread
-  that previously locked the mutex will give undefined results.
-
-  \sa lock() unlock() \link threads.html Thread Support in TQt\endlink
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool TQApplication::tryLock()
-
-  Attempts to lock the TQt Library Mutex, and returns immediately. If
-  the lock was obtained, this function returns TRUE. If another thread
-  has locked the mutex, this function returns FALSE, instead of
-  waiting for the lock to become available.
-
-  The mutex must be unlocked with unlock() before another thread can
-  successfully lock it.
-
-  \sa lock(), unlock() \link threads.html Thread Support in TQt\endlink
-*/
-
-#if defined(TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
-void TQApplication::lock()
-{
-    qt_mutex->lock();
-}
-
-void TQApplication::unlock(bool wakeUpGui)
-{
-    qt_mutex->unlock();
-
-    if (wakeUpGui)
-	wakeUpGuiThread();
-}
-
-bool TQApplication::locked()
-{
-    return qt_mutex->locked();
-}
-
-bool TQApplication::tryLock()
-{
-    return qt_mutex->tryLock();
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*!
-  \fn bool TQApplication::isSessionRestored() const
-
-  Returns TRUE if the application has been restored from an earlier
-  \link session.html session\endlink; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-  \sa sessionId(), commitData(), saveState()
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-  \fn TQString TQApplication::sessionId() const
-
-  Returns the current \link session.html session's\endlink identifier.
-
-  If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this
-  identifier is the same as it was in that previous session.
-
-  The session identifier is guaranteed to be unique both for different
-  applications and for different instances of the same application.
-
-  \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionKey(), commitData(), saveState()
- */
-
-/*!
-  \fn TQString TQApplication::sessionKey() const
-
-  Returns the session key in the current \link session.html
-  session\endlink.
-
-  If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this
-  key is the same as it was when the previous session ended.
-
-  The session key changes with every call of commitData() or
-  saveState().
-
-  \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), commitData(), saveState()
- */
-
-
-/*!
-  \fn void TQApplication::commitData( TQSessionManager& sm )
-
-  This function deals with \link session.html session
-  management\endlink. It is invoked when the TQSessionManager wants the
-  application to commit all its data.
-
-  Usually this means saving all open files, after getting
-  permission from the user. Furthermore you may want to provide a means
-  by which the user can cancel the shutdown.
-
-  Note that you should not exit the application within this function.
-  Instead, the session manager may or may not do this afterwards,
-  depending on the context.
-
-  \warning Within this function, no user interaction is possible, \e
-  unless you ask the session manager \a sm for explicit permission.
-  See TQSessionManager::allowsInteraction() and
-  TQSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction() for details and example
-  usage.
-
-  The default implementation requests interaction and sends a close
-  event to all visible top level widgets. If any event was
-  rejected, the shutdown is canceled.
-
-  \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), saveState(), \link session.html the Session Management overview\endlink
-*/
-#ifndef TQT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
-void TQApplication::commitData( TQSessionManager& sm  )
-{
-
-    if ( sm.allowsInteraction() ) {
-	TQWidgetList done;
-	TQWidgetList *list = TQApplication::tqtopLevelWidgets();
-	bool cancelled = FALSE;
-	TQWidget* w = list->first();
-	while ( !cancelled && w ) {
-	    if ( !w->isHidden() ) {
-		TQCloseEvent e;
-		sendEvent( w, &e );
-		cancelled = !e.isAccepted();
-		if ( !cancelled )
-		    done.append( w );
-		delete list; // one never knows...
-		list = TQApplication::tqtopLevelWidgets();
-		w = list->first();
-	    } else {
-		w = list->next();
-	    }
-	    while ( w && done.tqcontainsRef( w ) )
-		w = list->next();
-	}
-	delete list;
-	if ( cancelled )
-	    sm.cancel();
-    }
-}
-
-
-/*!
-  \fn void TQApplication::saveState( TQSessionManager& sm )
-
-  This function deals with \link session.html session
-  management\endlink. It is invoked when the
-  \link TQSessionManager session manager \endlink wants the application
-  to preserve its state for a future session.
-
-  For example, a text editor would create a temporary file that
-  includes the current contents of its edit buffers, the location of
-  the cursor and other aspects of the current editing session.
-
-  Note that you should never exit the application within this
-  function. Instead, the session manager may or may not do this
-  afterwards, depending on the context. Futhermore, most session
-  managers will very likely request a saved state immediately after
-  the application has been started. This permits the session manager
-  to learn about the application's restart policy.
-
-  \warning Within this function, no user interaction is possible, \e
-  unless you ask the session manager \a sm for explicit permission.
-  See TQSessionManager::allowsInteraction() and
-  TQSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction() for details.
-
-  \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), commitData(), \link session.html the Session Management overview\endlink
-*/
-
-void TQApplication::saveState( TQSessionManager& /* sm */ )
-{
-}
-#endif //TQT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
-/*!
-  Sets the time after which a drag should start to \a ms ms.
-
-  \sa startDragTime()
-*/
-
-void TQApplication::setStartDragTime( int ms )
-{
-    drag_time = ms;
-}
-
-/*!
-  If you support drag and drop in you application and a drag should
-  start after a mouse click and after a certain time elapsed, you
-  should use the value which this method returns as the delay (in ms).
-
-  TQt also uses this delay internally, e.g. in TQTextEdit and TQLineEdit,
-  for starting a drag.
-
-  The default value is 500 ms.
-
-  \sa setStartDragTime(), startDragDistance()
-*/
-
-int TQApplication::startDragTime()
-{
-    return drag_time;
-}
-
-/*!
-  Sets the distance after which a drag should start to \a l pixels.
-
-  \sa startDragDistance()
-*/
-
-void TQApplication::setStartDragDistance( int l )
-{
-    drag_distance = l;
-}
-
-/*!
-  If you support drag and drop in you application and a drag should
-  start after a mouse click and after moving the mouse a certain
-  distance, you should use the value which this method returns as the
-  distance.
-
-  For example, if the mouse position of the click is stored in \c
-  startPos and the current position (e.g. in the mouse move event) is
-  \c currPos, you can tqfind out if a drag should be started with code
-  like this:
-  \code
-  if ( ( startPos - currPos ).manhattanLength() >
-       TQApplication::startDragDistance() )
-    startTheDrag();
-  \endcode
-
-  TQt uses this value internally, e.g. in TQFileDialog.
-
-  The default value is 4 pixels.
-
-  \sa setStartDragDistance(), startDragTime(), TQPoint::manhattanLength()
-*/
-
-int TQApplication::startDragDistance()
-{
-    return drag_distance;
-}
-
-/*!
-  If \a b is TRUE, all dialogs and widgets will be laid out in a
-  mirrored fashion, as required by right to left languages such as
-  Arabic and Hebrew. If \a b is FALSE, dialogs and widgets are laid
-  out left to right.
-
-  Changing this flag in runtime does not cause a retqlayout of already
-  instantiated widgets.
-
-  \sa reverseLayout()
-*/
-void TQApplication::setReverseLayout( bool b )
-{
-    if ( reverse_tqlayout == b )
-	return;
-
-    reverse_tqlayout = b;
-
-    TQWidgetList *list = tqtopLevelWidgets();
-    TQWidgetListIt it( *list );
-    TQWidget *w;
-    while ( ( w=it.current() ) != 0 ) {
-	++it;
-	postEvent( w, new TQEvent( TQEvent::LayoutDirectionChange ) );
-    }
-    delete list;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns TRUE if all dialogs and widgets will be laid out in a
-    mirrored (right to left) fashion. Returns FALSE if dialogs and
-    widgets will be laid out left to right.
-
-  \sa setReverseLayout()
-*/
-bool TQApplication::reverseLayout()
-{
-    return reverse_tqlayout;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-  \class TQSessionManager tqsessionmanager.h
-  \brief The TQSessionManager class provides access to the session manager.
-
-  \ingroup application
-  \ingroup environment
-
-  The session manager is responsible for session management, most
-  importantly for interruption and resumption. A "session" is a kind
-  of record of the state of the system, e.g. which applications were
-  run at start up and which applications are currently running. The
-  session manager is used to save the session, e.g. when the machine
-  is shut down; and to restore a session, e.g. when the machine is
-  started up. Use TQSettings to save and restore an individual
-  application's settings, e.g. window positions, recently used files,
-  etc.
-
-  TQSessionManager provides an interface between the application and
-  the session manager so that the program can work well with the
-  session manager. In TQt, session management requests for action
-  are handled by the two virtual functions TQApplication::commitData()
-  and TQApplication::saveState(). Both provide a reference to
-  a session manager object as argument, to allow the application
-  to communicate with the session manager.
-
-  During a session management action (i.e. within commitData() and
-  saveState()), no user interaction is possible \e unless the
-  application got explicit permission from the session manager. You
-  ask for permission by calling allowsInteraction() or, if it's really
-  urgent, allowsErrorInteraction(). TQt does not enforce this, but the
-  session manager may.
-
-  You can try to abort the shutdown process by calling cancel(). The
-  default commitData() function does this if some top-level window
-  rejected its closeEvent().
-
-  For sophisticated session managers provided on Unix/X11, TQSessionManager
-  offers further possibilites to fine-tune an application's session
-  management behavior: setRestartCommand(), setDiscardCommand(),
-  setRestartHint(), setProperty(), requestPhase2(). See the respective
-  function descriptions for further details.
-*/
-
-/*! \enum TQSessionManager::RestartHint
-
-  This enum type defines the circumstances under which this
-  application wants to be restarted by the session manager. The
-  current values are
-
-  \value RestartIfRunning  if the application is still running when
-  the session is shut down, it wants to be restarted at the start of
-  the next session.
-
-  \value RestartAnyway  the application wants to be started at the
-  start of the next session, no matter what. (This is useful for
-  utilities that run just after startup and then quit.)
-
-  \value RestartImmediately  the application wants to be started
-  immediately whenever it is not running.
-
-  \value RestartNever  the application does not want to be restarted
-  automatically.
-
-  The default hint is \c RestartIfRunning.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-  \fn TQString TQSessionManager::sessionId() const
-
-  Returns the identifier of the current session.
-
-  If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this
-  identifier is the same as it was in that earlier session.
-
-  \sa sessionKey(), TQApplication::sessionId()
- */
-
-/*!
-  \fn TQString TQSessionManager::sessionKey() const
-
-  Returns the session key in the current session.
-
-  If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this
-  key is the same as it was when the previous session ended.
-
-  The session key changes with every call of commitData() or
-  saveState().
-
-  \sa sessionId(), TQApplication::sessionKey()
- */
-
-// ### Note: This function is undocumented, since it is #ifdef'd.
-
-/*!
-  \fn void* TQSessionManager::handle() const
-
-  X11 only: returns a handle to the current \c SmcConnection.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-  \fn bool TQSessionManager::allowsInteraction()
-
-  Asks the session manager for permission to interact with the
-  user. Returns TRUE if interaction is permitted; otherwise
-  returns FALSE.
-
-  The rationale behind this mechanism is to make it possible to
-  synchronize user interaction during a shutdown. Advanced session
-  managers may ask all applications simultaneously to commit their
-  data, resulting in a much faster shutdown.
-
-  When the interaction is completed we strongly recommend releasing the
-  user interaction semaphore with a call to release(). This way, other
-  applications may get the chance to interact with the user while your
-  application is still busy saving data. (The semaphore is implicitly
-  released when the application exits.)
-
-  If the user decides to cancel the shutdown process during the
-  interaction phase, you must tell the session manager that this has
-  happened by calling cancel().
-
-  Here's an example of how an application's TQApplication::commitData()
-  might be implemented:
-
-\code
-void MyApplication::commitData( TQSessionManager& sm ) {
-    if ( sm.allowsInteraction() ) {
-	switch ( TQMessageBox::warning(
-		    yourMainWindow,
-		    tr("Application Name"),
-		    tr("Save changes to document Foo?"),
-		    tr("&Yes"),
-		    tr("&No"),
-		    tr("Cancel"),
-		    0, 2) ) {
-	case 0: // yes
-	    sm.release();
-	    // save document here; if saving fails, call sm.cancel()
-	    break;
-	case 1: // continue without saving
-	    break;
-	default: // cancel
-	    sm.cancel();
-	    break;
-	}
-    } else {
-	// we did not get permission to interact, then
-	// do something reasonable instead.
-    }
-}
-\endcode
-
-  If an error occurred within the application while saving its data,
-  you may want to try allowsErrorInteraction() instead.
-
-  \sa TQApplication::commitData(), release(), cancel()
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-  \fn bool TQSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction()
-
-  This is similar to allowsInteraction(), but also tells the session
-  manager that an error occurred. Session managers may give error
-  interaction request higher priority, which means that it is more likely
-  that an error interaction is permitted. However, you are still not
-  guaranteed that the session manager will allow interaction.
-
-  \sa allowsInteraction(), release(), cancel()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn void TQSessionManager::release()
-
-  Releases the session manager's interaction semaphore after an
-  interaction phase.
-
-  \sa allowsInteraction(), allowsErrorInteraction()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn void TQSessionManager::cancel()
-
-  Tells the session manager to cancel the shutdown process.  Applications
-  should not call this function without first asking the user.
-
-  \sa allowsInteraction(), allowsErrorInteraction()
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn void TQSessionManager::setRestartHint( RestartHint hint )
-
-  Sets the application's restart hint to \a hint. On application
-  startup the hint is set to \c RestartIfRunning.
-
-  Note that these flags are only hints, a session manager may or may
-  not respect them.
-
-  We recommend setting the restart hint in TQApplication::saveState()
-  because most session managers perform a checkpoint shortly after an
-  application's startup.
-
-  \sa restartHint()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn TQSessionManager::RestartHint TQSessionManager::restartHint() const
-
-  Returns the application's current restart hint. The default is
-  \c RestartIfRunning.
-
-  \sa setRestartHint()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn void TQSessionManager::setRestartCommand( const TQStringList& command )
-
-  If the session manager is capable of restoring sessions it will
-  execute \a command in order to restore the application. The command
-  defaults to
-
-  \code
-	appname -session id
-  \endcode
-
-  The \c -session option is mandatory; otherwise TQApplication cannot
-  tell whether it has been restored or what the current session
-  identifier is. See TQApplication::isSessionRestored() and
-  TQApplication::sessionId() for details.
-
-  If your application is very simple, it may be possible to store the
-  entire application state in additional command line options. This
-  is usually a very bad idea because command lines are often limited
-  to a few hundred bytes. Instead, use TQSettings, or temporary files
-  or a database for this purpose. By marking the data with the unique
-  sessionId(), you will be able to restore the application in a future
-  session.
-
-  \sa restartCommand(), setDiscardCommand(), setRestartHint()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn TQStringList TQSessionManager::restartCommand() const
-
-  Returns the currently set restart command.
-
-  Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should
-  iterate over a copy, e.g.
-    \code
-    TQStringList list = mySession.restartCommand();
-    TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
-    while( it != list.end() ) {
-	myProcessing( *it );
-	++it;
-    }
-    \endcode
-
-  \sa setRestartCommand(), restartHint()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn void TQSessionManager::setDiscardCommand( const TQStringList& )
-
-  \sa discardCommand(), setRestartCommand()
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-  \fn TQStringList TQSessionManager::discardCommand() const
-
-  Returns the currently set discard command.
-
-  Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should
-  iterate over a copy, e.g.
-    \code
-    TQStringList list = mySession.discardCommand();
-    TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
-    while( it != list.end() ) {
-	myProcessing( *it );
-	++it;
-    }
-    \endcode
-
-  \sa setDiscardCommand(), restartCommand(), setRestartCommand()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \overload void TQSessionManager::setManagerProperty( const TQString& name,
-						      const TQString& value )
-
-  Low-level write access to the application's identification and state
-  records are kept in the session manager.
-
-    The property called \a name has its value set to the string \a value.
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn void TQSessionManager::setManagerProperty( const TQString& name,
-						const TQStringList& value )
-
-  Low-level write access to the application's identification and state
-  record are kept in the session manager.
-
-    The property called \a name has its value set to the string list \a value.
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn bool TQSessionManager::isPhase2() const
-
-  Returns TRUE if the session manager is currently performing a second
-  session management phase; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-  \sa requestPhase2()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn void TQSessionManager::requestPhase2()
-
-  Requests a second session management phase for the application. The
-  application may then return immediately from the
-  TQApplication::commitData() or TQApplication::saveState() function,
-  and they will be called again once most or all other applications have
-  finished their session management.
-
-  The two phases are useful for applications such as the X11 window manager
-  that need to store information about another application's windows
-  and therefore have to wait until these applications have completed their
-  respective session management tasks.
-
-  Note that if another application has requested a second phase it
-  may get called before, simultaneously with, or after your
-  application's second phase.
-
-  \sa isPhase2()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn int TQApplication::horizontalAlignment( int align )
-
-  Strips out vertical tqalignment flags and transforms an
-  tqalignment \a align of AlignAuto into AlignLeft or
-  AlignRight according to the language used. The other horizontal
-  tqalignment flags are left untouched.
-*/
-
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  Stubbed session management support
- *****************************************************************************/
-#ifndef TQT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
-#if defined( TQT_NO_SM_SUPPORT ) || defined( TQ_WS_WIN ) || defined( TQ_WS_MAC ) || defined( TQ_WS_TQWS )
-
-class TQSessionManagerData
-{
-public:
-    TQStringList restartCommand;
-    TQStringList discardCommand;
-    TQString sessionId;
-    TQString sessionKey;
-    TQSessionManager::RestartHint restartHint;
-};
-
-TQSessionManager* qt_session_manager_self = 0;
-TQSessionManager::TQSessionManager( TQApplication * app, TQString &id, TQString &key )
-    : TQObject( app, "qt_sessionmanager" )
-{
-    qt_session_manager_self = this;
-    d = new TQSessionManagerData;
-#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) && !defined(TQ_OS_TEMP)
-    wchar_t guidstr[40];
-    GUID guid;
-    CoCreateGuid( &guid );
-    StringFromGUID2(guid, guidstr, 40);
-    id = TQString::fromUcs2((ushort*)guidstr);
-    CoCreateGuid( &guid );
-    StringFromGUID2(guid, guidstr, 40);
-    key = TQString::fromUcs2((ushort*)guidstr);
-#endif
-    d->sessionId = id;
-    d->sessionKey = key;
-    d->restartHint = RestartIfRunning;
-}
-
-TQSessionManager::~TQSessionManager()
-{
-    delete d;
-    qt_session_manager_self = 0;
-}
-
-TQString TQSessionManager::sessionId() const
-{
-    return d->sessionId;
-}
-
-TQString TQSessionManager::sessionKey() const
-{
-    return d->sessionKey;
-}
-
-
-#if defined(TQ_WS_X11) || defined(TQ_WS_MAC)
-void* TQSessionManager::handle() const
-{
-    return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(TQ_WS_WIN)
-bool TQSessionManager::allowsInteraction()
-{
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-bool TQSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction()
-{
-    return TRUE;
-}
-void TQSessionManager::release()
-{
-}
-
-void TQSessionManager::cancel()
-{
-}
-#endif
-
-
-void TQSessionManager::setRestartHint( TQSessionManager::RestartHint hint)
-{
-    d->restartHint = hint;
-}
-
-TQSessionManager::RestartHint TQSessionManager::restartHint() const
-{
-    return d->restartHint;
-}
-
-void TQSessionManager::setRestartCommand( const TQStringList& command)
-{
-    d->restartCommand = command;
-}
-
-TQStringList TQSessionManager::restartCommand() const
-{
-    return d->restartCommand;
-}
-
-void TQSessionManager::setDiscardCommand( const TQStringList& command)
-{
-    d->discardCommand = command;
-}
-
-TQStringList TQSessionManager::discardCommand() const
-{
-    return d->discardCommand;
-}
-
-void TQSessionManager::setManagerProperty( const TQString&, const TQString&)
-{
-}
-
-void TQSessionManager::setManagerProperty( const TQString&, const TQStringList& )
-{
-}
-
-bool TQSessionManager::isPhase2() const
-{
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-void TQSessionManager::requestPhase2()
-{
-}
-
-#endif // TQT_NO_SM_SUPPORT
-#endif //TQT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
-
-#endif // USE_QT4
diff --git a/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqapplication.h~ b/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqapplication.h~
deleted file mode 100644
index 44acad5..0000000
--- a/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqapplication.h~
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,724 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Definition of TQApplication class
-**
-** Created : 931107
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.
-**
-** This file is part of the kernel module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef TQAPPLICATION_H
-#define TQAPPLICATION_H
-
-#include "tqtglobaldefines.h"
-
-#ifndef TQT_H
-#include "tqdesktopwidget.h"
-#include "tqasciidict.h"
-#include "tqpalette.h"
-#include "tqtranslator.h"
-#include "tqstrlist.h"
-#include "tqstringlist.h"
-#include "tqwidgetlist.h"
-#include "tqclipboard.h"
-#include "tqcursor.h"
-#endif // TQT_H
-
-#ifdef USE_QT4
-
-#include "private/qt4_qapplication_p.h"
-#include <Qt/qapplication.h>
-#include <Qt/qstyle.h>
-
-#endif // USE_QT4
-
-class TQSessionManager;
-class TQStyle;
-class TQTranslator;
-class TQEventLoop;
-#if defined(TQ_WS_TQWS)
-class TQWSDecoration;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-class TQMutex;
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-
-#ifdef USE_QT4
-
-#define TQAPPLICATION_GUI_VAR_INIT if (( QApplication::type() != QApplication::GuiClient ) && ( QApplication::type() != QApplication::GuiServer )) { qt_is_gui_used = FALSE; } else { qt_is_gui_used = TRUE; } tqAppReal = static_cast<TQApplication*>(qApp);
-#define TQAPPLICATION_GUI_CONDITIONAL_VAR_INIT if (GUIenabled == false) { qt_is_gui_used = FALSE; } else { qt_is_gui_used = TRUE; } tqAppReal = static_cast<TQApplication*>(qApp);
-#define TQAPPLICATION_XORG_FULL_INIT if (qt_is_gui_used == true) { qt_init( dpy, visual, cmap ); }
-#define TQAPPLICATION_XORG_PARTIAL_INIT qt_init( &argc, argv, t );
-#define TQAPPLICATION_XORG_CONDITIONAL_INIT if (GUIenabled == true) { qt_init( &argc, argv, QApplication::GuiClient ); }
-#define TQAPPLICATION_REGISTER_TQ_DATATYPES	qRegisterMetaType<TQChar>("TQChar");				\
-						qRegisterMetaType<TQString>("TQString");			\
-						qRegisterMetaType<TQColor>("TQColor");
-
-class TQApplication;
-extern TQ_EXPORT TQApplication *tqAppReal;		// global application object
-#define tqApp tqAppReal
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQApplication : public QApplication, virtual public TQt
-{
-	Q_OBJECT
-	TQ_OBJECT
-public:
-	TQApplication( int &argc, char **argv );
-	TQApplication( int &argc, char **argv, bool GUIenabled );
-	TQApplication( int &argc, char **argv, Type t );
-#if defined(TQ_WS_X11)
-	TQApplication( Display* dpy, Qt::HANDLE visual = 0, Qt::HANDLE cmap = 0 );
-	TQApplication( Display *dpy, int argc, char **argv, Qt::HANDLE visual = 0, Qt::HANDLE cmap= 0 );
-#endif
-
-#ifndef Q_QDOC
-	enum ColorMode { NormalColors, CustomColors };
-	static ColorMode colorMode();
-	static void setColorMode( TQApplication::ColorMode );
-#endif
-
-	int exec();
-
-	const char *tqname() const;
-	const char *name() const;
-	const char *name(const char *defaultName) const;
-	void setName(const char *aName);
-
-	virtual void commitData( TQSessionManager& sm );
-	virtual void saveState( TQSessionManager& sm );
-
-	// Qt4 session manager interconnect
-	virtual void commitData( QSessionManager& sm );
-	virtual void saveState( QSessionManager& sm );
-
-	static void exit_loop();
-	static int enter_loop();
-	static void processOneEvent();
-	void tqprocessEvents();
-	void tqprocessEvents( int maxtime );
-	int loopLevel() const;
-	static void flushX();
-	TQWidget *tqfocusWidget() const;
-	static TQWidget *widgetAt( const TQPoint &p, bool child=FALSE );
-	static TQWidget *widgetAt( int x, int y, bool child=FALSE );
-	static int horizontalAlignment( int align );
-
-	inline static void sendPostedEvents( QObject *receiver, int event_type );
-	inline static void sendPostedEvents();
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-//	static void setOverrideCursor( const QCursor &cur, bool tqreplace=FALSE );
-	static void setOverrideCursor( const QCursor &cur, bool tqreplace=FALSE );
-#endif
-
-	static void setReverseLayout(bool b);
-	static bool reverseLayout();
-
-	static TQPalette tqpalette( const TQWidget*w = 0 );
-
-	static TQWidgetList *tqtopLevelWidgets();
-
-	static TQEventLoop *eventLoop();
-
-	static TQStyle &tqstyle();
-	static void setStyle( TQStyle* );
-	static TQStyle* setStyle( const TQString& );
-
-	static TQDesktopWidget *desktop();
-	static const QColor &winStyleHighlightColor();
-	static void tqsetPalette(const QPalette &pal, bool informWidgets=FALSE, const char* className = 0);
-	static void tqsetFont(const QFont &font, bool informWidgets=FALSE, const char* className = 0);
-	static void setWinStyleHighlightColor( const QColor c );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-// 	static inline TQClipboard *tqclipboard() { return TQT_TQCLIPBOARD(clipboard()); }
-	static TQClipboard *tqclipboard();
-#endif
-
-	static TQStringList libraryPaths();
-	static void tqsetLibraryPaths( const QStringList &qsl );
-// 	inline static void tqsetLibraryPaths( const TQStringList &tqsl ) { setLibraryPaths(static_cast<const QStringList*>(&tqsl)); }
-
-	static TQWidgetList *tqallWidgets();
-
-	virtual void polish( QWidget * );
-
-	TQMetaObject *tqmetaObject() const;
-
-	static bool hasGlobalMouseTracking();
-	static void setGlobalMouseTracking( bool enable );
-
-Q_SIGNALS:
-	void guiThreadAwake();		// Does not exist in Qt4; therefore will never be triggered
-
-public:
-	TQWidget *mainWidget();
-	void setMainWidget(QWidget *);
-
-	// [FIXME]
-#if defined(TQ_WS_X11)
-	static void create_xim();
-	static void close_xim();
-	static bool x11_apply_settings();
-#endif
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSLATION
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
-	void setDefaultCodec( TQTextCodec * );
-	TQTextCodec* defaultCodec() const;
-#endif
-// 	void installTranslator( TQTranslator * );
-// 	void removeTranslator( TQTranslator * );
-#endif
-
-	void wakeUpGuiThread();
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-	void lock();
-	void unlock(bool wakeUpGui = TRUE);
-	bool locked();
-	bool tryLock();
-#endif
-
-public slots:
-	void aboutTQt();
-
-private:
-	static TQEventLoop* eventloop;		// Will this work as-is or do I need code behind it?
-	static int app_cspec;
-	static TQStyle *app_style;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PALETTE
-	static TQPalette *app_pal;
-#endif
-	static TQPtrList<QEventLoop> tqt_event_loop_stack;
-	static TQWidgetList tqt_all_widgets_list;
-	static QWidget* current_app_main_widget;
-	mutable TQString static_object_name;
-	friend class TQWidget;
-	friend class TQETWidget;
-	friend class TQDialog;
-	friend class TQAccelManager;
-	friend class TQEvent;
-	friend class TQTranslator;
-	friend class TQEventLoop;
-	friend TQ_EXPORT void qt_ucm_initialize( TQApplication * );
-#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN)
-	friend bool qt_sendSpontaneousEvent( TQObject*, TQEvent* );
-#endif
-#if defined(TQ_WS_TQWS)
-	friend class TQInputContext;
-#endif
-
-	friend void qt_init(int *, char **, TQApplication::Type);
-
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-	static TQMutex *qt_mutex;
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-
-public:
-	static int composedUnicode; // Value, meta-composed character
-	static bool metaComposeUnicode;
-
-protected:
-	inline bool event(QEvent *e) { TQT_TQOBJECT_CHILDEVENT_REQUIRED_HANDLER(e) return QApplication::event(e); }
-};
-
-#else // USE_QT4
-
-class TQApplication;
-extern TQ_EXPORT TQApplication *tqApp;		// global application object
-
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQApplication : public TQObject
-{
-    Q_OBJECT
-    TQ_OBJECT
-public:
-    TQApplication( int &argc, char **argv );
-    TQApplication( int &argc, char **argv, bool GUIenabled );
-    enum Type { Tty, GuiClient, GuiServer };
-    TQApplication( int &argc, char **argv, Type );
-#if defined(TQ_WS_X11)
-    TQApplication( Display* dpy, HANDLE visual = 0, HANDLE cmap = 0 );
-    TQApplication( Display *dpy, int argc, char **argv,
-		  HANDLE visual = 0, HANDLE cmap= 0 );
-#endif
-    virtual ~TQApplication();
-
-    int		    argc()	const;
-    char	  **argv()	const;
-
-    Type type() const;
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_STYLE
-    static TQStyle  &tqstyle();
-    static void	    setStyle( TQStyle* );
-    static TQStyle*  setStyle( const TQString& );
-#endif
-#ifndef TQ_TQDOC
-    enum ColorMode { NormalColors, CustomColors };
-    static ColorMode colorMode();
-    static void      setColorMode( TQApplication::ColorMode );
-#endif
-
-    enum ColorSpec { NormalColor=0, CustomColor=1, ManyColor=2 };
-    static int	     colorSpec();
-    static void      setColorSpec( int );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-    static TQCursor  *overrideCursor();
-    static void	     setOverrideCursor( const TQCursor &, bool tqreplace=FALSE );
-    static void	     restoreOverrideCursor();
-#endif
-    static bool	     hasGlobalMouseTracking();
-    static void	     setGlobalMouseTracking( bool enable );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PALETTE
-    static TQPalette  palette( const TQWidget* = 0 );
-    static void	     setPalette( const TQPalette &, bool informWidgets=FALSE,
-				 const char* className = 0 );
-#endif
-    static TQFont     font( const TQWidget* = 0 );
-    static void	     setFont( const TQFont &, bool informWidgets=FALSE,
-			      const char* className = 0 );
-    static TQFontMetrics fontMetrics();
-
-    TQWidget	    *mainWidget()  const;
-    virtual void     setMainWidget( TQWidget * );
-    virtual void     polish( TQWidget * );
-
-    static TQWidgetList *allWidgets();
-    static TQWidgetList *tqtopLevelWidgets();
-
-    static TQDesktopWidget   *desktop();
-
-    static TQWidget     *activePopupWidget();
-    static TQWidget     *activeModalWidget();
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-    static TQClipboard  *clipboard();
-#endif
-    TQWidget	       *tqfocusWidget() const;
-    TQWidget	       *activeWindow() const;
-
-    static TQWidget  *widgetAt( int x, int y, bool child=FALSE );
-    static TQWidget  *widgetAt( const TQPoint &, bool child=FALSE );
-
-    static TQEventLoop *eventLoop();
-
-    int		     exec();
-    void	     processEvents();
-    void	     processEvents( int maxtime );
-    void	     processOneEvent();
-    bool	     hasPendingEvents();
-    int		     enter_loop();
-    void	     exit_loop();
-    int		     loopLevel() const;
-    static void	     exit( int retcode=0 );
-
-    static bool	     sendEvent( TQObject *receiver, TQEvent *event );
-    static void	     postEvent( TQObject *receiver, TQEvent *event );
-    static void	     sendPostedEvents( TQObject *receiver, int event_type );
-    static void	     sendPostedEvents();
-
-    static void      removePostedEvents( TQObject *receiver );
-
-    virtual bool     notify( TQObject *, TQEvent * );
-
-    static bool	     startingUp();
-    static bool	     closingDown();
-
-    static void	     flushX();
-    static void flush();
-    static void	     syncX();
-
-    static void	     beep();
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSLATION
-# ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
-    void	     setDefaultCodec( TQTextCodec * );
-    TQTextCodec*	     defaultCodec() const;
-# endif
-    void	     installTranslator( TQTranslator * );
-    void	     removeTranslator( TQTranslator * );
-#endif
-    enum Encoding { DefaultCodec, UnicodeUTF8 };
-    TQString	     translate( const char * context,
-				const char * key,
-				const char * comment = 0,
-				Encoding encoding = DefaultCodec ) const;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_DIR
-    TQString   applicationDirPath();
-    TQString   applicationFilePath();
-#endif
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PALETTE
-    // obsolete functions
-    static void      setWinStyleHighlightColor( const TQColor &c ) {
-	TQPalette p( palette() );
-	p.setColor( TQColorGroup::Highlight, c );
-	setPalette( p, TRUE);
-    }
-    static const TQColor &winStyleHighlightColor() {
-	return palette().active().highlight();
-    }
-#endif
-    static void      setDesktopSettingsAware( bool );
-    static bool      desktopSettingsAware();
-
-    static void      setCursorFlashTime( int );
-    static int       cursorFlashTime();
-
-    static void      setDoubleClickInterval( int );
-    static int       doubleClickInterval();
-#ifndef TQT_NO_WHEELEVENT
-    static void      setWheelScrollLines( int );
-    static int       wheelScrollLines();
-#endif
-    static void	     setGlobalStrut( const TQSize & );
-    static TQSize     globalStrut();
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_COMPONENT
-    static void      tqsetLibraryPaths( const TQStringList & );
-    static TQStringList libraryPaths();
-    static void      addLibraryPath( const TQString & );
-    static void      removeLibraryPath( const TQString & );
-#endif // TQT_NO_COMPONENT
-    static void setStartDragTime( int ms );
-    static int startDragTime();
-    static void setStartDragDistance( int l );
-    static int startDragDistance();
-
-    static void setReverseLayout( bool b );
-    static bool reverseLayout();
-
-    static int horizontalAlignment( int align );
-
-    static bool	    isEffectEnabled( TQt::UIEffect );
-    static void	    setEffectEnabled( TQt::UIEffect, bool enable = TRUE );
-
-#if defined(TQ_WS_MAC)
-    virtual bool     macEventFilter( EventHandlerCallRef, EventRef );
-#endif
-#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN)
-    virtual bool     winEventFilter( MSG * );
-#endif
-#if defined(TQ_WS_X11)
-    virtual bool     x11EventFilter( XEvent * );
-    virtual int	     x11ClientMessage( TQWidget*, XEvent*, bool passive_only);
-    int              x11ProcessEvent( XEvent* );
-#endif
-#if defined(TQ_WS_TQWS)
-    virtual bool     qwsEventFilter( TQWSEvent * );
-    int              qwsProcessEvent( TQWSEvent* );
-    void             qwsSetCustomColors( TQRgb *colortable, int start, int numColors );
-/*!
-  \internal
-    Returns true if the process is GUI server
-*/
-    bool          qwsIsGUIServer();
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TQWS_MANAGER
-    static TQWSDecoration &qwsDecoration();
-    static void      qwsSetDecoration( TQWSDecoration *);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined(TQ_OS_WIN32) || defined(TQ_OS_CYGWIN)
-    static WindowsVersion winVersion();
-#elif defined(TQ_OS_MAC)
-    static MacintoshVersion macVersion();
-#endif
-#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN)
-    void	     winFocus( TQWidget *, bool );
-    static void	     winMouseButtonUp();
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
-    // session management
-    bool	     isSessionRestored() const;
-    TQString 	sessionId() const;
-    TQString 	sessionKey() const;
-    virtual void     commitData( TQSessionManager& sm );
-    virtual void     saveState( TQSessionManager& sm );
-#endif
-#if defined(TQ_WS_X11)
-    static void create_xim();
-    static void close_xim();
-    static bool x11_apply_settings();
-#endif
-    void	     wakeUpGuiThread();
-#if defined(TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
-    void	     lock();
-    void	     unlock(bool wakeUpGui = TRUE);
-    bool	     locked();
-    bool             tryLock();
-#endif
-
-Q_SIGNALS:
-    void	     lastWindowClosed();
-    void	     aboutToQuit();
-    void	     guiThreadAwake();
-
-public Q_SLOTS:
-    void	     quit();
-    void	     closeAllWindows();
-    void	     aboutTQt();
-
-#if defined(TQ_WS_TQWS)
-protected:
-    void setArgs(int, char **);
-#endif
-
-protected:
-    bool event(TQEvent *);
-
-private:
-    void construct( int &argc, char **argv, Type );
-    void initialize( int, char ** );
-    void init_precmdline();
-    void process_cmdline( int* argcptr, char ** argv );
-    bool internalNotify( TQObject *, TQEvent * );
-#if defined(TQ_WS_TQWS)
-    static TQWidget *tqfindChildWidget( const TQWidget *p, const TQPoint &pos );
-    static TQWidget *tqfindWidget( const TQObjectList&, const TQPoint &, bool rec );
-#endif
-
-#if defined(TQ_WS_MAC)
-    bool do_mouse_down(Point *, bool *);
-    static TQMAC_PASCAL OStqStatus globalEventProcessor(EventHandlerCallRef,  EventRef, void *);
-    static TQMAC_PASCAL OStqStatus globalAppleEventProcessor(const AppleEvent *, AppleEvent *, long);
-    static TQMAC_PASCAL void qt_context_timer_callbk(EventLoopTimerRef, void *);
-    static TQMAC_PASCAL void qt_select_timer_callbk(EventLoopTimerRef, void *);
-    static bool qt_mac_apply_settings();
-    friend class TQMacInputMethod;
-    friend TQMAC_PASCAL OStqStatus qt_window_event(EventHandlerCallRef, EventRef, void *);
-    friend void qt_mac_update_os_settings();
-    friend bool qt_set_socket_handler( int, int, TQObject *, bool);
-    friend void qt_mac_destroy_widget(TQWidget *);
-    friend void qt_init(int *, char **, TQApplication::Type);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-    static TQMutex   *qt_mutex;
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-
-    int		     app_argc;
-    char	   **app_argv;
-    bool	     quit_now;
-    int		     quit_code;
-    static TQStyle   *app_style;
-    static int	     app_cspec;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PALETTE
-    static TQPalette *app_pal;
-#endif
-    static TQFont    *app_font;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-    static TQCursor  *app_cursor;
-#endif
-    static TQEventLoop* eventloop;
-    static int	     app_tracking;
-    static bool	     is_app_running;
-    static bool	     is_app_closing;
-    static bool	     app_exit_loop;
-    static int	     loop_level;
-    static TQWidget  *main_widget;
-    static TQWidget  *focus_widget;
-    static TQWidget  *active_window;
-    static bool	     obey_desktop_settings;
-    static int	     cursor_flash_time;
-    static int	     mouse_double_click_time;
-    static int	     wheel_scroll_lines;
-    static int	     composedUnicode; // Value, meta-composed character
-
-    static bool	     animate_ui;
-    static bool	     animate_menu;
-    static bool	     animate_tooltip;
-    static bool	     animate_combo;
-    static bool	     fade_menu;
-    static bool	     fade_tooltip;
-    static bool	     animate_toolbox;
-    static bool	     widgetCount; // Coupled with -widgetcount switch
-    static bool	     metaComposeUnicode;
-
-    TQValueList<TQTranslator*> *translators;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
-    TQSessionManager *session_manager;
-    TQString	     session_id;
-    static TQString* session_key;
-    bool	     is_session_restored;
-#endif
-#if defined(TQ_WS_X11) && !defined (TQT_NO_STYLE )
-    static void x11_initialize_style();
-#endif
-
-    static TQSize     app_strut;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_COMPONENT
-    static TQStringList *app_libpaths;
-#endif
-    static TQAsciiDict<TQPalette> *app_palettes;
-    static TQAsciiDict<TQFont>    *app_fonts;
-
-    static TQWidgetList *popupWidgets;
-    bool	     inPopupMode() const;
-    void	     closePopup( TQWidget *popup );
-    void	     openPopup( TQWidget *popup );
-    void	     setActiveWindow( TQWidget* act );
-
-    static bool      sendSpontaneousEvent( TQObject *receiver, TQEvent *event );
-    static void      removePostedEvent( TQEvent * );
-
-    friend class TQWidget;
-    friend class TQETWidget;
-    friend class TQDialog;
-    friend class TQAccelManager;
-    friend class TQEvent;
-    friend class TQTranslator;
-    friend class TQEventLoop;
-    friend TQ_EXPORT void qt_ucm_initialize( TQApplication * );
-#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN)
-    friend bool qt_sendSpontaneousEvent( TQObject*, TQEvent* );
-#endif
-#if defined(TQ_WS_TQWS)
-    friend class TQInputContext;
-#endif
-private: // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
-#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
-    TQApplication( const TQApplication & );
-    TQApplication &operator=( const TQApplication & );
-#endif
-};
-
-inline int TQApplication::argc() const
-{
-    return app_argc;
-}
-
-inline char **TQApplication::argv() const
-{
-    return app_argv;
-}
-
-#if defined(TQ_WS_TQWS)
-inline void TQApplication::setArgs(int c, char **v)
-{
-        app_argc = c;
-	    app_argv = v;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-inline TQCursor *TQApplication::overrideCursor()
-{
-    return app_cursor;
-}
-#endif
-inline bool TQApplication::hasGlobalMouseTracking()
-{
-    return app_tracking > 0;
-}
-
-inline TQWidget *TQApplication::mainWidget() const
-{
-    return main_widget;
-}
-
-inline TQWidget *TQApplication::tqfocusWidget() const
-{
-    return focus_widget;
-}
-
-inline TQWidget *TQApplication::activeWindow() const
-{
-    return active_window;
-}
-
-inline TQWidget *TQApplication::widgetAt( const TQPoint &p, bool child )
-{
-    return widgetAt( p.x(), p.y(), child );
-}
-
-inline bool TQApplication::inPopupMode() const
-{
-    return popupWidgets != 0;
-}
-#ifndef TQT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
-inline bool TQApplication::isSessionRestored() const
-{
-    return is_session_restored;
-}
-
-inline TQString TQApplication::sessionId() const
-{
-    return session_id;
-}
-
-inline TQString TQApplication::sessionKey() const
-{
-    return session_key ? *session_key : TQString::null;
-}
-#endif
-inline TQSize TQApplication::globalStrut()
-{
-    return app_strut;
-}
-
-inline bool TQApplication::sendEvent( TQObject *receiver, TQEvent *event )
-{  if ( event ) event->spont = FALSE; return tqApp ? tqApp->notify( receiver, event ) : FALSE; }
-
-inline bool TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( TQObject *receiver, TQEvent *event )
-{ if ( event ) event->spont = TRUE; return tqApp ? tqApp->notify( receiver, event ) : FALSE; }
-
-#ifdef TQT_NO_TRANSLATION
-// Simple versions
-inline TQString TQApplication::translate( const char *, const char *sourceText,
-					const char *, Encoding encoding ) const
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
-    if ( encoding == UnicodeUTF8 )
-	return TQString::fromUtf8( sourceText );
-    else
-#endif
-	return TQString::tqfromLatin1( sourceText );
-}
-#endif
-
-inline int TQApplication::horizontalAlignment( int align )
-{
-    align &= AlignHorizontal_Mask;
-    if ( align == AlignAuto ) {
-	if ( reverseLayout() )
-	    align = AlignRight;
-	else
-	    align = AlignLeft;
-    }
-    return align;
-}
-
-#endif // TQAPPLICATION_H
-
-#endif // USE_QT4
diff --git a/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqmetaobject.cpp~ b/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqmetaobject.cpp~
deleted file mode 100644
index 09d8439..0000000
--- a/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqmetaobject.cpp~
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1792 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Implementation of TQMetaObject class
-**
-** Created : 930419
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.
-**
-** This file is part of the kernel module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include "tqmetaobject.h"
-#include "tqasciidict.h"
-
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-#include <private/tqmutexpool_p.h>
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-
-#include <private/tqucom_p.h>
-
-#ifdef USE_QT4
-
-// #include <private/qt4_qmetaobject_p.h>
-
-/*!
-    Returns a list with the names of all this class's properties.
-
-    If \a super is TRUE, inherited properties are included.
-
-    \sa property()
-*/
-TQStrList TQMetaObject::propertyNames( bool super ) const
-{
-	TQStrList l( FALSE );
-	int n = numProperties( super );
-	for( int i = 0; i < n; ++i ) {
-		if (property( i, super))
-			l.append( property( i, super)->name() );
-		else
-			l.append( "[TQt TQMetaObject::propertyNames was unable to find the Qt4 name for this property]" );
-	}
-	return l;
-}
-
-const char * TQMetaData::name() const {
-	return signature();		// Member name
-}
-
-const TQUMethod* TQMetaData::method() const {
-	// FIXME
-	// Verify that this routine accurately fills internal_method_information!
-	printf("[WARNING] const TQUMethod* TQMetaData::method() partially implemented!\n\r");
-
-	if (!internal_method_information) {
-		internal_method_information = new TQUMethod;
-		internal_method_information->parameters = 0;
-	}
-	internal_method_information->name = QMetaMethod::signature();
-	internal_method_information->count = QMetaMethod::parameterNames().count();
-	if (internal_method_information->parameters) {
-		for (int i=0; i<internal_method_information->count; i++) {
-			if (internal_method_information->parameters[i].type)
-				delete internal_method_information->parameters[i].type;
-		}
-		delete [] internal_method_information->parameters;
-	}
-	internal_method_information->parameters = new TQUParameter[internal_method_information->count];
-	for (int i=0; i<internal_method_information->count; i++) {
-		const_cast<TQUParameter&>(internal_method_information->parameters[i]).name = QMetaMethod::parameterNames().at(i).data();
-// 		const_cast<TQUParameter&>(internal_method_information->parameters[i]).type = new TQUType;
-// 		const_cast<TQUParameter&>(internal_method_information->parameters[i]).type.desc = QMetaMethod::parameterTypes().at(i).data();
-		const_cast<TQUParameter&>(internal_method_information->parameters[i]).typeExtra = 0;
-		const_cast<TQUParameter&>(internal_method_information->parameters[i]).inOut = 3;
-	}
-	return internal_method_information;
-}
-
-TQMetaEnum::TQMetaEnum() : QMetaEnum() { internal_item_list = 0; }
-
-uint TQMetaEnum::count() const {
-	return QMetaEnum::keyCount();
-}
-
-TQMetaEnum::Item* TQMetaEnum::items() const {
-	if (internal_item_list)
-		delete [] internal_item_list;
-	int internal_item_count = count();
-	internal_item_list = new Item[internal_item_count];
-	for (int i=0; i<internal_item_count;i++) {
-		internal_item_list[i].key = QMetaEnum::key(i);
-		internal_item_list[i].value = QMetaEnum::value(i);
-	}
-	return internal_item_list;
-}
-
-TQMetaData::TQMetaData() : QMetaMethod() {}
-
-TQMetaProperty::TQMetaProperty() : QMetaProperty() {}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the possible enumeration keys if this property is an
-    enumeration type (or a set type).
-
-    \sa isEnumType()
-*/
-TQStrList TQMetaProperty::enumKeys() const
-{
-    TQStrList l( FALSE );
-    QMetaEnum ed = enumerator();
-    for( uint i = 0; i < ed.keyCount(); ++i ) {
-	uint j = 0;
-	while ( j < i && ed.value(j) != ed.value(i) )
-		++j;
-	if ( i == j )
-		l.append( ed.key(i) );
-    }
-    return l;
-}
-
-bool TQMetaProperty::isSetType() const {
-	return isFlagType ();
-}
-
-int TQMetaProperty::keyToValue( const char* key ) const {
-	return enumerator().keyToValue(key);
-}
-
-const char* TQMetaProperty::valueToKey( int value ) const {
-	return enumerator().valueToKey(value);
-}
-
-int TQMetaProperty::keysToValue( const TQStrList& keys_in ) const {
-	TQString tqs = "";
-	TQStrList keys = keys_in;
-	char *key;
-	for ( key = keys.first(); key; key = keys.next() ) {
-		tqs = tqs + "|" + key;
-	}
-	tqs.remove(0,1);
-	return enumerator().keysToValue(TQCString(tqs));
-}
-
-TQStrList TQMetaProperty::valueToKeys( int value ) const {
-	TQStrList keys;
-	QByteArray qba = enumerator().valueToKeys(value);
-	TQStringList keys_out = TQStringList::split("|", TQString(TQCString(qba)));
-	for ( TQStringList::Iterator it = keys_out.begin(); it != keys_out.end(); ++it ) {
-		keys.append(*it);
-	}
-	return keys;
-}
-
-bool TQMetaProperty::writable() const {
-	return isWritable();
-}
-
-const char* TQMetaProperty::type() const {
-	return QMetaProperty::typeName();
-}
-
-bool TQMetaProperty::designable( TQT_BASE_OBJECT_NAME *o ) const {
-	return isDesignable(o);
-}
-
-bool TQMetaProperty::scriptable( TQT_BASE_OBJECT_NAME *o ) const {
-	return isScriptable(o);
-}
-
-bool TQMetaProperty::stored( TQT_BASE_OBJECT_NAME *o ) const {
-	return isStored(o);
-}
-
-/*!\internal
- */
-bool TQMetaProperty::stdSet() const
-{
-//     if ( !testFlags( Override ) || testFlags( Writable ) )
-// 	return testFlags( StdSet );
-//     const TQMetaObject* mo = (*meta);
-//     const TQMetaProperty* tqparent = mo->resolveProperty( this );
-//     return tqparent ? tqparent->stdSet() : FALSE;
-
-	// [FIXME]
-	printf("[WARNING] bool TQMetaProperty::stdSet() const unimplemented\n\r");
-	return FALSE;
-}
-
-TQMetaObject::TQMetaObject( const char * const class_name, TQMetaObject *superclass, const TQMetaData * const slot_data, int n_Q_SLOTS, const TQMetaData * const signal_data, int n_Q_SIGNALS,
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-  const TQMetaProperty *const prop_data, int n_props, const TQMetaEnum *const enum_data, int n_enums,
-#endif // TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-  const TQClassInfo *const class_info, int n_info ) : QMetaObject() {
-	printf("[WARNING] TQMetaObject() constructor unimplemented\n\r");	// [FIXME]
-}
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-TQMetaObject::TQMetaObject( const char * const class_name, TQMetaObject *superclass, const TQMetaData * const slot_data, int n_Q_SLOTS, const TQMetaData * const signal_data, int n_Q_SIGNALS, const TQMetaProperty *const prop_data, int n_props, const TQMetaEnum *const enum_data, int n_enums, bool (*qt_static_property)(TQObject*, int, int, TQVariant*), const TQClassInfo *const class_info, int n_info ) : QMetaObject() {
-	printf("[WARNING] TQMetaObject() constructor unimplemented\n\r");	// [FIXME]
-}
-#endif // TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-
-TQStrList TQMetaObject::slotNames( bool super ) const {
-	printf("[WARNING] TQStrList slotNames( bool super = FALSE ) unimplemented\n\r");
-	return TQStrList();
-}
-
-TQStrList TQMetaObject::signalNames( bool super ) const {
-	printf("[WARNING] TQStrList signalNames( bool super = FALSE ) const unimplemented\n\r");
-	return TQStrList();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the number of Q_SLOTS for this class.
-
-    If \a super is TRUE, inherited Q_SLOTS are included.
-
-    \sa slotNames()
-*/
-int TQMetaObject::numSlots( bool super ) const	// number of Q_SLOTS
-{
-	int i;
-	int n=0;
-	for (i=0;i<methodCount();i++) {
-		if (method(i).methodType() == QMetaMethod::Slot) {
-			n++;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if ( !super || !superClass() )
-		return n;
-	return n + tqsuperClass()->numSlots( super );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the number of items of class information available for
-    this class.
-
-    If \a super is TRUE, inherited class information is included.
-*/
-int TQMetaObject::numClassInfo( bool super ) const
-{
-	return classInfoCount() + ((super && tqsuperClass())?tqsuperClass()->numClassInfo(super):0);
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the number of Q_SIGNALS for this class.
-
-    If \a super is TRUE, inherited Q_SIGNALS are included.
-
-    \sa signalNames()
-*/
-int TQMetaObject::numSignals( bool super ) const	// number of Q_SIGNALS
-{
-	int i;
-	int n=0;
-	for (i=0;i<methodCount();i++) {
-		if (method(i).methodType() == QMetaMethod::Signal) {
-			n++;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if ( !super || !superClass() )
-		return n;
-	return n + tqsuperClass()->numSignals( super );
-}
-
-#if 0
-/*!  \internal
-
-  Returns the meta data of the slot with the name \a n or 0 if no
-  such slot exists.
-
-  If  \a super is TRUE, inherited slots are included.
-
-  [FIXME]: Superclass handling is badly broken
- */
-const TQMetaData* TQMetaObject::slot( int index, bool super ) const
-{
-    QMetaMethod mm;
-    const QMetaMethod *mr;
-    int idx = index - ( super ? methodOffset() : 0 );
-//    if ( slotDict && idx >= 0 && idx < (int) slotDict->count() ) {
-    if ( idx >= 0 && idx < numSlots(true) ) {
-//	return slotData + idx;
-        mm = method(idx);
-	mr = &mm;
-	return static_cast<const TQMetaData*>(mr);
-    }
-    if ( !super || !superClass() )
-	return 0;
-    return tqsuperClass()->slot( index, super );
-}
-
-/*!  \internal
-
-  Returns the meta data of the signal with the name \a n or 0 if no
-  such signal exists.
-
-  If  \a super is TRUE, inherited signals are included.
-
-  [FIXME]: Superclass handling is badly broken
- */
-const TQMetaData* TQMetaObject::signal( int index, bool super ) const
-{
-    QMetaMethod mm;
-    const QMetaMethod *mr;
-    int idx = index - ( super ? methodOffset() : 0 );
-//    if ( signalDict && idx >= 0 && idx < (int) signalDict->count() ) {
-    if ( idx >= 0 && idx < numSignals(true) ) {
-//	return signalData + idx;
-        mm = method(idx);
-	mr = &mm;
-	return static_cast<const TQMetaData*>(mr);
-    }
-    if ( !super || !superClass() )
-	return 0;
-    return tqsuperClass()->signal( index, super );
-}
-#endif
-
-/*!  \internal
-
-  Returns the meta data of the slot with the name \a n or 0 if no
-  such slot exists.
-
-  If  \a super is TRUE, inherited slots are included.
-
-  [FIXME]: Superclass handling is badly broken
- */
-const TQMetaData* TQMetaObject::slot( int index, bool super ) const
-{
-    QMetaMethod mm;
-    const QMetaMethod *mr;
-    int idx = index - ( super ? methodOffset() : 0 );
-//    if ( slotDict && idx >= 0 && idx < (int) slotDict->count() ) {
-    if ( idx >= 0 && idx < numSlots(true) ) {
-//	return slotData + idx;
-        mm = method(idx);
-	mr = &mm;
-	return static_cast<const TQMetaData*>(mr);
-    }
-    if ( !super || !superClass() )
-	return 0;
-    return tqsuperClass()->slot( index, super );
-}
-
-/*!  \internal
-
-  Returns the meta data of the signal with the name \a n or 0 if no
-  such signal exists.
-
-  If  \a super is TRUE, inherited signals are included.
-
-  [FIXME]: Superclass handling is badly broken
- */
-const TQMetaData* TQMetaObject::signal( int index, bool super ) const
-{
-    QMetaMethod mm;
-    const QMetaMethod *mr;
-    int idx = index - ( super ? methodOffset() : 0 );
-//    if ( signalDict && idx >= 0 && idx < (int) signalDict->count() ) {
-    if ( idx >= 0 && idx < numSignals(true) ) {
-//	return signalData + idx;
-        mm = method(idx);
-	mr = &mm;
-	return static_cast<const TQMetaData*>(mr);
-    }
-    if ( !super || !superClass() )
-	return 0;
-    return tqsuperClass()->signal( index, super );
-}
-
-/*! \internal
-  Returns the index of the slot with name \n or -1 if no such slot exists.
-
-  If  \a super is TRUE, inherited slots are included.
-
-  [FIXME]: Superclass handling is badly broken
- */
-int TQMetaObject::tqfindSlot( const char* n, bool super ) const
-{
-//     TQStrList l( FALSE );
-//     int m = methodCount();
-//     for( int i = 0; i < m; ++i ) {
-// // 	if ( normalizedSignature(slot( i, super)->signature()) == QByteArray(n) ) {
-// 	if ( normalizedSignature(method(i).signature()) == QByteArray(n) ) {
-// 		if (method(i).methodType() == QMetaMethod::Slot) {
-// 			return i;
-// 		}
-// 	}
-//     }
-//     return -1;
-
-    if (super) printf("[WARNING] In TQMetaObject::tqfindSlot(), superclasses are not being searched for the slot\n\r");
-    return indexOfSlot(normalizedSignature(n));
-}
-
-/*! \internal
-  Returns the index of the signal with name \n or -1 if no such signal exists.
-
-  If  \a super is TRUE, inherited signals are included.
-
-  [FIXME]: Superclass handling is badly broken
-*/
-int TQMetaObject::tqfindSignal( const char* n, bool super ) const
-{
-//     TQStrList l( FALSE );
-//     int m = methodCount();
-//     for( int i = 0; i < m; ++i ) {
-// // 	if ( normalizedSignature(signal( i, super)->signature()) == QByteArray(n) ) {
-// 	if ( normalizedSignature(method(i).signature()) == QByteArray(n) ) {
-// 		if (method(i).methodType() == QMetaMethod::Signal) {
-// 			return i;
-// 		}
-// 	}
-//     }
-//     return -1;
-
-    if (super) printf("[WARNING] In TQMetaObject::tqfindSignal(), superclasses are not being searched for the signal\n\r");
-    return indexOfSignal(normalizedSignature(n));
-}
-
-#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
-
-/*!
-    Returns the number of properties for this class.
-
-    If \a super is TRUE, inherited properties are included.
-
-    \sa propertyNames()
- */
-int TQMetaObject::numProperties( bool super ) const	// number of properties
-{
-    int i;
-    int n=0;
-    for (i=0;i<propertyCount();i++) {
-//	if (property(i).propertyType() == QMetaProperty::Property) {
-		n++;
-//	}
-    }
-
-    if ( !super || !superClass() )
-	return n;
-    return n + tqsuperClass()->numProperties( super );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the property meta data for the property at index \a index
-    or 0 if no such property exists.
-
-    If \a super is TRUE, inherited properties are included.
-
-    \sa propertyNames()
-
-    [FIXME]: Superclass handling is badly broken
- */
-static QMetaProperty tqmo_propmethod_curprop;
-const TQMetaProperty* TQMetaObject::property( int index, bool super ) const
-{
-    QMetaProperty mp;
-    const QMetaProperty *pr;
-    int idx = index - ( super ? propertyOffset() : 0 );
-//    if ( d->propData && idx >= 0 && idx < (int)d->numPropData )
-    if ( idx >= 0 && idx < numProperties(true) )
-	tqmo_propmethod_curprop = QMetaObject::property(idx);
-	return static_cast<const TQMetaProperty*>(&tqmo_propmethod_curprop);
-    if ( !super || !superClass() )
-	return 0;
-    return tqsuperClass()->property( index, super );
-}
-
-int TQMetaObject::tqfindProperty( const char *name, bool super ) const {
-	TQ_UNUSED(name);
-	return indexOfProperty(name);
-}
-
-TQMetaObject * TQMetaObject::tqsuperClass() const {
-	return static_cast<TQMetaObject*>(const_cast<QMetaObject*>(superClass()));
-}
-
-const char * TQMetaObject::tqsuperClassName() const {
-	return static_cast<TQMetaObject*>(const_cast<QMetaObject*>(superClass()))->className();
-}
-
-#endif // QT_NO_PROPERTIES
-
-/*!
-    Returns the class information with index \a index or 0 if no such
-    information exists.
-
-    If \a super is TRUE,  inherited class information is included.
-*/
-const TQClassInfo* TQMetaObject::classInfo( int index, bool super ) const
-{
-    if ( index < 0 )
-	return 0;
-    if ( index < QMetaObject::classInfoCount() )
-	return static_cast<TQClassInfo*>(&(QMetaObject::classInfo(index)));
-    if ( !super || !superClass() )
-	return 0;
-    return tqsuperClass()->classInfo( index - QMetaObject::classInfoCount(), super );
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-    Returns the class information with name \a name or 0 if no such
-    information exists.
-
-    If \a super is TRUE, inherited class information is included.
-*/
-const char* TQMetaObject::classInfo( const char* name, bool super ) const
-{
-    for( int i = 0; i < QMetaObject::classInfoCount(); ++i ) {
-	if ( qstrcmp( QMetaObject::classInfo(i).name(), name ) == 0 )
-	    return QMetaObject::classInfo(i).value();
-    }
-    if ( !super || !superClass() )
-	return 0;
-    return tqsuperClass()->classInfo( name, super );
-}
-
-/*!\internal
-
- */
-TQStrList TQMetaObject::enumeratorNames( bool super ) const
-{
-    TQStrList l( FALSE );
-
-    if ( tqsuperClass() && super ) {
-	TQStrList sl = tqsuperClass()->enumeratorNames( super );
-	for ( TQStrListIterator slit( sl ); slit.current(); ++slit )
-	    l.append( slit.current() );
-    }
-
-    for( int i = 0; i < QMetaObject::enumeratorCount(); ++i ) {
-// 	if ( d->enumData[i].items )
-   	if (QMetaObject::enumerator(i).name() != "")
-	    l.append( QMetaObject::enumerator(i).name() );
-    }
-
-    return l;
-}
-
-/*!\internal
- */
-const TQMetaEnum* TQMetaObject::enumerator( const char* name, bool super ) const
-{
-    for( int i = 0; i < QMetaObject::enumeratorCount(); ++i )
-	if ( qstrcmp( QMetaObject::enumerator(i).name(), name ) == 0 )
-	    return static_cast<TQMetaEnum*>(&(QMetaObject::enumerator(i)));
-    if ( !super || !superClass() )
-	return 0;
-    return tqsuperClass()->enumerator( name, super );
-}
-
-#else // USE_QT4
-
-/*!
-  \class TQMetaData tqmetaobject.h
-  \reentrant
-
-  \brief The TQMetaData class provides information about a member function that is known to the meta object system.
-
-  \internal
-
-  The struct consists of three members, \e name, \e method  and \e access:
-
-  \code
-    const char *name;				// - member name
-    const TQUMethod* method;			// - detailed method description
-    enum Access { Private, Protected, Public };
-    Access access;				// - access permission
-  \endcode
- */
-
-/*!
-  \class TQClassInfo tqmetaobject.h
-
-  \brief The TQClassInfo class provides a struct that stores some basic information about a single class.
-
-  \internal
-
-  The class information is a simple \e name - \e value pair:
-
-  \code
-    const char* name;
-    const char* value;
-  \endcode
-
- */
-
-
-/*!
-    \class TQMetaObject tqmetaobject.h
-    \brief The TQMetaObject class tqcontains meta information about TQt objects.
-
-    \ingroup objectmodel
-
-    The Meta Object System in TQt is responsible for the Q_SIGNALS and
-    Q_SLOTS inter-object communication mechanism, runtime type
-    information and the property system. All meta information in TQt is
-    kept in a single instance of TQMetaObject per class.
-
-    This class is not normally required for application programming.
-    But if you write meta applications, such as scripting engines or
-    GUI builders, you might tqfind these functions useful:
-    \list
-    \i className() to get the name of a class.
-    \i superClassName() to get the name of the superclass.
-    \i inherits(), the function called by TQObject::inherits().
-    \i superClass() to access the superclass's meta object.
-    \i numSlots(), numSignals(), slotNames(), and  signalNames() to get
-	information about a class's Q_SIGNALS and Q_SLOTS.
-    \i property() and propertyNames() to obtain information about a
-	class's properties.
-    \endlist
-
-    Classes may have a list of name-value pairs of class information.
-    The number of pairs is returned by numClassInfo(), and values are
-    returned by classInfo().
-
-    \sa \link tqmoc.html tqmoc (Meta Object Compiler)\endlink
-
-*/
-
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  The private object.
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-// extra flags from tqmoc.y
-enum Flags  {
-    Invalid		= 0x00000000,
-    Readable		= 0x00000001,
-    Writable		= 0x00000002,
-    EnumOrSet		= 0x00000004,
-    UnresolvedEnum	= 0x00000008,
-    StdSet		= 0x00000100,
-    Override		= 0x00000200,
-    NotDesignable	= 0x00001000,
-    DesignableOverride  = 0x00002000,
-    NotScriptable	= 0x00004000,
-    ScriptableOverride  = 0x00008000,
-    NotStored 		= 0x00010000,
-    StoredOverride 	= 0x00020000
-};
-
-static TQAsciiDict<void> *qt_metaobjects = 0;
-static int qt_metaobjects_count = 0;
-
-class TQMetaObjectPrivate
-{
-public:
-    TQMetaObjectPrivate() :
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-	enumData(0), numEnumData(0),
-	propData(0),numPropData(0),
-	qt_static_property(0),
-#endif
-	classInfo(0), numClassInfo(0) {}
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-    const TQMetaEnum *enumData;
-    int numEnumData;
-    const TQMetaProperty *propData;
-    int numPropData;
-    bool (*qt_static_property)(TQObject*, int, int, TQVariant*);
-#endif
-    const TQClassInfo *classInfo;
-    int numClassInfo;
-};
-
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  Internal dictionary for fast access to class members
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-#if defined(TQ_CANNOT_DELETE_CONSTANT)
-typedef TQMetaData TQConstMetaData;
-#else
-typedef const TQMetaData TQConstMetaData;
-#endif
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQMemberDict : public TQAsciiDict<TQConstMetaData>
-{
-public:
-    TQMemberDict( int size = 17, bool cs = TRUE, bool ck = TRUE ) :
-	TQAsciiDict<TQConstMetaData>(size,cs,ck) {}
-    TQMemberDict( const TQMemberDict &dict ) : TQAsciiDict<TQConstMetaData>(dict) {}
-    ~TQMemberDict() { clear(); }
-    TQMemberDict &operator=(const TQMemberDict &dict)
-    { return (TQMemberDict&)TQAsciiDict<TQConstMetaData>::operator=(dict); }
-};
-
-
-/*
-  Calculate optimal dictionary size for n entries using prime numbers,
-  and assuming there are no more than 40 entries.
-*/
-
-static int optDictSize( int n )
-{
-    if ( n < 6 )
-	n = 5;
-    else if ( n < 10 )
-	n = 11;
-    else if ( n < 14 )
-	n = 17;
-    else
-	n = 23;
-    return n;
-}
-
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  TQMetaObject member functions
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!\internal
- */
-TQMetaObject::TQMetaObject( const char *const class_name, TQMetaObject *super_class,
-			  const TQMetaData *const slot_data, int n_Q_SLOTS,
-			  const TQMetaData *const signal_data, int n_Q_SIGNALS,
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-			  const TQMetaProperty *const prop_data, int n_props,
-			  const TQMetaEnum *const enum_data, int n_enums,
-#endif
-			  const TQClassInfo *const class_info, int n_info )
-{
-    classname = class_name;			// set meta data
-    superclass = super_class;
-    superclassname = superclass ? superclass->className() : 0;
-    slotDict = init( slotData = slot_data, n_Q_SLOTS );
-    signalDict = init( signalData = signal_data, n_Q_SIGNALS );
-
-    d = new TQMetaObjectPrivate;
-    reserved = 0;
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-    d->propData = prop_data;
-    d->numPropData = n_props;
-    d->enumData = enum_data;
-    d->numEnumData = n_enums;
-#endif
-    d->classInfo = class_info;
-    d->numClassInfo = n_info;
-
-    signaloffset = superclass ? ( superclass->signalOffset() + superclass->numSignals() ) : 0;
-    slotoffset = superclass ? ( superclass->slotOffset() + superclass->numSlots() ) : 0;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-    propertyoffset = superclass ? ( superclass->propertyOffset() + superclass->numProperties() ) : 0;
-#endif
-}
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-/*!\internal
- */
-TQMetaObject::TQMetaObject( const char *const class_name, TQMetaObject *super_class,
-			  const TQMetaData *const slot_data, int n_Q_SLOTS,
-			  const TQMetaData *const signal_data, int n_Q_SIGNALS,
-			  const TQMetaProperty *const prop_data, int n_props,
-			  const TQMetaEnum *const enum_data, int n_enums,
-			  bool (*qt_static_property)(TQObject*, int, int, TQVariant*),
-			  const TQClassInfo *const class_info, int n_info )
-{
-    classname = class_name;			// set meta data
-    superclass = super_class;
-    superclassname = superclass ? superclass->className() : 0;
-    slotDict = init( slotData = slot_data, n_Q_SLOTS );
-    signalDict = init( signalData = signal_data, n_Q_SIGNALS );
-
-    d = new TQMetaObjectPrivate;
-    reserved = 0;
-
-    d->propData = prop_data;
-    d->numPropData = n_props;
-    d->enumData = enum_data;
-    d->numEnumData = n_enums;
-    d->qt_static_property = qt_static_property;
-    d->classInfo = class_info;
-    d->numClassInfo = n_info;
-
-    signaloffset = superclass ? ( superclass->signalOffset() + superclass->numSignals() ) : 0;
-    slotoffset = superclass ? ( superclass->slotOffset() + superclass->numSlots() ) : 0;
-    propertyoffset = superclass ? ( superclass->propertyOffset() + superclass->numProperties() ) : 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*!\internal
- */
-TQMetaObject::~TQMetaObject()
-{
-    delete slotDict;				// delete dicts
-    delete signalDict;
-    delete d;
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-    TQMutexLocker( tqt_global_mutexpool ?
-		  tqt_global_mutexpool->get( &qt_metaobjects ) : 0 );
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-    if ( qt_metaobjects ) {
-	qt_metaobjects->remove( classname );
-	if ( qt_metaobjects->isEmpty() ) {
-	    delete qt_metaobjects;
-	    qt_metaobjects = 0;
-	}
-    }
-
-    // delete reserved;				// Unused void*
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn const char *TQMetaObject::className() const
-
-    Returns the class name.
-
-    \sa TQObject::className(), superClassName()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn const char *TQMetaObject::superClassName() const
-
-    Returns the class name of the superclass or 0 if there is no
-    superclass in the TQObject hierachy.
-
-    \sa className()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQMetaObject *TQMetaObject::superClass() const
-
-    Returns the meta object of the super class or 0 if there is no
-    such object.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Returns the number of Q_SLOTS for this class.
-
-    If \a super is TRUE, inherited Q_SLOTS are included.
-
-    \sa slotNames()
-*/
-int TQMetaObject::numSlots( bool super ) const	// number of Q_SLOTS
-{
-    int n = slotDict ? slotDict->count() : 0;
-    if ( !super || !superclass )
-	return n;
-    return n + superclass->numSlots( super );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the number of Q_SIGNALS for this class.
-
-    If \a super is TRUE, inherited Q_SIGNALS are included.
-
-    \sa signalNames()
-*/
-int TQMetaObject::numSignals( bool super ) const	// number of Q_SIGNALS
-{
-    int n = signalDict ? signalDict->count() : 0;
-    if ( !super || !superclass )
-	return n;
-    return n + superclass->numSignals( super );
-}
-
-
-/*!  \internal
-
-  Returns the meta data of the slot with the name \a n or 0 if no
-  such slot exists.
-
-  If  \a super is TRUE, inherited Q_SLOTS are included.
- */
-const TQMetaData* TQMetaObject::slot( int index, bool super ) const
-{
-    int idx = index - ( super ? slotOffset() : 0 );
-    if ( slotDict && idx >= 0 && idx < (int) slotDict->count() ) {
-	return slotData + idx;
-    }
-    if ( !super || !superclass )
-	return 0;
-    return superclass->slot( index, super );
-}
-
-/*!  \internal
-
-  Returns the meta data of the signal with the name \a n or 0 if no
-  such signal exists.
-
-  If  \a super is TRUE, inherited Q_SIGNALS are included.
- */
-const TQMetaData* TQMetaObject::signal( int index, bool super ) const
-{
-    int idx = index - ( super ? signalOffset() : 0 );
-    if ( signalDict && idx >= 0 && idx < (int) signalDict->count() ) {
-	return signalData + idx;
-    }
-    if ( !super || !superclass )
-	return 0;
-    return superclass->signal( index, super );
-}
-
-
-/*!
-  \fn int TQMetaObject::signalOffset() const
-
-  \internal
-
-  Returns the signal offset for this metaobject.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn int TQMetaObject::propertyOffset() const
-
-  \internal
-
-  Returns the property offset for this metaobject.
-
-*/
-
-/*! \internal
-  Returns the index of the signal with name \n or -1 if no such signal exists.
-
-  If  \a super is TRUE, inherited Q_SIGNALS are included.
-*/
-int TQMetaObject::tqfindSignal( const char* n, bool super ) const
-{
-    const TQMetaObject *mo = this;
-    int offset = -1;
-
-    do {
-	const TQMetaData *md = mo->signalDict ? mo->signalDict->tqfind( n ) : 0;
-	if ( md ) {
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_RANGE)
-	    if ( offset != -1 ) {
-		qWarning( "TQMetaObject::tqfindSignal:%s: Conflict with %s::%s",
-			  className(), mo->className(), n );
-		return offset;
-	    }
-#endif
-	    offset = mo->signalOffset() + ( md - mo->signalData );
-#if !defined(TQT_CHECK_RANGE)
-	    return offset;
-#endif
-	}
-    } while ( super && (mo = mo->superclass) );
-
-    return offset;
-}
-
-/*!
-  \fn int TQMetaObject::slotOffset() const
-
-  \internal
-
-  Returns the slot offset for this metaobject.
-
-*/
-
-/*! \internal
-  Returns the index of the slot with name \n or -1 if no such slot exists.
-
-  If  \a super is TRUE, inherited Q_SLOTS are included.
- */
-int TQMetaObject::tqfindSlot( const char* n, bool super ) const
-{
-    const TQMetaData *md = slotDict ? slotDict->tqfind( n ) : 0;
-    if ( md )
-	return slotOffset() + ( md - slotData );
-    if ( !super || !superclass)
-	return -1;
-    return superclass->tqfindSlot( n, super );
-}
-
-/*!\internal
- */
-TQMetaObject *TQMetaObject::new_metaobject( const char *classname,
-					  TQMetaObject *superclassobject,
-					  const TQMetaData * const slot_data, int n_Q_SLOTS,
-					  const TQMetaData * const signal_data, int n_Q_SIGNALS,
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-					  const TQMetaProperty * const prop_data, int n_props,
-					  const TQMetaEnum * const enum_data, int n_enums,
-#endif
-					  const TQClassInfo * const class_info, int n_info )
-{
-    return new TQMetaObject( classname, superclassobject, slot_data, n_Q_SLOTS,
-			    signal_data, n_Q_SIGNALS,
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-			    prop_data, n_props,
-			    enum_data, n_enums,
-#endif
-			    class_info, n_info );
-}
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-/*!\internal
- */
-TQMetaObject *TQMetaObject::new_metaobject( const char *classname,
-					  TQMetaObject *superclassobject,
-					  const TQMetaData * const slot_data, int n_Q_SLOTS,
-					  const TQMetaData * const signal_data, int n_Q_SIGNALS,
-					  const TQMetaProperty * const prop_data, int n_props,
-					  const TQMetaEnum * const enum_data, int n_enums,
-					  bool (*qt_static_property)(TQObject*, int, int, TQVariant*),
-					  const TQClassInfo * const class_info, int n_info )
-{
-    return new TQMetaObject( classname, superclassobject, slot_data, n_Q_SLOTS,
-			    signal_data, n_Q_SIGNALS,
-			    prop_data, n_props,
-			    enum_data, n_enums,
-			    qt_static_property,
-			    class_info, n_info );
-}
-#endif
-
-/*!\internal
- */
-TQMemberDict *TQMetaObject::init( const TQMetaData * data, int n )
-{
-    if ( n == 0 )				// nothing, then make no dict
-	return 0;
-    TQMemberDict *dict = new TQMemberDict( optDictSize(n), TRUE, FALSE );
-    TQ_CHECK_PTR( dict );
-    while ( n-- ) {				// put all members into dict
-	dict->insert( data->name, data );
-	data++;
-    }
-    return dict;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the number of items of class information available for
-    this class.
-
-    If \a super is TRUE, inherited class information is included.
-*/
-int TQMetaObject::numClassInfo( bool super ) const
-{
-    return d->numClassInfo + ((super && superclass)?superclass->numClassInfo(super):0);
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the class information with index \a index or 0 if no such
-    information exists.
-
-    If \a super is TRUE,  inherited class information is included.
-*/
-const TQClassInfo* TQMetaObject::classInfo( int index, bool super ) const
-{
-    if ( index < 0 )
-	return 0;
-    if ( index < d->numClassInfo )
-	return &(d->classInfo[ index ]);
-    if ( !super || !superclass )
-	return 0;
-    return superclass->classInfo( index - d->numClassInfo, super );
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-    Returns the class information with name \a name or 0 if no such
-    information exists.
-
-    If \a super is TRUE, inherited class information is included.
-*/
-const char* TQMetaObject::classInfo( const char* name, bool super ) const
-{
-    for( int i = 0; i < d->numClassInfo; ++i ) {
-	if ( qstrcmp( d->classInfo[i].name, name ) == 0 )
-	    return d->classInfo[i].value;
-    }
-    if ( !super || !superclass )
-	return 0;
-    return superclass->classInfo( name, super );
-}
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-
-/*!
-    Returns the number of properties for this class.
-
-    If \a super is TRUE, inherited properties are included.
-
-    \sa propertyNames()
- */
-int TQMetaObject::numProperties( bool super ) const	// number of Q_SIGNALS
-{
-    int n = d->numPropData;
-    if ( !super || !superclass )
-	return n;
-    return n + superclass->numProperties( super );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the property meta data for the property at index \a index
-    or 0 if no such property exists.
-
-    If \a super is TRUE, inherited properties are included.
-
-    \sa propertyNames()
- */
-const TQMetaProperty* TQMetaObject::property( int index, bool super ) const
-{
-    int idx = index - ( super ? propertyOffset() : 0 );
-    if ( d->propData && idx >= 0 && idx < (int)d->numPropData )
-	return d->propData + idx;
-    if ( !super || !superclass )
-	return 0;
-    return superclass->property( index, super );
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Returns the index for the property with name \a name or -1 if no
-    such property exists.
-
-    If \a super is TRUE, inherited properties are included.
-
-    \sa property(), propertyNames()
-*/
-
-int TQMetaObject::tqfindProperty( const char *name, bool super ) const
-{
-    for( int i = 0; i < d->numPropData; ++i ) {
-	if ( d->propData[i].isValid() && qstrcmp( d->propData[i].name(), name ) == 0 ) {
-	    return ( super ? propertyOffset() : 0 ) + i;
-	}
-    }
-    if ( !super || !superclass )
-	return -1;
-    return superclass->tqfindProperty( name, super );
-}
-
-/*! \internal
-
-  Returns the index for the property \a prop
-  or -1 if the property can not be found.
-
-  If \a super is TRUE, inherited properties are included.
-
-  \sa property(), propertyNames()
-*/
-
-int TQMetaObject::indexOfProperty( const TQMetaProperty* prop, bool super ) const
-{
-    if ( *prop->meta == this )
-	return ( super ? propertyOffset() : 0 ) + ( prop - d->propData);
-    if ( !super || !superclass )
-	return -1;
-    return superclass->indexOfProperty( prop, super );
-}
-
-/*!\internal
-
-  Returns the tqparent property of property \a p or 0, if the property
-  cannot be resolved.
-
-  \a p has to be contained in this meta object
-*/
-
-const TQMetaProperty* TQMetaObject::resolveProperty( const TQMetaProperty* p ) const
-{
-    if ( !superclass )
-	return 0;
-    return superclass->property( superclass->tqfindProperty( p->n, TRUE ), TRUE );
-}
-
-/*!\internal
-
-  \overload
-
-  The version of resolveProperty that is used by tqmoc generated code
-*/
-
-int TQMetaObject::resolveProperty( int index ) const
-{
-    if ( !superclass )
-	return -1;
-    const TQMetaProperty* p = d->propData + ( index - propertyOffset() );
-    return superclass->tqfindProperty( p->n, TRUE );
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Returns a list with the names of all this class's properties.
-
-    If \a super is TRUE, inherited properties are included.
-
-    \sa property()
-*/
-TQStrList TQMetaObject::propertyNames( bool super ) const
-{
-    TQStrList l( FALSE );
-
-    if ( superclass && super ) {
-	TQStrList sl = superclass->propertyNames( super );
-	for ( TQStrListIterator slit( sl ); slit.current(); ++slit )
-	    l.append( slit.current() );
-    }
-
-    for( int i = 0; i < d->numPropData; ++i ) {
-	if ( d->propData[i].isValid() )
-	    l.append( d->propData[i].name() );
-    }
-
-    return l;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns a list with the names of all this class's Q_SIGNALS.
-
-    If \a super is TRUE, inherited Q_SIGNALS are included.
-*/
-TQStrList TQMetaObject::signalNames( bool super ) const
-{
-    TQStrList l( FALSE );
-    int n = numSignals( super );
-    for( int i = 0; i < n; ++i ) {
-	l.append( signal(i, super)->name );
-    }
-    return l;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns a list with the names of all this class's Q_SLOTS.
-
-    If \a super is TRUE, inherited Q_SLOTS are included.
-
-    \sa numSlots()
-*/
-TQStrList TQMetaObject::slotNames( bool super ) const
-{
-    TQStrList l( FALSE );
-    int n = numSlots( super );
-    for( int i = 0; i < n; ++i )
-	l.append( slot( i, super)->name );
-    return l;
-}
-
-/*!\internal
-
- */
-
-int TQMetaObject::numEnumerators( bool super ) const
-{
-    int n = 0;
-    if ( superclass && super )
-	n += superclass->numEnumerators( super );
-    return n + d->numEnumData;
-}
-
-/*!\internal
-
- */
-TQStrList TQMetaObject::enumeratorNames( bool super ) const
-{
-    TQStrList l( FALSE );
-
-    if ( superclass && super ) {
-	TQStrList sl = superclass->enumeratorNames( super );
-	for ( TQStrListIterator slit( sl ); slit.current(); ++slit )
-	    l.append( slit.current() );
-    }
-
-    for( int i = 0; i < d->numEnumData; ++i ) {
-	if ( d->enumData[i].items )
-	    l.append( d->enumData[i].name );
-    }
-
-    return l;
-}
-
-/*!\internal
- */
-const TQMetaEnum* TQMetaObject::enumerator( const char* name, bool super ) const
-{
-    for( int i = 0; i < d->numEnumData; ++i )
-	if ( qstrcmp( d->enumData[i].name, name ) == 0 )
-	    return &(d->enumData[i]);
-    if ( !super || !superclass )
-	return 0;
-    return superclass->enumerator( name, super );
-}
-
-#endif // TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-
-
-/*!
-    Returns TRUE if this class inherits \a clname within the meta
-    object inheritance chain; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    (A class is considered to inherit itself.)
-*/
-bool TQMetaObject::inherits( const char* clname ) const
-{
-    const TQMetaObject *meta = this;
-    while ( meta ) {
-	if ( qstrcmp(clname, meta->className()) == 0 )
-	    return TRUE;
-	meta = meta->superclass;
-    }
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-/*! \internal */
-
-TQMetaObject *TQMetaObject::tqmetaObject( const char *class_name )
-{
-    if ( !qt_metaobjects )
-	return 0;
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-    TQMutexLocker( tqt_global_mutexpool ?
-		  tqt_global_mutexpool->get( &qt_metaobjects ) : 0 );
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-    TQtStaticMetaObjectFunction func = (TQtStaticMetaObjectFunction)qt_metaobjects->tqfind( class_name );
-    if ( func )
-	return func();
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/*! \internal */
-bool TQMetaObject::hasMetaObject( const char *class_name )
-{
-    if ( !qt_metaobjects )
-	return FALSE;
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-    TQMutexLocker( tqt_global_mutexpool ?
-		  tqt_global_mutexpool->get( &qt_metaobjects ) : 0 );
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-    return !!qt_metaobjects->tqfind( class_name );
-}
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-/*! \internal
-
-### this functions will go away. It exists purely for the sake of meta
-### object code generated with TQt 3.1.0
-*/
-bool TQMetaObject::qt_static_property( TQObject* o, int id, int f, TQVariant* v)
-{
-    if ( d->qt_static_property )
-	return d->qt_static_property( o, id, f, v );
-    else if ( o ) // compatibility
-	return o->qt_property( id, f, v );
-    else if ( superclass )
-	return superclass->qt_static_property( o, id, f, v );
-    switch ( f ) {
-    case 3: case 4: case 5:
-	return TRUE;
-    default:
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \class TQMetaProperty tqmetaobject.h
-
-    \brief The TQMetaProperty class stores meta data about a property.
-
-    \ingroup objectmodel
-
-    Property meta data includes type(), name(), and whether a property
-    is writable(), designable() and stored().
-
-    The functions isSetType(), isEnumType() and enumKeys() provide
-    further information about a property's type. The conversion
-    functions keyToValue(), valueToKey(), keysToValue() and
-    valueToKeys() allow conversion between the integer representation
-    of an enumeration or set value and its literal representation.
-
-    Actual property values are set and received through TQObject's set
-    and get functions. See TQObject::setProperty() and
-    TQObject::property() for details.
-
-    You receive meta property data through an object's meta object.
-    See TQMetaObject::property() and TQMetaObject::propertyNames() for
-    details.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Returns the possible enumeration keys if this property is an
-    enumeration type (or a set type).
-
-    \sa isEnumType()
-*/
-TQStrList TQMetaProperty::enumKeys() const
-{
-    TQStrList l( FALSE );
-    const TQMetaEnum* ed = enumData;
-    if ( !enumData && meta )
-	ed = (*meta)->enumerator( t, TRUE );
-    if ( !ed )
-	return l;
-    if ( ed != 0 ) {
-	for( uint i = 0; i < ed->count; ++i ) {
-	    uint j = 0;
-	    while ( j < i &&
-		    ed->items[j].value != ed->items[i].value )
-		++j;
-	    if ( i == j )
-		l.append( ed->items[i].key );
-	}
-    }
-    return l;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Converts the enumeration key \a key to its integer value.
-
-    For set types, use keysToValue().
-
-    \sa valueToKey(), isSetType(), keysToValue()
-*/
-int TQMetaProperty::keyToValue( const char* key ) const
-{
-    const TQMetaEnum* ed = enumData;
-    if ( !enumData && meta )
-	ed = (*meta)->enumerator( t, TRUE );
-    if ( !ed )
-	return -1;
-    for ( uint i = 0; i < ed->count; ++i ) {
-	if ( !qstrcmp( key, ed->items[i].key) )
-	    return ed->items[i].value;
-    }
-    return -1;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Converts the enumeration value \a value to its literal key.
-
-    For set types, use valueToKeys().
-
-    \sa valueToKey(), isSetType(), valueToKeys()
-*/
-const char* TQMetaProperty::valueToKey( int value ) const
-{
-    const TQMetaEnum* ed = enumData;
-    if ( !enumData && meta )
-	ed = (*meta)->enumerator( t, TRUE );
-    if ( !ed )
-	return 0;
-    for ( uint i = 0; i < ed->count; ++i ) {
-	if ( value == ed->items[i].value )
-	    return ed->items[i].key ;
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Converts the list of keys \a keys to their combined (OR-ed)
-    integer value.
-
-    \sa isSetType(), valueToKey(), keysToValue()
-*/
-int TQMetaProperty::keysToValue( const TQStrList& keys ) const
-{
-    const TQMetaEnum* ed = enumData;
-    if ( !enumData && meta )
-	ed = (*meta)->enumerator( t, TRUE );
-    if ( !ed )
-	return -1;
-    int value = 0;
-    for ( TQStrListIterator it( keys ); it.current(); ++it ) {
-	uint i;
-	for( i = ed->count; i > 0; --i ) {
-	    if ( !qstrcmp( it.current(), ed->items[i-1].key) ) {
-		value |= ed->items[i-1].value;
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-	if ( i == 0 )
-	    value |= -1;
-    }
-    return value;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Converts the set value \a value to a list of keys.
-
-    \sa isSetType(), valueToKey(), valueToKeys()
-*/
-TQStrList TQMetaProperty::valueToKeys( int value ) const
-{
-    TQStrList keys;
-    const TQMetaEnum* ed = enumData;
-    if ( !enumData && meta )
-	ed = (*meta)->enumerator( t, TRUE );
-    if ( !ed )
-	return keys;
-
-    int v = value;
-    for( uint i = ed->count; i > 0; --i ) {
-	int k = ed->items[i-1].value;
-	if ( ( k != 0 && (v & k) == k  ) ||  ( k == value) )  {
-	    v = v & ~k;
-	    keys.append( ed->items[i-1].key );
-	}
-    }
-    return keys;
-}
-
-bool TQMetaProperty::writable() const
-{
-    if ( !testFlags( Override ) || testFlags( Writable ) )
-	return testFlags( Writable );
-    const TQMetaObject* mo = (*meta);
-    const TQMetaProperty* tqparent = mo->resolveProperty( this );
-    return tqparent ? tqparent->writable() : FALSE;
-}
-
-/*!\internal
- */
-bool TQMetaProperty::stdSet() const
-{
-    if ( !testFlags( Override ) || testFlags( Writable ) )
-	return testFlags( StdSet );
-    const TQMetaObject* mo = (*meta);
-    const TQMetaProperty* tqparent = mo->resolveProperty( this );
-    return tqparent ? tqparent->stdSet() : FALSE;
-}
-
-/*!\internal
- */
-int TQMetaProperty::id() const
-{
-    return _id < 0 ? (*meta)->indexOfProperty( this, TRUE ) : _id;
-}
-
-/*! \internal
-*/
-void TQMetaProperty::clear()
-{
-    t = n = 0;
-    meta = 0;
-    enumData = 0;
-    _id = -1;
-    flags = 0;
-}
-
-bool TQMetaProperty::isValid() const
-{
-    if ( testFlags( UnresolvedEnum ) ) {
-	if ( !enumData && (!meta || !(*meta)->enumerator( t, TRUE ) ) )
-	    return FALSE;
-    }
-    if ( !testFlags( Override ) || testFlags( Readable ) )
-	return testFlags( Readable );
-    const TQMetaObject* mo = (*meta);
-    const TQMetaProperty* tqparent = mo->resolveProperty( this );
-    return tqparent ? tqparent->isValid() : FALSE;
-}
-
-bool TQMetaProperty::isSetType() const
-{
-    const TQMetaEnum* ed = enumData;
-    if ( !enumData && meta )
-	ed = (*meta)->enumerator( t, TRUE );
-    return ( ed != 0 && ed->set );
-}
-
-bool TQMetaProperty::isEnumType() const
-{
-    return testFlags( EnumOrSet );
-}
-
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn const char* TQMetaProperty::type() const
-
-    Returns the type of the property.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn const char* TQMetaProperty::name() const
-
-    Returns the name of the property.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool TQMetaProperty::writable() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the property is writable; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool TQMetaProperty::isValid() const
-
-  \internal
-
-  Returns whether the property is valid.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool TQMetaProperty::isEnumType() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the property's type is an enumeration value;
-    otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa isSetType(), enumKeys()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool TQMetaProperty::isSetType() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the property's type is an enumeration value that
-    is used as set, i.e. if the enumeration values can be OR-ed
-    together; otherwise returns FALSE. A set type is implicitly also
-    an enum type.
-
-    \sa isEnumType(), enumKeys()
-*/
-
-
-/*!  Returns TRUE if the property is designable for object \a o;
-    otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    If no object \a o is given, the function returns a static
-    approximation.
- */
-bool TQMetaProperty::designable( TQObject* o ) const
-{
-    if ( !isValid() || !writable() )
-	return FALSE;
-    if ( o ) {
-	int idx = _id >= 0 ? _id : (*meta)->indexOfProperty( this, TRUE );
-	return idx >= 0 && o->qt_property( idx, 3, 0 );
-    }
-    if ( testFlags( DesignableOverride ) ) {
-	const TQMetaObject* mo = (*meta);
-	const TQMetaProperty* tqparent = mo->resolveProperty( this );
-	return tqparent ? tqparent->designable() : FALSE;
-    }
-    return !testFlags( NotDesignable );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns TRUE if the property is scriptable for object \a o;
-    otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    If no object \a o is given, the function returns a static
-    approximation.
- */
-bool TQMetaProperty::scriptable( TQObject* o ) const
-{
-    if ( o ) {
-	int idx = _id >= 0 ? _id : (*meta)->indexOfProperty( this, TRUE );
-	return idx >= 0 && o->qt_property( idx, 4, 0 );
-    }
-    if ( testFlags( ScriptableOverride ) ) {
-	const TQMetaObject* mo = (*meta);
-	const TQMetaProperty* tqparent = mo->resolveProperty( this );
-	return tqparent ? tqparent->scriptable() : FALSE;
-    }
-    return !testFlags( NotScriptable );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns TRUE if the property shall be stored for object \a o;
-    otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    If no object \a o is given, the function returns a static
-    approximation.
- */
-bool TQMetaProperty::stored( TQObject* o ) const
-{
-    if ( !isValid() || !writable() )
-	return FALSE;
-    if ( o ) {
-	int idx = _id >= 0 ? _id : (*meta)->indexOfProperty( this, TRUE );
-	return idx >= 0 && o->qt_property( idx, 5, 0 );
-    }
-    if ( testFlags( StoredOverride ) ) {
-	const TQMetaObject* mo = (*meta);
-	const TQMetaProperty* tqparent = mo->resolveProperty( this );
-	return tqparent ? tqparent->stored() : FALSE;
-    }
-    return !testFlags( NotStored );
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Tries to reset the property for object \a o with a reset method.
-    On success, returns TRUE; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    Reset methods are optional, usually only a few properties support
-    them.
-*/
-bool TQMetaProperty::reset( TQObject* o ) const
-{
-    if ( !o )
-	return FALSE;
-    int idx = _id >= 0 ? _id : (*meta)->indexOfProperty( this, TRUE );
-    if ( idx < 0 )
-	return 0;
-    return o->qt_property( idx, 2, 0 );
-}
-
-
-/*! \enum TQMetaProperty::Flags
-
-  \internal
-*/
-
-#endif // TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-
-/*
- * TQMetaObjectCleanUp is used as static global object in the tqmoc-generated cpp
- * files and deletes the TQMetaObject provided with setMetaObject. It sets the
- * TQObject reference to the metaObj to NULL when it is destroyed.
- */
-TQMetaObjectCleanUp::TQMetaObjectCleanUp( const char *mo_name, TQtStaticMetaObjectFunction func )
-    : tqmetaObject( 0 )
-{
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-    TQMutexLocker( tqt_global_mutexpool ?
-		  tqt_global_mutexpool->get( &qt_metaobjects ) : 0 );
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-    if ( !qt_metaobjects )
-	qt_metaobjects = new TQAsciiDict<void>( 257 );
-    qt_metaobjects->insert( mo_name, (void*)func );
-
-    qt_metaobjects_count++;
-}
-
-TQMetaObjectCleanUp::TQMetaObjectCleanUp()
-    : tqmetaObject( 0 )
-{
-}
-
-/*!    \fn bool TQMetaProperty::testFlags( uint f ) const
-    \internal
-*/
-
-TQMetaObjectCleanUp::~TQMetaObjectCleanUp()
-{
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-    TQMutexLocker( tqt_global_mutexpool ?
-		  tqt_global_mutexpool->get( &qt_metaobjects ) : 0 );
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-    if ( !--qt_metaobjects_count ) {
-	delete qt_metaobjects;
-	qt_metaobjects = 0;
-    }
-    if ( tqmetaObject ) {
-	delete *tqmetaObject;
-	*tqmetaObject = 0;
-	tqmetaObject = 0;
-    }
-}
-
-void TQMetaObjectCleanUp::setMetaObject( TQMetaObject *&mo )
-{
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_RANGE)
-    if ( tqmetaObject )
-	qWarning( "TQMetaObjectCleanUp::setMetaObject: Double use of TQMetaObjectCleanUp!" );
-#endif
-    tqmetaObject = &mo;
-}
-
-#endif // USE_QT4
diff --git a/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqmetaobject.h~ b/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqmetaobject.h~
deleted file mode 100644
index ecb6c23..0000000
--- a/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqmetaobject.h~
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,403 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Definition of TQMetaObject class
-**
-** Created : 930419
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.
-**
-** This file is part of the kernel module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef TQMETAOBJECT_H
-#define TQMETAOBJECT_H
-
-#include "tqtglobaldefines.h"
-
-#ifndef TQT_H
-#include "tqconnection.h"
-#include "tqstrlist.h"
-#endif // TQT_H
-
-#ifndef TQ_TQMOC_OUTPUT_REVISION
-#define TQ_TQMOC_OUTPUT_REVISION 26
-#endif
-
-#ifdef USE_QT4
-
-#include <Qt/qmetaobject.h>
-
-#endif // USE_QT4
-
-#ifdef USE_QT4
-
-struct TQUMethod;
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQMetaEnum :  public QMetaEnum, virtual public TQt
-{
-public:
-	TQMetaEnum();
-
-	struct Item			// - a name/value pair
-	{
-		const char *key;
-		int value;
-	};
-
-	uint count() const;
-	Item* items() const;
-
-private:
-	mutable Item* internal_item_list;
-};
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQMetaData :  public QMetaMethod, virtual public TQt
-{
-public:
-	TQMetaData();
-
-	const char *name() const;
-	const TQUMethod* method() const;
-
-	mutable TQUMethod* internal_method_information;
-};
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQMetaProperty : public QMetaProperty, virtual public TQt
-{
-public:
-	TQMetaProperty();
-
-	bool isSetType() const;
-	int keyToValue( const char* key ) const;
-	const char* valueToKey( int value ) const;
-	int keysToValue( const TQStrList& keys_in ) const;
-	TQStrList valueToKeys( int value ) const;
-	bool writable() const;
-	const char* type() const;
-	TQStrList enumKeys() const;
-
-	bool designable( TQT_BASE_OBJECT_NAME *o = 0 ) const;
-	bool scriptable( TQT_BASE_OBJECT_NAME *o = 0 ) const;
-	bool stored( TQT_BASE_OBJECT_NAME *o = 0 ) const;
-
-	bool stdSet() const; // internal
-
-// 	inline bool reset( TQT_BASE_OBJECT_NAME *o ) const { return isResettable(o); }
-};
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQClassInfo : public QMetaClassInfo, virtual public TQt
-{
-public:
-	TQClassInfo() : QMetaClassInfo() {}
-};
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQMetaObject : public QMetaObject, virtual public TQt
-{
-public:
-	TQMetaObject( const char * const class_name, TQMetaObject *superclass, const TQMetaData * const slot_data, int n_Q_SLOTS, const TQMetaData * const signal_data, int n_Q_SIGNALS,
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-		 const TQMetaProperty *const prop_data, int n_props, const TQMetaEnum *const enum_data, int n_enums,
-#endif // TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-		 const TQClassInfo *const class_info, int n_info );
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-	TQMetaObject( const char * const class_name, TQMetaObject *superclass, const TQMetaData * const slot_data, int n_Q_SLOTS, const TQMetaData * const signal_data, int n_Q_SIGNALS, const TQMetaProperty *const prop_data, int n_props, const TQMetaEnum *const enum_data, int n_enums, bool (*qt_static_property)(TQObject*, int, int, TQVariant*), const TQClassInfo *const class_info, int n_info );
-#endif // TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-
-	TQStrList slotNames( bool super = FALSE ) const;
-	TQStrList signalNames( bool super = FALSE ) const;
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-	int tqfindProperty( const char *name, bool super = FALSE ) const;
-	TQMetaObject *tqsuperClass() const;
-	const char *tqsuperClassName() const;
-	TQStrList propertyNames( bool super = FALSE ) const;
-
-	int numSlots( bool super = FALSE ) const;
-	int numSignals( bool super = FALSE ) const;
-	int numClassInfo( bool super = FALSE ) const;
-
-	const TQMetaData *slot( int index, bool super = FALSE ) const;
-	const TQMetaData *signal( int index, bool super = FALSE ) const;
-
-	int tqfindSlot( const char *, bool super = FALSE ) const;
-	int tqfindSignal( const char *, bool super = FALSE ) const;
-
-	int numProperties( bool super = FALSE ) const;
-	const TQMetaProperty *property( int index, bool super = FALSE ) const;
-
-	const TQMetaEnum *enumerator( const char* name, bool super = FALSE ) const;
-	TQStrList enumeratorNames( bool super = FALSE ) const;
-#endif // TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-
-	const TQClassInfo *classInfo( int index, bool super = FALSE ) const;
-	const char *classInfo( const char* name, bool super = FALSE ) const;
-};
-
-#else // USE_QT4
-
-class TQObject;
-struct TQUMethod;
-class TQMetaObjectPrivate;
-
-struct TQMetaData				// - member function meta data
-{						//   for signal and Q_SLOTS
-    const char *name;				// - member name
-    const TQUMethod* method;			// - detailed method description
-    enum Access { Private, Protected, Public };
-    Access access;				// - access permission
-};
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-struct TQMetaEnum				// enumerator meta data
-{						//  for properties
-    const char *name;				// - enumerator name
-    uint count;					// - number of values
-    struct Item					// - a name/value pair
-    {
-	const char *key;
-	int value;
-    };
-    const Item *items;				// - the name/value pairs
-    bool set;					// whether enum has to be treated as a set
-};
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQMetaProperty			// property meta data
-{
-public:
-    const char*	type() const { return t; }	// type of the property
-    const char*	name() const { return n; }	// name of the property
-
-    bool writable() const;
-    bool isValid() const;
-
-    bool isSetType() const;
-    bool isEnumType() const;
-    TQStrList enumKeys() const;			// enumeration names
-
-    int keyToValue( const char* key ) const;	// enum and set conversion functions
-    const char* valueToKey( int value ) const;
-    int keysToValue( const TQStrList& keys ) const;
-    TQStrList valueToKeys( int value ) const;
-
-    bool designable( TQObject* = 0 ) const;
-    bool scriptable( TQObject* = 0 ) const;
-    bool stored( TQObject* = 0 ) const;
-
-    bool reset( TQObject* ) const;
-
-    const char* t;			// internal
-    const char* n;			// internal
-
-    enum Flags  {
-	Invalid		= 0x00000000,
-	Readable	= 0x00000001,
-	Writable	= 0x00000002,
-	EnumOrSet	= 0x00000004,
-	UnresolvedEnum	= 0x00000008,
-	StdSet		= 0x00000100,
-	Override	= 0x00000200
-    };
-
-    uint flags; // internal
-    bool testFlags( uint f ) const;	// internal
-    bool stdSet() const; 		// internal
-    int id() const; 			// internal
-
-    TQMetaObject** meta; 		// internal
-
-    const TQMetaEnum* enumData;		// internal
-    int _id; 				// internal
-    void clear(); 			// internal
-};
-
-inline bool TQMetaProperty::testFlags( uint f ) const
-{ return (flags & (uint)f) != (uint)0; }
-
-#endif // TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-
-struct TQClassInfo				// class info meta data
-{
-    const char* name;				// - name of the info
-    const char* value;				// - value of the info
-};
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQMetaObject			// meta object class
-{
-public:
-    TQMetaObject( const char * const class_name, TQMetaObject *superclass,
-		 const TQMetaData * const slot_data, int n_Q_SLOTS,
-		 const TQMetaData * const signal_data, int n_Q_SIGNALS,
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-		 const TQMetaProperty *const prop_data, int n_props,
-		 const TQMetaEnum *const enum_data, int n_enums,
-#endif
-		 const TQClassInfo *const class_info, int n_info );
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-    TQMetaObject( const char * const class_name, TQMetaObject *superclass,
-		 const TQMetaData * const slot_data, int n_Q_SLOTS,
-		 const TQMetaData * const signal_data, int n_Q_SIGNALS,
-		 const TQMetaProperty *const prop_data, int n_props,
-		 const TQMetaEnum *const enum_data, int n_enums,
-		 bool (*qt_static_property)(TQObject*, int, int, TQVariant*),
-		 const TQClassInfo *const class_info, int n_info );
-#endif
-
-
-    virtual ~TQMetaObject();
-
-    const char	*className()		const { return classname; }
-    const char	*superClassName()	const { return superclassname; }
-
-    TQMetaObject *superClass()		const { return superclass; }
-
-    bool	inherits( const char* clname ) const;
-
-    int	numSlots( bool super = FALSE ) const;
-    int		numSignals( bool super = FALSE ) const;
-
-    int		tqfindSlot( const char *, bool super = FALSE ) const;
-    int		tqfindSignal( const char *, bool super = FALSE ) const;
-
-    const TQMetaData 	*slot( int index, bool super = FALSE ) const;
-    const TQMetaData 	*signal( int index, bool super = FALSE ) const;
-
-    TQStrList	slotNames( bool super = FALSE ) const;
-    TQStrList	signalNames( bool super = FALSE ) const;
-
-    int		slotOffset() const;
-    int		signalOffset() const;
-    int		propertyOffset() const;
-
-    int		numClassInfo( bool super = FALSE ) const;
-    const TQClassInfo	*classInfo( int index, bool super = FALSE ) const;
-    const char	*classInfo( const char* name, bool super = FALSE ) const;
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-    const TQMetaProperty	*property( int index, bool super = FALSE ) const;
-    int tqfindProperty( const char *name, bool super = FALSE ) const;
-    int indexOfProperty( const TQMetaProperty*, bool super = FALSE ) const;
-    const TQMetaProperty* resolveProperty( const TQMetaProperty* ) const;
-    int resolveProperty( int ) const;
-    TQStrList		propertyNames( bool super = FALSE ) const;
-    int		numProperties( bool super = FALSE ) const;
-#endif
-
-    // static wrappers around constructors, necessary to work around a
-    // Windows-DLL limitation: objects can only be deleted within a
-    // DLL if they were actually created within that DLL.
-    static TQMetaObject	*new_metaobject( const char *, TQMetaObject *,
-					const TQMetaData *const, int,
-					const TQMetaData *const, int,
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-					const TQMetaProperty *const prop_data, int n_props,
-					const TQMetaEnum *const enum_data, int n_enums,
-#endif
-					const TQClassInfo *const  class_info, int n_info );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-    static TQMetaObject	*new_metaobject( const char *, TQMetaObject *,
-					const TQMetaData *const, int,
-					const TQMetaData *const, int,
-					const TQMetaProperty *const prop_data, int n_props,
-					const TQMetaEnum *const enum_data, int n_enums,
-					 bool (*qt_static_property)(TQObject*, int, int, TQVariant*),
-					const TQClassInfo *const  class_info, int n_info );
-    TQStrList		enumeratorNames( bool super = FALSE ) const;
-    int numEnumerators( bool super = FALSE ) const;
-    const TQMetaEnum		*enumerator( const char* name, bool super = FALSE ) const;
-#endif
-
-    static TQMetaObject *tqmetaObject( const char *class_name );
-    static bool hasMetaObject( const char *class_name );
-
-private:
-    TQMemberDict		*init( const TQMetaData *, int );
-
-    const char		*classname;		// class name
-    const char		*superclassname;	// super class name
-    TQMetaObject	*superclass;			// super class meta object
-    TQMetaObjectPrivate	*d;			// private data for...
-    void	*reserved;			// ...binary compatibility
-    const TQMetaData		*slotData;	// slot meta data
-    TQMemberDict	*slotDict;			// slot dictionary
-    const TQMetaData		*signalData;	// signal meta data
-    TQMemberDict	*signalDict;			// signal dictionary
-    int signaloffset;
-    int slotoffset;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-    int propertyoffset;
-public:
-    bool qt_static_property( TQObject* o, int id, int f, TQVariant* v);
-private:
-    friend class TQMetaProperty;
-#endif
-
-private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
-#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
-    TQMetaObject( const TQMetaObject & );
-    TQMetaObject &operator=( const TQMetaObject & );
-#endif
-};
-
-inline int TQMetaObject::slotOffset() const
-{ return slotoffset; }
-
-inline int TQMetaObject::signalOffset() const
-{ return signaloffset; }
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PROPERTIES
-inline int TQMetaObject::propertyOffset() const
-{ return propertyoffset; }
-#endif
-
-typedef TQMetaObject *(*TQtStaticMetaObjectFunction)();
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQMetaObjectCleanUp
-{
-public:
-    TQMetaObjectCleanUp( const char *mo_name, TQtStaticMetaObjectFunction );
-    TQMetaObjectCleanUp();
-    ~TQMetaObjectCleanUp();
-
-    void setMetaObject( TQMetaObject *&mo );
-
-private:
-    TQMetaObject **tqmetaObject;
-};
-
-#endif // USE_QT4
-
-#endif // TQMETAOBJECT_H
diff --git a/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqpainter.cpp~ b/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqpainter.cpp~
deleted file mode 100644
index 44e7577..0000000
--- a/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqpainter.cpp~
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5161 +0,0 @@
-#include "tqpainter.h"
-
-#ifdef USE_QT4
-
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** All rights reserved.
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt3Support module of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** Commercial Usage
-** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
-** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
-** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
-** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
-** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
-** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
-** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-#include "tqpainter.h"
-#include "tqimage.h"
-#include "Qt/qpaintengine.h"
-
-// #include <private/qpainter_p.h>
-
-QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
-
-// TAKEN FROM QT4 qbrush.cpp
-// THIS BLOCK MAY NEED TO BE UPDATED FROM TIME TO TIME
-// BEGIN BLOCK
-struct QTexturedBrushData : public QBrushData
-{
-    QTexturedBrushData() {
-        m_has_pixmap_texture = false;
-        m_pixmap = 0;
-    }
-    ~QTexturedBrushData() {
-        delete m_pixmap;
-    }
-
-    void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pm) {
-        delete m_pixmap;
-
-        if (pm.isNull()) {
-            m_pixmap = 0;
-            m_has_pixmap_texture = false;
-        } else {
-            m_pixmap = new QPixmap(pm);
-            m_has_pixmap_texture = true;
-        }
-
-        m_image = QImage();
-    }
-
-    void setImage(const QImage &image) {
-        m_image = image;
-        delete m_pixmap;
-        m_pixmap = 0;
-        m_has_pixmap_texture = false;
-    }
-
-    QPixmap &pixmap() {
-        if (!m_pixmap) {
-            m_pixmap = new QPixmap(QPixmap::fromImage(m_image));
-        }
-        return *m_pixmap;
-    }
-
-    QImage &image() {
-        if (m_image.isNull() && m_pixmap)
-            m_image = m_pixmap->toImage();
-        return m_image;
-    }
-
-    QPixmap *m_pixmap;
-    QImage m_image;
-    bool m_has_pixmap_texture;
-};
-// END BLOCK
-
-/*!
-    \class TQPainter
-    \brief The TQPainter class is a Qt 3 compatibility wrapper for QPainter.
-
-    \compat
-
-    Prior to Qt 4, QPainter specialized the pen drawing for rectangle
-    based functions (in particular: drawRect, drawEllipse,
-    drawRoundRect, drawArc, drawChord and drawPie). When stroking a
-    rectangle of width 10, the pen would draw a rectangle of width 10.
-    Drawing a polygon defined by the corner points of the same
-    rectangle the stroke would have a width of 11.
-
-    The reason for this is best explained using the picture below:
-
-    \img q3painter_rationale.png
-
-    As we can see, stroking the rectangle so it gets a width of 10,
-    means the pen is drawn on a rectangle on width 9. The polygon,
-    however follows a consistent model.
-
-    In Qt 4, all rectangle based functions have changed to follow the
-    polygon approach, which means that the rectangle defines the size of
-    the fill, and the pen follows the edges of the shape. For pen widths
-    of 0 and 1 this means that the stroke will be inside the shape on the
-    left and the top and outside on the bottom and right.
-
-    The reason for the change in Qt 4 is so that we provide consistency
-    for all drawing functions even with complex transformations.
-*/
-
-TQPainter::TQPainter() : QPainter(), has_qwidget(FALSE), current_penpos(0,0) {
-}
-
-TQPainter::TQPainter( const QWidget *pdev, bool unclipped) : QPainter((QWidget*)pdev), has_qwidget(TRUE), current_penpos(0,0) {
-	qwidget_ptr = (QWidget*)pdev;
-	if (unclipped) {
-		printf("[WARNING] Qt4 does not support drawing under child widgets in TQPainter via the unclipped==TRUE flag in any form!  Blame Nokia and change your code...\n\r");
-		fflush(stdout);
-	}
-}
-
-TQPainter::TQPainter( QPaintDevice *pdev, bool unclipped) : QPainter(pdev), has_qwidget(FALSE), current_penpos(0,0) {
-	if (unclipped) {
-		printf("[WARNING] Qt4 does not support drawing under child widgets in TQPainter via the unclipped==TRUE flag in any form!  Blame Nokia and change your code...\n\r");
-		fflush(stdout);
-	}
-}
-
-TQPainter::TQPainter( QWidget *pdev, const QWidget *w, bool unclipped) : QPainter(pdev), has_qwidget(TRUE), current_penpos(0,0) {
-	qwidget_ptr = pdev;
-	initFrom(w);
-	if (unclipped) {
-		printf("[WARNING] Qt4 does not support drawing under child widgets in TQPainter via the unclipped==TRUE flag in any form!  Blame Nokia and change your code...\n\r");
-		fflush(stdout);
-	}
-}
-
-TQPainter::TQPainter( QPaintDevice *pdev, const QWidget *w, bool unclipped ) : QPainter(pdev), has_qwidget(FALSE), current_penpos(0,0) {
-	initFrom(w);
-	if (unclipped) {
-		printf("[WARNING] Qt4 does not support drawing under child widgets in TQPainter via the unclipped==TRUE flag in any form!  Blame Nokia and change your code...\n\r");
-		fflush(stdout);
-	}
-}
-
-// [FIXME]
-void TQPainter::flush() {
-	printf("[WARNING] void TQPainter::flush() unimplemented\n\r");
-}
-
-// [FIXME]
-void TQPainter::flush( const TQRegion &region, TQPainter::CoordinateMode cm ) {
-	printf("[WARNING] void TQPainter::flush( const TQRegion &region, CoordinateMode cm = CoordDevice ) unimplemented\n\r");
-}
-
-void TQPainter::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) {
-	return QPainter::setBrush(brush);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::setBrush(Qt::BrushStyle style) {
-	return QPainter::setBrush(style);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::setBrush(TQt::BrushStyle style) {
-	this->QPainter::setBrush((Qt::BrushStyle)style);
-}
-
-TQPoint TQPainter::pos() const {
-	return current_penpos;
-}
-
-bool TQPainter::tqbegin( QPaintDevice *pdev, bool unclipped ) {
-	bool ret = begin(pdev);
-	if (unclipped) {
-		printf("[WARNING] Qt4 does not support drawing under child widgets in TQPainter via the unclipped==TRUE flag in any form!  Blame Nokia and change your code...\n\r");
-		fflush(stdout);
-	}
-	return ret;
-}
-
-bool TQPainter::tqbegin( QPaintDevice *pdev, const QWidget *init, bool unclipped ) {
-	bool ret = begin(pdev);
-	initFrom(init);
-	if (unclipped) {
-		printf("[WARNING] Qt4 does not support drawing under child widgets in TQPainter via the unclipped==TRUE flag in any form!  Blame Nokia and change your code...\n\r");
-		fflush(stdout);
-	}
-	return ret;
-}
-
-QRectF TQPainter::boundingRect(const QRectF &rect, int flags, const QString &text) {
-	TQT_INITIALIZE_QPAINTER_TEMPORARY_ENGINE_CONDITIONAL
-	QRectF tqbr = QPainter::boundingRect(rect, flags, text);
-	TQT_DESTROY_QPAINTER_TEMPORARY_ENGINE_CONDITIONAL
-	return tqbr;
-}
-
-QRect TQPainter::boundingRect(const QRect &rect, int flags, const QString &text) {
-	TQT_INITIALIZE_QPAINTER_TEMPORARY_ENGINE_CONDITIONAL
-	QRect tqbr = QPainter::boundingRect(rect, flags, text);
-	TQT_DESTROY_QPAINTER_TEMPORARY_ENGINE_CONDITIONAL
-	return tqbr;
-}
-
-QRect TQPainter::boundingRect(int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags, const QString &text) {
-	TQT_INITIALIZE_QPAINTER_TEMPORARY_ENGINE_CONDITIONAL
-	QRect tqbr = QPainter::boundingRect(x, y, w, h, flags, text);
-	TQT_DESTROY_QPAINTER_TEMPORARY_ENGINE_CONDITIONAL
-	return tqbr;
-}
-
-QRectF TQPainter::boundingRect(const QRectF &rect, const QString &text, const QTextOption &o) {
-	TQT_INITIALIZE_QPAINTER_TEMPORARY_ENGINE_CONDITIONAL
-	QRectF tqbr = QPainter::boundingRect(rect, text, o);
-	TQT_DESTROY_QPAINTER_TEMPORARY_ENGINE_CONDITIONAL
-	return tqbr;
-}
-
-TQRect TQPainter::boundingRect(const QRect &rect, int flags, const QString &text, int len) {
-	TQT_INITIALIZE_QPAINTER_TEMPORARY_ENGINE_CONDITIONAL
-	TQRect tqbr = QPainter::boundingRect(rect, flags, text.left(len));
-	TQT_DESTROY_QPAINTER_TEMPORARY_ENGINE_CONDITIONAL
-	return tqbr;
-}
-
-TQRect TQPainter::boundingRect(int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags, const QString &text, int len) {
-	TQT_INITIALIZE_QPAINTER_TEMPORARY_ENGINE_CONDITIONAL
-	TQRect tqbr = QPainter::boundingRect(QRect(x, y, w, h), flags, text.left(len));
-	TQT_DESTROY_QPAINTER_TEMPORARY_ENGINE_CONDITIONAL
-	return tqbr;
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawText(const QPointF &p, const QString &s) {
-	QPainter::drawText(p, s);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawText(const QPoint &p, const QString &s) {
-	QPainter::drawText(p, s);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawText(int x, int y, const QString &s) {
-	QPainter::drawText(x, y, s);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawText(const QPointF &p, const QString &str, int tf, int justificationPadding) {
-	QPainter::drawText(p, str, tf, justificationPadding);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawText(const QRectF &r, int flags, const QString &text, QRectF *br) {
-	QPainter::drawText(r, flags, text, br);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawText(const QRect &r, int flags, const QString &text, QRect *br) {
-	QPainter::drawText(r, flags, text, br);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawText(int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags, const QString &text, QRect *br) {
-	QPainter::drawText(x, y, w, h, flags, text, br);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawText(const QRectF &r, const QString &text, const QTextOption &o) {
-	QPainter::drawText(r, text, o);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawText( int x, int y, const TQString &s, int len, TextDirection dir ) {
-	Qt::LayoutDirection old = layoutDirection();
-	if (dir == RTL)
-		setLayoutDirection(Qt::RightToLeft);
-	else if (dir == LTR)
-		setLayoutDirection(Qt::LeftToRight);
-	QPainter::drawText(x, y, s.left(len));
-	setLayoutDirection(old);
-}
-void TQPainter::drawText( const TQPoint &p, const TQString &s, int len, TextDirection dir ) {
-	Qt::LayoutDirection old = layoutDirection();
-	if (dir == RTL)
-		setLayoutDirection(Qt::RightToLeft);
-	else if (dir == LTR)
-		setLayoutDirection(Qt::LeftToRight);
-	QPainter::drawText(p, s.left(len));
-	setLayoutDirection(old);
-}
-void TQPainter::drawText( int x, int y, const TQString &s, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir ) {
-	Qt::LayoutDirection old = layoutDirection();
-	if (dir == RTL)
-		setLayoutDirection(Qt::RightToLeft);
-	else if (dir == LTR)
-		setLayoutDirection(Qt::LeftToRight);
-	QPainter::drawText(x, y, s.mid(pos, len));
-	setLayoutDirection(old);
-}
-void TQPainter::drawText( const TQPoint &p, const TQString &s, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir ) {
-	Qt::LayoutDirection old = layoutDirection();
-	if (dir == RTL)
-		setLayoutDirection(Qt::RightToLeft);
-	else if (dir == LTR)
-		setLayoutDirection(Qt::LeftToRight);
-	QPainter::drawText(p, s.mid(pos, len));
-	setLayoutDirection(old);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawText(int x, int y, const QString &s, int pos, int len) {
-	drawText(x, y, s.mid(pos, len));
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawText(const QPoint &p, const QString &s, int pos, int len) {
-	drawText(p, s.mid(pos, len));
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawText(int x, int y, const QString &s, int len) {
-	drawText(x, y, s.left(len));
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawText(const QPoint &p, const QString &s, int len) {
-	drawText(p, s.left(len));
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawText(const QRect &r, int flags, const QString &str, int len, QRect *br) {
-	drawText(r, flags, str.left(len), br);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawText(int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags, const QString &text, int len, QRect *br) {
-	drawText(QRect(x, y, w, h), flags, text.left(len), br);
-}
-
-int *TQPainter::tabArray() const
-{
-	printf("[WARNING] TQPainter::tabArray unimplemented!\n\r");
-}
-
-void TQPainter::setTabArray( int *ta )
-{
-	printf("[WARNING] TQPainter::setTabArray unimplemented!\n\r");
-
-// #if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-//     if ( !isActive() )
-// 	qWarning( "TQPainter::setTabArray: Will be reset by begin()" );
-// #endif
-//     if ( ta != tabarray ) {
-// 	tabarraylen = 0;
-// 	if ( tabarray )				// Avoid purify complaint
-// 	    delete [] tabarray;			// delete old array
-// 	if ( ta ) {				// tabarray = copy of 'ta'
-// 	    while ( ta[tabarraylen] )
-// 		tabarraylen++;
-// 	    tabarraylen++; // and 0 terminator
-// 	    tabarray = new int[tabarraylen];	// duplicate ta
-// 	    memcpy( tabarray, ta, sizeof(int)*tabarraylen );
-// 	} else {
-// 	    tabarray = 0;
-// 	}
-//     }
-//     if ( isActive() && testf(ExtDev) ) {	// tell extended tqdevice
-// 	TQPDevCmdParam param[2];
-// 	param[0].ival = tabarraylen;
-// 	param[1].ivec = tabarray;
-// 	pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcSetTabArray, this, param );
-//     }
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawImage( int x, int y, const TQImage image, int sx, int sy, int sw, int sh, int conversionFlags ) {
-	QPainter::drawImage(x, y, image, sx, sy, sw, sh, (Qt::ImageConversionFlags)conversionFlags);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawImage( const TQPoint p, const TQImage image, const TQRect sr, int conversionFlags ) {
-	QPainter::drawImage(p, image, sr, (Qt::ImageConversionFlags)conversionFlags);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawImage( const TQPoint p, const TQImage image, int conversion_flags ) {
-	TQ_UNUSED(conversion_flags);
-	QPainter::drawImage(p, image);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawImage( const TQRect r, const TQImage image ) {
-	QPainter::drawImage(r, image);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::resetXForm() {
-	resetTransform();
-}
-
-// [FIXME] The drawWinFocusRect methods below probably need tweaking to exactly match the old Qt3 behaviour
-void TQPainter::drawWinFocusRect( int x, int y, int w, int h ) {
-	drawWinFocusRect( x, y, w, h, TRUE, TQt::color0 );
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawWinFocusRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, const TQColor &bgColor ) {
-	drawWinFocusRect( x, y, w, h, FALSE, bgColor );
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawWinFocusRect( const TQRect &tqr ) {
-	drawWinFocusRect( tqr.x(), tqr.y(), tqr.width(), tqr.height() );
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawWinFocusRect( const TQRect &tqr, const TQColor &bgColor ) {
-	drawWinFocusRect( tqr.x(), tqr.y(), tqr.width(), tqr.height(), bgColor );
-}
-
-void TQPainter::setBackgroundColor(const QColor &color) {
-	setBackground(color);
-}
-
-const QColor &TQPainter::backgroundColor() const {
-	return background().color();
-}
-
-void TQPainter::setClipRect(const QRectF &qrf, Qt::ClipOperation op) {
-	QPainter::setClipRect(qrf, op);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::setClipRect(const QRect &qr, Qt::ClipOperation op) {
-	QPainter::setClipRect(qr, op);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::setClipRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, TQPainter::CoordinateMode cm ) {
-	TQRect r(x, y, w, h);
-	setClipRect(r, cm);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::redirect(QPaintDevice *pdev, QPaintDevice *replacement) {
-	if (replacement == 0) {
-		restoreRedirected(pdev);
-	}
-	else {
-		setRedirected(pdev, replacement);
-	}
-}
-
-TQPaintDevice *TQPainter::redirect(QPaintDevice *pdev) {
-	return static_cast<TQPaintDevice*>(const_cast<QPaintDevice*>(redirected(pdev)));
-}
-
-void TQPainter::setWorldXForm(bool enabled) {
-	setMatrixEnabled(enabled);
-}
-
-bool TQPainter::hasWorldXForm() const {
-	return matrixEnabled();
-}
-
-void TQPainter::setViewXForm(bool enabled) {
-	setViewTransformEnabled(enabled);
-}
-
-bool TQPainter::hasViewXForm() const {
-	return viewTransformEnabled();
-}
-
-// [FIXME]
-void TQPainter::initialize() {
-	printf("[WARNING] TQColor static void initialize() not implemented\n\r");
-}
-
-// [FIXME]
-void TQPainter::cleanup() {
-	printf("[WARNING] TQColor static void cleanup() not implemented\n\r");
-}
-
-void TQPainter::moveTo( const TQPoint &p )
-{
-    moveTo( p.x(), p.y() );
-}
-
-void TQPainter::lineTo( const TQPoint &p )
-{
-    lineTo( p.x(), p.y() );
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawRect(const QRect &r)
-{
-    QPainter::drawRect(adjustedRectangle(r));
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawEllipse(const QRect &r)
-{
-    QPainter::drawEllipse(adjustedRectangle(r));
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawRoundRect(const QRect &r, int xrnd, int yrnd)
-{
-    QPainter::drawRoundRect(adjustedRectangle(r), xrnd, yrnd);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawArc(const QRect &r, int angle, int arcLength)
-{
-    QPainter::drawArc(adjustedRectangle(r), angle, arcLength);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawPie(const QRect &r, int angle, int arcLength)
-{
-    QPainter::drawPie(adjustedRectangle(r), angle, arcLength);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::drawChord(const QRect &r, int angle, int arcLength)
-{
-    QPainter::drawChord(adjustedRectangle(r), angle, arcLength);
-}
-
-void TQPainter::tqdrawTextItem( const TQPoint& p, const TQTextItem &ti, int textflags )
-{
-    tqdrawTextItem( p.x(), p.y(), ti, textflags );
-}
-
-// [FIXME]
-// Verify these mappings...
-// They will need to be kept in sync with the code inside tqpainter_x11.cpp
-TQt::RasterOp TQPainter::rasterOp() const
-{
-	TQt::RasterOp cm;
-	switch (rop) {
-		case QPainter::CompositionMode_SourceOver:
-			cm=CopyROP;
-			break;
-		case QPainter::RasterOp_SourceOrDestination:
-			cm=OrROP;
-			break;
-		case QPainter::RasterOp_SourceXorDestination:
-			cm=XorROP;
-			break;
-		case QPainter::RasterOp_NotSourceAndDestination:
-			cm=NotAndROP;
-			break;
-		case QPainter::RasterOp_NotSource:
-			cm=NotCopyROP;
-			break;
-		case QPainter::RasterOp_NotSourceXorDestination:
-			cm=NotXorROP;
-			break;
-		case QPainter::RasterOp_SourceAndDestination:
-			cm=AndROP;
-			break;
-		case QPainter::CompositionMode_Clear:
-			cm=ClearROP;
-			break;
-		case QPainter::CompositionMode_Destination:
-			cm=NopROP;
-			break;
-		case QPainter::RasterOp_SourceAndNotDestination:
-			cm=AndNotROP;
-			break;
-		case QPainter::RasterOp_NotSourceOrNotDestination:
-			cm=NandROP;
-			break;
-		case QPainter::RasterOp_NotSourceAndNotDestination:
-			cm=NorROP;
-			break;
-		default:
-			cm=CopyROP;
-			break;
-	}
-	return cm;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQPainter::TQPainter()
-
-    Constructs a TQPainter.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQPainter::TQPainter(QPaintDevice *pdev)
-
-    Constructs a TQPainter that operates on tqdevice \a pdev.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \internal
-*/
-
-int TQPainter::rectSubtraction() const {
-    return pen().style() != Qt::NoPen && pen().width() == 0 ? 1 : 0;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \internal
-*/
-QRect TQPainter::adjustedRectangle(const QRect &r)
-{
-    QRect rect = r.normalized();
-    int subtract = rectSubtraction();
-    if (subtract != 0)
-        rect.setSize(QSize(rect.width() - subtract, rect.height() - subtract));
-    return rect;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQPainter::drawRect(int x, int y, int w, int h)
-
-    \overload
-
-    Draws the rectangle that fits inside the bounds specified by \a x,
-    \a y, \a w and \a h using the current pen and brush.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQPainter::drawRect(const QRect &r)
-
-    Draws a rectangle that fits inside the rectangle \a r using the
-    current pen and brush.
-
-*/
-
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQPainter::drawEllipse(const QRect &r)
-
-    Draws the ellipse that fits inside the bounds \a r using the
-    current pen and brush.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQPainter::drawEllipse(int x, int y, int width, int height)
-
-    \overload
-
-    Draws an ellipse that fits inside the bounds specified by \a x,
-    \a y, \a width and \a height using the current pen and brush.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQPainter::drawPie(int x, int y, int w, int h, int
-    startAngle, int spanAngle)
-
-    \overload
-
-    Draws a pie segment that fits inside the bounds (\a{x}, \a{y},
-    \a{w}, \a{h}) with the given \a startAngle and \a spanAngle.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQPainter::drawPie(const QRect &r, int a, int alen)
-
-    Draws a pie defined by the rectangle \a r, the start angle \a a
-    and the arc length \a alen.
-
-    The pie is filled with the current brush().
-
-    The angles \a a and \a alen are 1/16th of a degree, i.e. a full
-    circle equals 5760 (16*360). Positive values of \a a and \a alen
-    mean counter-clockwise while negative values mean the clockwise
-    direction. Zero degrees is at the 3 o'clock position.
-
-    \sa drawArc(), drawChord()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQPainter::drawArc(int x, int y, int w, int h, int
-    startAngle, int spanAngle)
-
-    \overload
-
-    Draws the arc that fits inside the rectangle (\a{x}, \a{y}, \a{w},
-    \a{h}), with the given \a startAngle and \a spanAngle.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQPainter::drawArc(const QRect &r, int a, int alen)
-
-    Draws an arc defined by the rectangle \a r, the start angle \a a
-    and the arc length \a alen.
-
-    The angles \a a and \a alen are 1/16th of a degree, i.e. a full
-    circle equals 5760 (16*360). Positive values of \a a and \a alen
-    mean counter-clockwise while negative values mean the clockwise
-    direction. Zero degrees is at the 3 o'clock position.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_qt3support_painting_q3painter.cpp 0
-
-    \sa drawPie(), drawChord()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQPainter::drawChord(int x, int y, int w, int h, int
-    startAngle, int spanAngle)
-
-    \overload
-
-    Draws a chord that fits inside the rectangle (\a{x}, \a{y}, \a{w},
-    \a{h}) with the given \a startAngle and \a spanAngle.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQPainter::drawChord(const QRect &r, int a, int alen)
-
-    Draws a chord defined by the rectangle \a r, the start angle \a a
-    and the arc length \a alen.
-
-    The chord is filled with the current brush().
-
-    The angles \a a and \a alen are 1/16th of a degree, i.e. a full
-    circle equals 5760 (16*360). Positive values of \a a and \a alen
-    mean counter-clockwise while negative values mean the clockwise
-    direction. Zero degrees is at the 3 o'clock position.
-
-    \sa drawArc(), drawPie()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQPainter::drawRoundRect(const QRect &r, int xrnd, int yrnd)
-
-    Draws a rounded rect that fits into the bounds \a r using the current
-    pen and brush. The parameters \a xrnd and \a yrnd specifies the roundness
-    in x and y direction.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQPainter::drawRoundRect(int x, int y, int w, int h, int xrnd, int yrnd)
-
-    \overload
-
-    Draws a rounded rect that fits into the bounds \a x, \a y, \a w
-    and \a h using the current pen and brush. The parameters \a xrnd
-    and \a yrnd specifies the roundness in x and y direction.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QPainter::drawLineSegments(const QPolygon &polygon, int
-    index, int count)
-
-    Draws \a count separate lines from points defined by the \a
-    polygon, starting at \a{polygon}\e{[index]} (\a index defaults to
-    0). If \a count is -1 (the default) all points until the end of
-    the array are used.
-
-    Use drawLines() combined with QPolygon::constData() instead.
-
-    \oldcode
-        QPainter painter(this);
-        painter.drawLineSegments(polygon, index, count);
-    \newcode
-        int lineCount = (count == -1) ?  (polygon.size() - index) / 2  : count;
-
-        QPainter painter(this);
-        painter.drawLines(polygon.constData() + index * 2, lineCount);
-    \endcode
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::drawLineSegments(const QPolygon &polygon, int index, int count)
-{
-	int lineCount = (count == -1) ?  (polygon.size() - index) / 2  : count;
-
-	drawLines(polygon.constData() + index * 2, lineCount);
-}
-
-/*!
-    \obsolete
-
-    Use the worldTransform() combined with QTransform::dx() instead.
-
-    \oldcode
-        QPainter painter(this);
-        qreal x = painter.translationX();
-    \newcode
-        QPainter painter(this);
-        qreal x = painter.worldTransform().dx();
-    \endcode
-*/
-qreal TQPainter::translationX() const
-{
-    return worldTransform().dx();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \obsolete
-
-    Use the worldTransform() combined with QTransform::dy() instead.
-
-    \oldcode
-        QPainter painter(this);
-        qreal y = painter.translationY();
-    \newcode
-        QPainter painter(this);
-        qreal y = painter.worldTransform().dy();
-    \endcode
-*/
-qreal TQPainter::translationY() const
-{
-    return worldTransform().dy();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQPainter::map(int x, int y, int *rx, int *ry) const
-
-    \internal
-
-    Sets (\a{rx}, \a{ry}) to the point that results from applying the
-    painter's current transformation on the point (\a{x}, \a{y}).
-*/
-void TQPainter::map(int x, int y, int *rx, int *ry) const
-{
-    QPoint p(x, y);
-    p = p * combinedMatrix();
-    *rx = p.x();
-    *ry = p.y();
-}
-
-/*!
-  \internal
-  Maps a rectangle from logical coordinates to device coordinates.
-  This internal function does not handle rotation and/or shear.
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::map( int x, int y, int w, int h, int *rx, int *ry, int *rw, int *rh ) const
-{
-	TQRect qr(x, y, w, h);
-	QTransform dtrans = combinedTransform();
-	TQRect tqr = dtrans.mapRect(qr);
-	*rx = tqr.x();
-	*ry = tqr.y();
-	*rw = tqr.width();
-	*rh = tqr.height();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQPoint TQPainter::xForm(const QPoint &point) const
-
-    Use combinedTransform() instead.
-*/
-
-TQPoint TQPainter::xForm(const QPoint &p) const
-{
-    if (combinedTransform().type() == QTransform::TxNone)
-        return p;
-    return p * combinedMatrix();
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQRect TQPainter::xForm(const QRect &rectangle) const
-    \overload
-
-    Use combinedTransform() instead of this function and call
-    mapRect() on the result to obtain a QRect.
-*/
-
-TQRect TQPainter::xForm(const QRect &r) const
-{
-    if (combinedTransform().type() == QTransform::TxNone)
-        return r;
-    return combinedMatrix().mapRect(r);
-}
-
-bool TQPainter::testf( uint b ) const {
-// 	printf("[WARNING] QPainter::testf() disabled\n\r");
-// 	return 0;
-
-	// Map to Qt4 flags and functions...
-	if ((b&IsActive)!=0) {
-		if (QPainter::isActive()) return TRUE;
-	}
-// 	if ((b&ExtDev)!=0) {
-// 		printf("[WARNING] Assuming ExtDev==false in QPainter::testf()\n\r");
-// 	}
-// 	if ((b&IsStartingUp)!=0) {
-// 	}
-// 	if ((b&NoCache)!=0) {
-// 	}
-	if ((b&VxF)!=0) {
-		if (QPainter::viewTransformEnabled()) return TRUE;
-	}
-	if ((b&WxF)!=0) {
-		if (QPainter::worldMatrixEnabled()) return TRUE;
-	}
-	if ((b&ClipOn)!=0) {
-		if (QPainter::hasClipping()) return TRUE;
-	}
-
-	printf("[WARNING] Assuming test flag 0x%x == false in QPainter::testf()\n\r", b);
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQPolygon TQPainter::xForm(const QPolygon &polygon) const
-    \overload
-
-    Use combinedTransform() instead.
-*/
-
-// TQPolygon TQPainter::xForm(const QPolygon &a) const
-// {
-//     Q_D(const QPainter);
-//     if (!d->engine) {
-//         qWarning("QPainter::xForm: Painter not active");
-//         return QPolygon();
-//     }
-//     if (d->state->matrix.type() == QTransform::TxNone)
-//         return a;
-//     return a * combinedMatrix();
-// }
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQPolygon TQPainter::xForm(const QPolygon &polygon, int index, int count) const
-    \overload
-
-    Use combinedTransform() combined with QPolygon::mid() instead.
-
-    \oldcode
-        QPainter painter(this);
-        QPolygon transformed = painter.xForm(polygon, index, count)
-    \newcode
-        QPainter painter(this);
-        QPolygon transformed = polygon.mid(index, count) * painter.combinedTransform();
-    \endcode
-*/
-
-// TQPolygon TQPainter::xForm(const QPolygon &av, int index, int npoints) const
-// {
-//     int lastPoint = npoints < 0 ? av.size() : index+npoints;
-//     QPolygon a(lastPoint-index);
-//     memcpy(a.data(), av.data()+index, (lastPoint-index)*sizeof(QPoint));
-//     return a * combinedMatrix();
-// }
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQPoint TQPainter::xFormDev(const QPoint &point) const
-    \overload
-    \obsolete
-
-    Use combinedTransform() combined with QTransform::inverted() instead.
-
-    \oldcode
-        QPainter painter(this);
-        QPoint transformed = painter.xFormDev(point);
-    \newcode
-        QPainter painter(this);
-        QPoint transformed = point * painter.combinedTransform().inverted();
-    \endcode
-*/
-
-TQPoint TQPainter::xFormDev(const QPoint &p) const
-{
-    if(combinedTransform().type() == QTransform::TxNone)
-        return p;
-    return p * combinedMatrix().inverted();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQRect TQPainter::xFormDev(const QRect &rectangle) const
-    \overload
-    \obsolete
-
-    Use combinedTransform() combined with QTransform::inverted() instead.
-
-    \oldcode
-        QPainter painter(this);
-        QRect transformed = painter.xFormDev(rectangle);
-    \newcode
-        QPainter painter(this);
-        QRegion region = QRegion(rectangle) * painter.combinedTransform().inverted();
-        QRect transformed = region.boundingRect();
-    \endcode
-*/
-
-TQRect TQPainter::xFormDev(const QRect &r)  const
-{
-    if (combinedTransform().type() == QTransform::TxNone)
-        return r;
-    return combinedMatrix().inverted().mapRect(r);
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    \fn TQPoint TQPainter::xFormDev(const QPolygon &polygon) const
-    \obsolete
-
-    Use  combinedTransform() combined with QTransform::inverted() instead.
-
-    \oldcode
-        QPainter painter(this);
-        QPolygon transformed = painter.xFormDev(rectangle);
-    \newcode
-        QPainter painter(this);
-        QPolygon transformed = polygon * painter.combinedTransform().inverted();
-    \endcode
-*/
-
-// TQPolygon TQPainter::xFormDev(const QPolygon &a) const
-// {
-//     Q_D(const QPainter);
-//     if (!d->engine) {
-//         qWarning("QPainter::xFormDev: Painter not active");
-//         return QPolygon();
-//     }
-//     if (d->state->matrix.type() == QTransform::TxNone)
-//         return a;
-//     return a * combinedMatrix().inverted();
-// }
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQPolygon TQPainter::xFormDev(const QPolygon &polygon, int index, int count) const
-    \overload
-    \obsolete
-
-    Use combinedTransform() combined with QPolygon::mid() and QTransform::inverted() instead.
-
-    \oldcode
-        QPainter painter(this);
-        QPolygon transformed = painter.xFormDev(polygon, index, count);
-    \newcode
-        QPainter painter(this);
-        QPolygon transformed = polygon.mid(index, count) * painter.combinedTransform().inverted();
-    \endcode
-*/
-
-// TQPolygon TQPainter::xFormDev(const QPolygon &ad, int index, int npoints) const
-// {
-//     Q_D(const QPainter);
-//     int lastPoint = npoints < 0 ? ad.size() : index+npoints;
-//     QPolygon a(lastPoint-index);
-//     memcpy(a.data(), ad.data()+index, (lastPoint-index)*sizeof(QPoint));
-//     if (d->state->matrix.type() == QTransform::TxNone)
-//         return a;
-//     return a * combinedMatrix().inverted();
-// }
-
-/*! \obsolete
-    Sets the current pen position to \a (x, y)
-
-    \sa lineTo(), pos()
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::moveTo( int x, int y )
-{
-	QPainterPath path;
-	path.moveTo(x, y);
-	drawPath(path);
-	current_penpos = QPoint(x, y);
-}
-
-/*! \obsolete
-  Use drawLine() instead.
-
-    Draws a line from the current pen position to \a (x, y) and sets
-    \a (x, y) to be the new current pen position.
-
-    \sa TQPen moveTo(), drawLine(), pos()
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::lineTo( int x, int y )
-{
-	QPainterPath path;
-	path.moveTo(current_penpos.x(), current_penpos.y());
-	path.lineTo(x, y);
-	drawPath(path);
-	current_penpos = QPoint(x, y);
-}
-
-static void bitBlt_helper(QPaintDevice *dst, const QPoint &dp,
-                          const QPaintDevice *src, const QRect &sr, bool)
-{
-    Q_ASSERT(dst);
-    Q_ASSERT(src);
-
-    if (src->devType() == QInternal::Pixmap) {
-        const QPixmap *pixmap = static_cast<const QPixmap *>(src);
-        QPainter pt(dst);
-        pt.drawPixmap(dp, *pixmap, sr);
-
-    } else {
-        qWarning("QPainter: bitBlt only works when source is of type pixmap");
-    }
-}
-
-void bitBlt(QPaintDevice *dst, int dx, int dy,
-             const QPaintDevice *src, int sx, int sy, int sw, int sh,
-             bool ignoreMask )
-{
-    bitBlt_helper(dst, QPoint(dx, dy), src, QRect(sx, sy, sw, sh), ignoreMask);
-}
-
-void bitBlt(QPaintDevice *dst, const QPoint &dp, const QPaintDevice *src, const QRect &sr, bool ignoreMask)
-{
-    bitBlt_helper(dst, dp, src, sr, ignoreMask);
-}
-
-void bitBlt(QPaintDevice *dst, int dx, int dy,
-            const QImage *src, int sx, int sy, int sw, int sh, int fl)
-{
-    Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags(fl);
-    QPixmap srcPixmap = QPixmap::fromImage(*src, flags);
-    bitBlt_helper(dst, QPoint(dx, dy), &srcPixmap, QRect(sx, sy, sw, sh), false);
-}
-
-const TQWMatrix &TQPainter::tqworldMatrix() const {
-	return (*(static_cast<const TQWMatrix*>(&worldMatrix())));
-}
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQPainter::tqdrawTextItem(const TQPoint &, const TQTextItem &, int)
-    \internal
-*/
-
-static inline void fix_neg_rect( int *x, int *y, int *w, int *h )
-{
-    if ( *w < 0 ) {
-        *w = -*w + 2;
-        *x -= *w - 1;
-    }
-    if ( *h < 0 ) {
-	*h = -*h + 2;
-	*y -= *h - 1;
-    }
-}
-void TQPainter::fix_neg_rect( int *x, int *y, int *w, int *h )
-{
-    ::fix_neg_rect(x,y,w,h);
-}
-
-TQRegion TQPainter::clipRegion( CoordinateMode cm ) const {
-	QRegion qr = QPainter::clipRegion();
-	QRegion tqr = qr;
-	if (cm == CoordDevice) {
-		// Convert to device coordinates
-		QTransform dtrans = combinedTransform();
-		tqr = dtrans.map(qr);
-	}
-	return tqr;
-}
-
-void TQPainter::setClipRegion( const QRegion &qr, CoordinateMode cm ) {
-	QRegion tqr = qr;
-
-	if (cm == CoordDevice) {
-		// Convert from device coordinates
-		QTransform itrans = combinedTransform().inverted();
-		tqr = itrans.map(qr);
-
-		QPainter::setClipRegion( tqr, Qt::ReplaceClip );
-	}
-	else {
-		QPainter::setClipRegion( tqr, Qt::ReplaceClip );
-	}
-}
-
-void TQPainter::setClipRect( const TQRect &qr, CoordinateMode cm ) {
-	QRect tqr = qr;
-
-	if (cm == CoordDevice) {
-		// Convert from device coordinates
-		QTransform itrans = combinedTransform().inverted();
-		tqr = itrans.mapRect(qr);
-
-		QPainter::setClipRect( tqr, Qt::ReplaceClip );
-	}
-	else {
-		QPainter::setClipRect( tqr, Qt::ReplaceClip );
-	}
-}
-
-QT_END_NAMESPACE
-
-#else // USE_QT4
-
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Implementation of TQPainter, TQPen and TQBrush classes
-**
-** Created : 940112
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.
-**
-** This file is part of the kernel module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include "tqpainter_p.h"
-#include "tqbitmap.h"
-#include "tqptrstack.h"
-#include "tqptrdict.h"
-#include "tqdatastream.h"
-#include "tqwidget.h"
-#include "tqimage.h"
-#include "tqpaintdevicemetrics.h"
-#include "tqapplication.h"
-#include "tqrichtext_p.h"
-#include "tqregexp.h"
-#include "tqcleanuphandler.h"
-#ifdef TQ_WS_TQWS
-#include "tqgfx_qws.h"
-#endif
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "tqtextlayout_p.h"
-#include "tqfontengine_p.h"
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-typedef TQPtrStack<TQWMatrix> TQWMatrixStack;
-#endif
-
-// POSIX Large File Support redefines truncate -> truncate64
-#if defined(truncate)
-# undef truncate
-#endif
-
-/*!
-    \class TQPainter tqpainter.h
-    \brief The TQPainter class does low-level painting e.g. on widgets.
-
-    \ingroup graphics
-    \ingroup images
-    \mainclass
-
-    The painter provides highly optimized functions to do most of the
-    drawing GUI programs require. TQPainter can draw everything from
-    simple lines to complex tqshapes like pies and chords. It can also
-    draw aligned text and pixmaps. Normally, it draws in a "natural"
-    coordinate system, but it can also do view and world
-    transformation.
-
-    The typical use of a painter is:
-
-    \list
-    \i Construct a painter.
-    \i Set a pen, a brush etc.
-    \i Draw.
-    \i Destroy the painter.
-    \endlist
-
-    Mostly, all this is done inside a paint event. (In fact, 99% of
-    all TQPainter use is in a reimplementation of
-    TQWidget::paintEvent(), and the painter is heavily optimized for
-    such use.) Here's one very simple example:
-
-    \code
-    void SimpleExampleWidget::paintEvent()
-    {
-	TQPainter paint( this );
-	paint.setPen( TQt::blue );
-	paint.drawText( rect(), AlignCenter, "The Text" );
-    }
-    \endcode
-
-    Usage is simple, and there are many settings you can use:
-
-    \list
-
-    \i font() is the currently set font. If you set a font that isn't
-    available, TQt tqfinds a close match. In fact font() returns what
-    you set using setFont() and fontInfo() returns the font actually
-    being used (which may be the same).
-
-    \i brush() is the currently set brush; the color or pattern that's
-    used for filling e.g. circles.
-
-    \i pen() is the currently set pen; the color or stipple that's
-    used for drawing lines or boundaries.
-
-    \i backgroundMode() is \c Opaque or \c Transtqparent, i.e. whether
-    backgroundColor() is used or not.
-
-    \i backgroundColor() only applies when backgroundMode() is Opaque
-    and pen() is a stipple. In that case, it describes the color of
-    the background pixels in the stipple.
-
-    \i rasterOp() is how pixels drawn interact with the pixels already
-    there.
-
-    \i brushOrigin() is the origin of the tiled brushes, normally the
-    origin of the window.
-
-    \i viewport(), window(), tqworldMatrix() and many more make up the
-    painter's coordinate transformation system. See \link
-    coordsys.html The Coordinate System \endlink for an explanation of
-    this, or see below for a very brief overview of the functions.
-
-    \i hasClipping() is whether the painter clips at all. (The paint
-    tqdevice clips, too.) If the painter clips, it clips to clipRegion().
-
-    \i pos() is the current position, set by moveTo() and used by
-    lineTo().
-
-    \endlist
-
-    Note that some of these settings mirror settings in some paint
-    tqdevices, e.g. TQWidget::font(). TQPainter::begin() (or the TQPainter
-    constructor) copies these attributes from the paint tqdevice.
-    Calling, for example, TQWidget::setFont() doesn't take effect until
-    the next time a painter begins painting on it.
-
-    save() saves all of these settings on an internal stack, restore()
-    pops them back.
-
-    The core functionality of TQPainter is drawing, and there are
-    functions to draw most primitives: drawPoint(), drawPoints(),
-    drawLine(), drawRect(), drawWinFocusRect(), drawRoundRect(),
-    drawEllipse(), drawArc(), drawPie(), drawChord(),
-    drawLineSegments(), drawPolyline(), drawPolygon(),
-    drawConvexPolygon() and drawCubicBezier(). All of these functions
-    take integer coordinates; there are no floating-point versions
-    since we want drawing to be as fast as possible.
-
-    There are functions to draw pixmaps/images, namely drawPixmap(),
-    drawImage() and drawTiledPixmap(). drawPixmap() and drawImage()
-    produce the same result, except that drawPixmap() is faster
-    on-screen and drawImage() faster and sometimes better on TQPrinter
-    and TQPicture.
-
-    Text drawing is done using drawText(), and when you need
-    fine-grained positioning, boundingRect() tells you where a given
-    drawText() command would draw.
-
-    There is a drawPicture() function that draws the contents of an
-    entire TQPicture using this painter. drawPicture() is the only
-    function that disregards all the painter's settings: the TQPicture
-    has its own settings.
-
-    Normally, the TQPainter operates on the tqdevice's own coordinate
-    system (usually pixels), but TQPainter has good support for
-    coordinate transformation. See \link coordsys.html The Coordinate
-    System \endlink for a more general overview and a simple example.
-
-    The most common functions used are scale(), rotate(), translate()
-    and shear(), all of which operate on the tqworldMatrix().
-    setWorldMatrix() can tqreplace or add to the currently set
-    tqworldMatrix().
-
-    setViewport() sets the rectangle on which TQPainter operates. The
-    default is the entire tqdevice, which is usually fine, except on
-    printers. setWindow() sets the coordinate system, that is, the
-    rectangle that maps to viewport(). What's drawn inside the
-    window() ends up being inside the viewport(). The window's
-    default is the same as the viewport, and if you don't use the
-    transformations, they are optimized away, gaining another little
-    bit of speed.
-
-    After all the coordinate transformation is done, TQPainter can clip
-    the drawing to an arbitrary rectangle or region. hasClipping() is
-    TRUE if TQPainter clips, and clipRegion() returns the clip region.
-    You can set it using either setClipRegion() or setClipRect().
-    Note that the clipping can be slow. It's all system-dependent,
-    but as a rule of thumb, you can assume that drawing speed is
-    inversely proportional to the number of rectangles in the clip
-    region.
-
-    After TQPainter's clipping, the paint tqdevice may also clip. For
-    example, most widgets clip away the pixels used by child widgets,
-    and most printers clip away an area near the edges of the paper.
-    This additional clipping is not reflected by the return value of
-    clipRegion() or hasClipping().
-
-    TQPainter also includes some less-used functions that are very
-    useful on those occasions when they're needed.
-
-    isActive() indicates whether the painter is active. begin() (and
-    the most usual constructor) makes it active. end() (and the
-    destructor) deactivates it. If the painter is active, tqdevice()
-    returns the paint tqdevice on which the painter paints.
-
-    Sometimes it is desirable to make someone else paint on an unusual
-    TQPaintDevice. TQPainter supports a static function to do this,
-    redirect(). We recommend not using it, but for some hacks it's
-    perfect.
-
-    setTabStops() and setTabArray() can change where the tab stops
-    are, but these are very seldomly used.
-
-    \warning Note that TQPainter does not attempt to work around
-    coordinate limitations in the underlying window system. Some
-    platforms may behave incorrectly with coordinates as small as
-    +/-4000.
-
-    \headerfile tqdrawutil.h
-
-    \sa TQPaintDevice TQWidget TQPixmap TQPrinter TQPicture
-	\link simple-application.html Application Walkthrough \endlink
-	\link coordsys.html Coordinate System Overview \endlink
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQGfx * TQPainter::internalGfx()
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum TQPainter::CoordinateMode
-    \value CoordDevice
-    \value CoordPainter
-
-    \sa clipRegion()
-*/
-/*!
-    \enum TQPainter::TextDirection
-    \value Auto
-    \value RTL right to left
-    \value LTR left to right
-
-    \sa drawText()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum TQt::PaintUnit
-    \value PixelUnit
-    \value LoMetricUnit \e obsolete
-    \value HiMetricUnit \e obsolete
-    \value LoEnglishUnit \e obsolete
-    \value HiEnglishUnit \e obsolete
-    \value TwipsUnit \e obsolete
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum TQt::BrushStyle
-
-    \value NoBrush
-    \value SolidPattern
-    \value Dense1Pattern
-    \value Dense2Pattern
-    \value Dense3Pattern
-    \value Dense4Pattern
-    \value Dense5Pattern
-    \value Dense6Pattern
-    \value Dense7Pattern
-    \value HorPattern
-    \value VerPattern
-    \value CrossPattern
-    \value BDiagPattern
-    \value FDiagPattern
-    \value DiagCrossPattern
-    \value CustomPattern
-
-    \img brush-styles.png Brush Styles
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum TQt::RasterOp
-
-    This enum type is used to describe the way things are written to
-    the paint tqdevice. Each bit of the \e src (what you write)
-    interacts with the corresponding bit of the \e dst pixel.
-
-    \value CopyROP  dst = src
-    \value OrROP   dst = src OR dst
-    \value XorROP   dst = src XOR dst
-    \value NotAndROP  dst = (NOT src) AND dst
-    \value EraseROP  an alias for \c NotAndROP
-    \value NotCopyROP  dst = NOT src
-    \value NotOrROP  dst = (NOT src) OR dst
-    \value NotXorROP  dst = (NOT src) XOR dst
-    \value AndROP  dst = src AND dst
-    \value NotEraseROP  an alias for \c AndROP
-    \value NotROP  dst = NOT dst
-    \value ClearROP  dst = 0
-    \value SetROP  dst = 1
-    \value NopROP  dst = dst
-    \value AndNotROP  dst = src AND (NOT dst)
-    \value OrNotROP  dst = src OR (NOT dst)
-    \value NandROP  dst = NOT (src AND dst)
-    \value NorROP  dst = NOT (src OR dst)
-
-    By far the most useful ones are \c CopyROP and \c XorROP.
-
-    On TQt/Embedded, only \c CopyROP, \c XorROP, and \c NotROP are supported.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum TQt::AlignmentFlags
-
-    This enum type is used to describe tqalignment. It tqcontains
-    horizontal and vertical flags.
-
-    The horizontal flags are:
-
-    \value AlignAuto Aligns according to the language. Left for most,
-	right for Arabic and Hebrew.
-    \value AlignLeft Aligns with the left edge.
-    \value AlignRight Aligns with the right edge.
-    \value AlignHCenter Centers horizontally in the available space.
-    \value AlignJustify Justifies the text in the available space.
-	Does not work for everything and may be interpreted as
-	AlignAuto in some cases.
-
-    The vertical flags are:
-
-    \value AlignTop Aligns with the top.
-    \value AlignBottom Aligns with the bottom.
-    \value AlignVCenter Centers vertically in the available space.
-
-    You can use only one of the horizontal flags at a time. There is
-    one two-dimensional flag:
-
-    \value AlignCenter Centers in both dimensions.
-
-    You can use at most one horizontal and one vertical flag at a time. \c
-    AlignCenter counts as both horizontal and vertical.
-
-    Masks:
-
-    \value AlignHorizontal_Mask
-    \value AlignVertical_Mask
-
-    Conflicting combinations of flags have undefined meanings.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum TQt::TextFlags
-
-    This enum type is used to define some modifier flags. Some of
-    these flags only make sense in the context of printing:
-
-    \value SingleLine Treats all whitespace as spaces and prints just
-	one line.
-    \value DontClip If it's impossible to stay within the given bounds,
-	it prints outside.
-    \value ExpandTabs Makes the U+0009 (ASCII tab) character move to
-	the next tab stop.
-    \value ShowPrefix Displays the string "\&P" as <u>P</u>
-	(see TQButton for an example). For an ampersand, use "\&\&".
-    \value WordBreak Breaks lines at appropriate points, e.g. at word
-	boundaries.
-    \value BreakAnywhere Breaks lines anywhere, even within words.
-    \value NoAccel Same as ShowPrefix but doesn't draw the underlines.
-
-    You can use as many modifier flags as you want, except that \c
-    SingleLine and \c WordBreak cannot be combined.
-
-    Flags that are inappropriate for a given use (e.g. ShowPrefix to
-    TQGridLayout::addWidget()) are generally ignored.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum TQt::PenStyle
-
-    This enum type defines the pen styles that can be drawn using
-    TQPainter. The styles are
-
-    \value NoPen  no line at all. For example, TQPainter::drawRect()
-    fills but does not draw any boundary line.
-
-    \value SolidLine  a simple line.
-
-    \value DashLine  dashes separated by a few pixels.
-
-    \value DotLine  dots separated by a few pixels.
-
-    \value DashDotLine  alternate dots and dashes.
-
-    \value DashDotDotLine  one dash, two dots, one dash, two dots.
-
-    \value MPenStyle tqmask of the pen styles.
-
-    \img pen-styles.png Pen Styles
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum TQt::PenCapStyle
-
-    This enum type defines the pen cap styles supported by TQt, i.e.
-    the line end caps that can be drawn using TQPainter.
-
-    \value FlatCap  a square line end that does not cover the end
-	point of the line.
-    \value SquareCap  a square line end that covers the end point and
-	extends beyond it with half the line width.
-    \value RoundCap  a rounded line end.
-    \value MPenCapStyle tqmask of the pen cap styles.
-
-    \img pen-cap-styles.png Pen Cap Styles
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum TQt::PenJoinStyle
-
-    This enum type defines the pen join styles supported by TQt, i.e.
-    which joins between two connected lines can be drawn using
-    TQPainter.
-
-    \value MiterJoin  The outer edges of the lines are extended to
-	meet at an angle, and this area is filled.
-    \value BevelJoin  The triangular notch between the two lines is filled.
-    \value RoundJoin  A circular arc between the two lines is filled.
-    \value MPenJoinStyle tqmask of the pen join styles.
-
-    \img pen-join-styles.png Pen Join Styles
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum TQt::BGMode
-
-    Background mode
-
-    \value TransparentMode
-    \value OpaqueMode
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Constructs a painter.
-
-    Notice that all painter settings (setPen, setBrush etc.) are reset
-    to default values when begin() is called.
-
-    \sa begin(), end()
-*/
-
-TQPainter::TQPainter()
-{
-    init();
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Constructs a painter that begins painting the paint tqdevice \a pd
-    immediately. Depending on the underlying graphic system the
-    painter will paint over tqchildren of the painttqdevice if \a
-    unclipped is TRUE.
-
-    This constructor is convenient for short-lived painters, e.g. in a
-    \link TQWidget::paintEvent() paint event\endlink and should be used
-    only once. The constructor calls begin() for you and the TQPainter
-    destructor automatically calls end().
-
-    Here's an example using begin() and end():
-    \code
-	void MyWidget::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
-	{
-	    TQPainter p;
-	    p.begin( this );
-	    p.drawLine( ... );	// drawing code
-	    p.end();
-	}
-    \endcode
-
-    The same example using this constructor:
-    \code
-	void MyWidget::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
-	{
-	    TQPainter p( this );
-	    p.drawLine( ... );	// drawing code
-	}
-    \endcode
-
-    Since the constructor cannot provide feedback when the initialization
-    of the painter failed you should rather use begin() and end() to paint
-    on external tqdevices, e.g. printers.
-
-    \sa begin(), end()
-*/
-
-TQPainter::TQPainter( const TQPaintDevice *pd, bool unclipped )
-{
-    init();
-    if ( begin( pd, unclipped ) )
-	flags |= CtorBegin;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Constructs a painter that begins painting the paint tqdevice \a pd
-    immediately, with the default arguments taken from \a
-    copyAttributes. The painter will paint over tqchildren of the paint
-    tqdevice if \a unclipped is TRUE (although this is not supported on
-    all platforms).
-
-    \sa begin()
-*/
-
-TQPainter::TQPainter( const TQPaintDevice *pd,
-		    const TQWidget *copyAttributes, bool unclipped )
-{
-    init();
-    if ( begin( pd, copyAttributes, unclipped ) )
-	flags |= CtorBegin;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Destroys the painter.
-*/
-
-TQPainter::~TQPainter()
-{
-    if ( isActive() )
-	end();
-    else
-	killPStack();
-    if ( tabarray )				// delete tab array
-	delete [] tabarray;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    if ( wm_stack )
-	delete (TQWMatrixStack *)wm_stack;
-#endif
-    destroy();
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload bool TQPainter::begin( const TQPaintDevice *pd, const TQWidget *copyAttributes, bool unclipped )
-
-    This version opens the painter on a paint tqdevice \a pd and sets
-    the initial pen, background color and font from \a copyAttributes,
-    painting over the paint tqdevice's tqchildren when \a unclipped is
-    TRUE. This is equivalent to:
-
-    \code
-	TQPainter p;
-	p.begin( pd );
-	p.setPen( copyAttributes->foregroundColor() );
-	p.setBackgroundColor( copyAttributes->backgroundColor() );
-	p.setFont( copyAttributes->font() );
-    \endcode
-
-    This begin function is convenient for double buffering. When you
-    draw in a pixmap instead of directly in a widget (to later bitBlt
-    the pixmap into the widget) you will need to set the widget's
-    font etc. This function does exactly that.
-
-    Example:
-    \code
-	void MyWidget::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
-	{
-	    TQPixmap pm(size());
-	    TQPainter p;
-	    p.begin(&pm, this);
-	    // ... potentially flickering paint operation ...
-	    p.end();
-	    bitBlt(this, 0, 0, &pm);
-	}
-    \endcode
-
-    \sa end()
-*/
-
-bool TQPainter::begin( const TQPaintDevice *pd, const TQWidget *copyAttributes, bool unclipped )
-{
-    if ( copyAttributes == 0 ) {
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_NULL)
-	qWarning( "TQPainter::begin: The widget to copy attributes from cannot "
-		 "be null" );
-#endif
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-    if ( begin( pd, unclipped ) ) {
-	setPen( copyAttributes->foregroundColor() );
-	setBackgroundColor( copyAttributes->backgroundColor() );
-	setFont( copyAttributes->font() );
-	return TRUE;
-    }
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-  \internal
-  Sets or clears a pointer flag.
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::setf( uint b, bool v )
-{
-    if ( v )
-	setf( b );
-    else
-	clearf( b );
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool TQPainter::isActive() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the painter is active painting, i.e. begin() has
-    been called and end() has not yet been called; otherwise returns
-    FALSE.
-
-    \sa TQPaintDevice::paintingActive()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQPaintDevice *TQPainter::tqdevice() const
-
-    Returns the paint tqdevice on which this painter is currently
-    painting, or 0 if the painter is not active.
-
-    \sa TQPaintDevice::paintingActive()
-*/
-
-
-struct TQPState {				// painter state
-    TQFont	font;
-    TQPen	pen;
-    TQPoint	curPt;
-    TQBrush	brush;
-    TQColor	bgc;
-    uchar	bgm;
-    uchar	rop;
-    TQPoint	bro;
-    TQRect	wr, vr;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    TQWMatrix	wm;
-#else
-    int		xlatex;
-    int		xlatey;
-#endif
-    bool	vxf;
-    bool	wxf;
-    TQRegion	rgn;
-    bool	clip;
-    int		ts;
-    int	       *ta;
-    void* wm_stack;
-};
-
-//TODO lose the worldmatrix stack
-
-typedef TQPtrStack<TQPState> TQPStateStack;
-
-
-void TQPainter::killPStack()
-{
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( ps_stack && !((TQPStateStack *)ps_stack)->isEmpty() )
-	qWarning( "TQPainter::killPStack: non-empty save/restore stack when "
-		  "end() was called" );
-#endif
-    delete (TQPStateStack *)ps_stack;
-    ps_stack = 0;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Saves the current painter state (pushes the state onto a stack). A
-    save() must be followed by a corresponding restore(). end()
-    unwinds the stack.
-
-    \sa restore()
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::save()
-{
-    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
-	if ( testf(DirtyFont) )
-	    updateFont();
-	if ( testf(DirtyPen) )
-	    updatePen();
-	if ( testf(DirtyBrush) )
-	    updateBrush();
-	pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcSave, this, 0 );
-    }
-    TQPStateStack *pss = (TQPStateStack *)ps_stack;
-    if ( pss == 0 ) {
-	pss = new TQPtrStack<TQPState>;
-	TQ_CHECK_PTR( pss );
-	pss->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
-	ps_stack = pss;
-    }
-    TQPState *ps = new TQPState;
-    TQ_CHECK_PTR( ps );
-    ps->font  = cfont;
-    ps->pen   = cpen;
-    ps->curPt = pos();
-    ps->brush = cbrush;
-    ps->bgc   = bg_col;
-    ps->bgm   = bg_mode;
-    ps->rop   = rop;
-    ps->bro   = bro;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    ps->wr    = TQRect( wx, wy, ww, wh );
-    ps->vr    = TQRect( vx, vy, vw, vh );
-    ps->wm    = wxmat;
-    ps->vxf   = testf(VxF);
-    ps->wxf   = testf(WxF);
-#else
-    ps->xlatex = xlatex;
-    ps->xlatey = xlatey;
-#endif
-    ps->rgn   = crgn;
-    ps->clip  = testf(ClipOn);
-    ps->ts    = tabstops;
-    ps->ta    = tabarray;
-    ps->wm_stack = wm_stack;
-    wm_stack = 0;
-    pss->push( ps );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Restores the current painter state (pops a saved state off the
-    stack).
-
-    \sa save()
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::restore()
-{
-    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
-	pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcRestore, this, 0 );
-	if ( pdev->devType() == TQInternal::Picture )
-	    block_ext = TRUE;
-    }
-    TQPStateStack *pss = (TQPStateStack *)ps_stack;
-    if ( pss == 0 || pss->isEmpty() ) {
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-	qWarning( "TQPainter::restore: Empty stack error" );
-#endif
-	return;
-    }
-    TQPState *ps = pss->pop();
-    bool hardRestore = testf(VolatileDC);
-
-    if ( ps->font != cfont || hardRestore )
-	setFont( ps->font );
-    if ( ps->pen != cpen || hardRestore )
-	setPen( ps->pen );
-    if ( ps->brush != cbrush || hardRestore )
-	setBrush( ps->brush );
-    if ( ps->bgc != bg_col || hardRestore )
-	setBackgroundColor( ps->bgc );
-    if ( ps->bgm != bg_mode || hardRestore )
-	setBackgroundMode( (BGMode)ps->bgm );
-    if ( ps->rop != rop || hardRestore )
-	setRasterOp( (RasterOp)ps->rop );
-    if ( ps->bro != bro || hardRestore )
-	setBrushOrigin( ps->bro );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    TQRect wr( wx, wy, ww, wh );
-    TQRect vr( vx, vy, vw, vh );
-    if ( ps->wr != wr || hardRestore )
-	setWindow( ps->wr );
-    if ( ps->vr != vr || hardRestore )
-	setViewport( ps->vr );
-    if ( ps->wm != wxmat || hardRestore )
-	setWorldMatrix( ps->wm );
-    if ( ps->vxf != testf(VxF) || hardRestore )
-	setViewXForm( ps->vxf );
-    if ( ps->wxf != testf(WxF) || hardRestore )
-	setWorldXForm( ps->wxf );
-#else
-    xlatex = ps->xlatex;
-    xlatey = ps->xlatey;
-    setf( VxF, xlatex || xlatey );
-#endif
-    if ( ps->curPt != pos() || hardRestore )
-	moveTo( ps->curPt );
-    if ( ps->rgn != crgn || hardRestore )
-	setClipRegion( ps->rgn );
-    if ( ps->clip != testf(ClipOn) || hardRestore )
-	setClipping( ps->clip );
-    tabstops = ps->ts;
-    tabarray = ps->ta;
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    if ( wm_stack )
-	delete (TQWMatrixStack *)wm_stack;
-    wm_stack = ps->wm_stack;
-#endif
-    delete ps;
-    block_ext = FALSE;
-}
-
-typedef TQPtrDict<TQPaintDevice> TQPaintDeviceDict;
-static TQPaintDeviceDict *pdev_dict = 0;
-
-/*!
-    Redirects all paint commands for a paint tqdevice, \a pdev, to
-    another paint tqdevice, \a tqreplacement, unless \a tqreplacement is 0.
-    If \a tqreplacement is 0, the redirection for \a pdev is removed.
-
-    In general, you'll probably tqfind calling TQPixmap::grabWidget() or
-    TQPixmap::grabWindow() is an easier solution.
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::redirect( TQPaintDevice *pdev, TQPaintDevice *tqreplacement )
-{
-    if ( pdev_dict == 0 ) {
-        if ( tqreplacement == 0 )
-            return;
-        pdev_dict = new TQPaintDeviceDict;
-        TQ_CHECK_PTR( pdev_dict );
-    }
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_NULL)
-    if ( pdev == 0 )
-        qWarning( "TQPainter::redirect: The pdev argument cannot be 0" );
-#endif
-    if ( tqreplacement ) {
-        pdev_dict->insert( pdev, tqreplacement );
-    } else {
-        pdev_dict->remove( pdev );
-        if ( pdev_dict->count() == 0 ) {
-            delete pdev_dict;
-            pdev_dict = 0;
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-/*!
-    \internal
-    Returns the tqreplacement for \a pdev, or 0 if there is no tqreplacement.
-*/
-TQPaintDevice *TQPainter::redirect( TQPaintDevice *pdev )
-{
-    return pdev_dict ? pdev_dict->tqfind( pdev ) : 0;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the font metrics for the painter, if the painter is
-    active. It is not possible to obtain metrics for an inactive
-    painter, so the return value is undefined if the painter is not
-    active.
-
-    \sa fontInfo(), isActive()
-*/
-
-TQFontMetrics TQPainter::fontMetrics() const
-{
-    if ( pdev && pdev->devType() == TQInternal::Picture )
-	return TQFontMetrics( cfont );
-
-    return TQFontMetrics(this);
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the font info for the painter, if the painter is active.
-    It is not possible to obtain font information for an inactive
-    painter, so the return value is undefined if the painter is not
-    active.
-
-    \sa fontMetrics(), isActive()
-*/
-
-TQFontInfo TQPainter::fontInfo() const
-{
-    if ( pdev && pdev->devType() == TQInternal::Picture )
-	return TQFontInfo( cfont );
-
-    return TQFontInfo(this);
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn const TQPen &TQPainter::pen() const
-
-    Returns the painter's current pen.
-
-    \sa setPen()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Sets a new painter pen.
-
-    The \a pen defines how to draw lines and outlines, and it also
-    defines the text color.
-
-    \sa pen()
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::setPen( const TQPen &pen )
-{
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( !isActive() )
-	qWarning( "TQPainter::setPen: Will be reset by begin()" );
-#endif
-    if ( cpen == pen )
-	return;
-    cpen = pen;
-    updatePen();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Sets the painter's pen to have style \a style, width 0 and black
-    color.
-
-    \sa pen(), TQPen
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::setPen( PenStyle style )
-{
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( !isActive() )
-	qWarning( "TQPainter::setPen: Will be reset by begin()" );
-#endif
-    TQPen::TQPenData *d = cpen.data;	// low level access
-    if ( d->style == style && d->linest == style && !d->width && d->color == TQt::black )
-	return;
-    if ( d->count != 1 ) {
-	cpen.detach();
-	d = cpen.data;
-    }
-    d->style = style;
-    d->width = 0;
-    d->color = TQt::black;
-    d->linest = style;
-    updatePen();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Sets the painter's pen to have style \c SolidLine, width 0 and the
-    specified \a color.
-
-    \sa pen(), TQPen
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::setPen( const TQColor &color )
-{
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( !isActive() )
-	qWarning( "TQPainter::setPen: Will be reset by begin()" );
-#endif
-    TQPen::TQPenData *d = cpen.data;	// low level access
-    if ( d->color == color && !d->width && d->style == SolidLine && d->linest == SolidLine )
-	return;
-    if ( d->count != 1 ) {
-	cpen.detach();
-	d = cpen.data;
-    }
-    d->style = SolidLine;
-    d->width = 0;
-    d->color = color;
-    d->linest = SolidLine;
-    updatePen();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \fn const TQBrush &TQPainter::brush() const
-
-    Returns the painter's current brush.
-
-    \sa TQPainter::setBrush()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Sets the painter's brush to \a brush.
-
-    The \a brush defines how tqshapes are filled.
-
-    \sa brush()
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::setBrush( const TQBrush &brush )
-{
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( !isActive() )
-	qWarning( "TQPainter::setBrush: Will be reset by begin()" );
-#endif
-    if ( cbrush == brush )
-	return;
-    cbrush = brush;
-    updateBrush();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Sets the painter's brush to black color and the specified \a
-    style.
-
-    \sa brush(), TQBrush
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::setBrush( BrushStyle style )
-{
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( !isActive() )
-	qWarning( "TQPainter::setBrush: Will be reset by begin()" );
-#endif
-    TQBrush::TQBrushData *d = cbrush.data; // low level access
-    if ( d->style == style && d->color == TQt::black && !d->pixmap )
-	return;
-    if ( d->count != 1 ) {
-	cbrush.detach();
-	d = cbrush.data;
-    }
-    d->style = style;
-    d->color = TQt::black;
-    if ( d->pixmap ) {
-	delete d->pixmap;
-	d->pixmap = 0;
-    }
-    updateBrush();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Sets the painter's brush to have style \c SolidPattern and the
-    specified \a color.
-
-    \sa brush(), TQBrush
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::setBrush( const TQColor &color )
-{
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( !isActive() )
-	qWarning( "TQPainter::setBrush: Will be reset by begin()" );
-#endif
-    TQBrush::TQBrushData *d = cbrush.data; // low level access
-    if ( d->color == color && d->style == SolidPattern && !d->pixmap )
-	return;
-    if ( d->count != 1 ) {
-	cbrush.detach();
-	d = cbrush.data;
-    }
-    d->style = SolidPattern;
-    d->color = color;
-    if ( d->pixmap ) {
-	delete d->pixmap;
-	d->pixmap = 0;
-    }
-    updateBrush();
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn const TQColor &TQPainter::backgroundColor() const
-
-    Returns the current background color.
-
-    \sa setBackgroundColor() TQColor
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn BGMode TQPainter::backgroundMode() const
-
-    Returns the current background mode.
-
-    \sa setBackgroundMode() BGMode
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn RasterOp TQPainter::rasterOp() const
-
-    Returns the current \link TQt::RasterOp raster operation \endlink.
-
-    \sa setRasterOp() RasterOp
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn const TQPoint &TQPainter::brushOrigin() const
-
-    Returns the brush origin currently set.
-
-    \sa setBrushOrigin()
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn int TQPainter::tabStops() const
-
-    Returns the tab stop setting.
-
-    \sa setTabStops()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Set the tab stop width to \a ts, i.e. locates tab stops at \a ts,
-    2*\a ts, 3*\a ts and so on.
-
-    Tab stops are used when drawing formatted text with \c ExpandTabs
-    set. This fixed tab stop value is used only if no tab array is set
-    (which is the default case).
-
-    A value of 0 (the default) implies a tabstop setting of 8 times the width of the
-    character 'x' in the font currently set on the painter.
-
-    \sa tabStops(), setTabArray(), drawText(), fontMetrics()
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::setTabStops( int ts )
-{
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( !isActive() )
-	qWarning( "TQPainter::setTabStops: Will be reset by begin()" );
-#endif
-    tabstops = ts;
-    if ( isActive() && testf(ExtDev) ) {	// tell extended tqdevice
-	TQPDevCmdParam param[1];
-	param[0].ival = ts;
-	pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcSetTabStops, this, param );
-    }
-}
-
-/*!
-    \fn int *TQPainter::tabArray() const
-
-    Returns the currently set tab stop array.
-
-    \sa setTabArray()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Sets the tab stop array to \a ta. This puts tab stops at \a ta[0],
-    \a ta[1] and so on. The array is null-terminated.
-
-    If both a tab array and a tab top size is set, the tab array wins.
-
-    \sa tabArray(), setTabStops(), drawText(), fontMetrics()
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::setTabArray( int *ta )
-{
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( !isActive() )
-	qWarning( "TQPainter::setTabArray: Will be reset by begin()" );
-#endif
-    if ( ta != tabarray ) {
-	tabarraylen = 0;
-	if ( tabarray )				// Avoid purify complaint
-	    delete [] tabarray;			// delete old array
-	if ( ta ) {				// tabarray = copy of 'ta'
-	    while ( ta[tabarraylen] )
-		tabarraylen++;
-	    tabarraylen++; // and 0 terminator
-	    tabarray = new int[tabarraylen];	// duplicate ta
-	    memcpy( tabarray, ta, sizeof(int)*tabarraylen );
-	} else {
-	    tabarray = 0;
-	}
-    }
-    if ( isActive() && testf(ExtDev) ) {	// tell extended tqdevice
-	TQPDevCmdParam param[2];
-	param[0].ival = tabarraylen;
-	param[1].ivec = tabarray;
-	pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcSetTabArray, this, param );
-    }
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn HANDLE TQPainter::handle() const
-
-    Returns the platform-dependent handle used for drawing. Using this
-    function is not portable.
-*/
-
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  TQPainter xform settings
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-
-/*!
-    Enables view transformations if \a enable is TRUE, or disables
-    view transformations if \a enable is FALSE.
-
-    \sa hasViewXForm(), setWindow(), setViewport(), setWorldMatrix(),
-    setWorldXForm(), xForm()
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::setViewXForm( bool enable )
-{
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( !isActive() )
-	qWarning( "TQPainter::setViewXForm: Will be reset by begin()" );
-#endif
-    if ( !isActive() || enable == testf(VxF) )
-	return;
-    setf( VxF, enable );
-    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
-	TQPDevCmdParam param[1];
-	param[0].ival = enable;
-	pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcSetVXform, this, param );
-    }
-    updateXForm();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool TQPainter::hasViewXForm() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if view transformation is enabled; otherwise returns
-    FALSE.
-
-    \sa setViewXForm(), xForm()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Returns the window rectangle.
-
-    \sa setWindow(), setViewXForm()
-*/
-
-TQRect TQPainter::window() const
-{
-    return TQRect( wx, wy, ww, wh );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Sets the window rectangle view transformation for the painter and
-    enables view transformation.
-
-    The window rectangle is part of the view transformation. The
-    window specifies the logical coordinate system and is specified by
-    the \a x, \a y, \a w width and \a h height parameters. Its sister,
-    the viewport(), specifies the tqdevice coordinate system.
-
-    The default window rectangle is the same as the tqdevice's
-    rectangle. See the \link coordsys.html Coordinate System Overview
-    \endlink for an overview of coordinate transformation.
-
-    \sa window(), setViewport(), setViewXForm(), setWorldMatrix(),
-    setWorldXForm()
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::setWindow( int x, int y, int w, int h )
-{
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( !isActive() )
-	qWarning( "TQPainter::setWindow: Will be reset by begin()" );
-#endif
-    wx = x;
-    wy = y;
-    ww = w;
-    wh = h;
-    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
-	TQRect r( x, y, w, h );
-	TQPDevCmdParam param[1];
-	param[0].rect = (TQRect*)&r;
-	pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcSetWindow, this, param );
-    }
-    if ( testf(VxF) )
-	updateXForm();
-    else
-	setViewXForm( TRUE );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the viewport rectangle.
-
-    \sa setViewport(), setViewXForm()
-*/
-
-TQRect TQPainter::viewport() const		// get viewport
-{
-    return TQRect( vx, vy, vw, vh );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Sets the viewport rectangle view transformation for the painter
-    and enables view transformation.
-
-    The viewport rectangle is part of the view transformation. The
-    viewport specifies the tqdevice coordinate system and is specified
-    by the \a x, \a y, \a w width and \a h height parameters. Its
-    sister, the window(), specifies the logical coordinate system.
-
-    The default viewport rectangle is the same as the tqdevice's
-    rectangle. See the \link coordsys.html Coordinate System Overview
-    \endlink for an overview of coordinate transformation.
-
-    \sa viewport(), setWindow(), setViewXForm(), setWorldMatrix(),
-    setWorldXForm(), xForm()
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::setViewport( int x, int y, int w, int h )
-{
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( !isActive() )
-	qWarning( "TQPainter::setViewport: Will be reset by begin()" );
-#endif
-    vx = x;
-    vy = y;
-    vw = w;
-    vh = h;
-    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
-	TQRect r( x, y, w, h );
-	TQPDevCmdParam param[1];
-	param[0].rect = (TQRect*)&r;
-	pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcSetViewport, this, param );
-    }
-    if ( testf(VxF) )
-	updateXForm();
-    else
-	setViewXForm( TRUE );
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Enables world transformations if \a enable is TRUE, or disables
-    world transformations if \a enable is FALSE. The world
-    transformation matrix is not changed.
-
-    \sa setWorldMatrix(), setWindow(), setViewport(), setViewXForm(),
-    xForm()
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::setWorldXForm( bool enable )
-{
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( !isActive() )
-	qWarning( "TQPainter::setWorldXForm: Will be reset by begin()" );
-#endif
-    if ( !isActive() || enable == testf(WxF) )
-	return;
-    setf( WxF, enable );
-    if ( testf(ExtDev)  && !block_ext ) {
-	TQPDevCmdParam param[1];
-	param[0].ival = enable;
-	pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcSetWXform, this, param );
-    }
-    updateXForm();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool TQPainter::hasWorldXForm() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if world transformation is enabled; otherwise returns
-    FALSE.
-
-    \sa setWorldXForm()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Returns the world transformation matrix.
-
-    \sa setWorldMatrix()
-*/
-
-const TQWMatrix &TQPainter::tqworldMatrix() const
-{
-    return wxmat;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Sets the world transformation matrix to \a m and enables world
-    transformation.
-
-    If \a combine is TRUE, then \a m is combined with the current
-    transformation matrix, otherwise \a m tqreplaces the current
-    transformation matrix.
-
-    If \a m is the identity matrix and \a combine is FALSE, this
-    function calls setWorldXForm(FALSE). (The identity matrix is the
-    matrix where TQWMatrix::m11() and TQWMatrix::m22() are 1.0 and the
-    rest are 0.0.)
-
-    World transformations are applied after the view transformations
-    (i.e. \link setWindow() window\endlink and \link setViewport()
-    viewport\endlink).
-
-    The following functions can transform the coordinate system without using
-    a TQWMatrix:
-    \list
-    \i translate()
-    \i scale()
-    \i shear()
-    \i rotate()
-    \endlist
-
-    They operate on the painter's tqworldMatrix() and are implemented like this:
-
-    \code
-	void TQPainter::rotate( double a )
-	{
-	    TQWMatrix m;
-	    m.rotate( a );
-	    setWorldMatrix( m, TRUE );
-	}
-    \endcode
-
-    Note that you should always use \a combine when you are drawing
-    into a TQPicture. Otherwise it may not be possible to replay the
-    picture with additional transformations. Using translate(),
-    scale(), etc., is safe.
-
-    For a brief overview of coordinate transformation, see the \link
-    coordsys.html Coordinate System Overview. \endlink
-
-    \sa tqworldMatrix() setWorldXForm() setWindow() setViewport()
-    setViewXForm() xForm() TQWMatrix
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::setWorldMatrix( const TQWMatrix &m, bool combine )
-{
-    if ( !isActive() ) {
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-	qWarning( "TQPainter::setWorldMatrix: Will be reset by begin()" );
-#endif
-	return;
-    }
-    if ( combine )
-	wxmat = m * wxmat;			// combines
-    else
-	wxmat = m;				// set new matrix
-    bool identity = wxmat.m11() == 1.0F && wxmat.m22() == 1.0F &&
-		    wxmat.m12() == 0.0F && wxmat.m21() == 0.0F &&
-		    wxmat.dx()	== 0.0F && wxmat.dy()  == 0.0F;
-    if ( testf(ExtDev) && !block_ext ) {
-	TQPDevCmdParam param[2];
-	param[0].matrix = &m;
-	param[1].ival = combine;
-	pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcSetWMatrix, this, param );
-    }
-    if ( identity && pdev->devType() != TQInternal::Picture )
-	setWorldXForm( FALSE );
-    else if ( !testf(WxF) )
-	setWorldXForm( TRUE );
-    else
-	updateXForm();
-}
-
-/*! \obsolete
-
-  We recommend using save() instead.
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::saveWorldMatrix()
-{
-    TQWMatrixStack *stack = (TQWMatrixStack *)wm_stack;
-    if ( stack == 0 ) {
-	stack  = new TQPtrStack<TQWMatrix>;
-	TQ_CHECK_PTR( stack );
-	stack->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
-	wm_stack = stack;
-    }
-
-    stack->push( new TQWMatrix( wxmat ) );
-
-}
-
-/*! \obsolete
-  We recommend using restore() instead.
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::restoreWorldMatrix()
-{
-    TQWMatrixStack *stack = (TQWMatrixStack *)wm_stack;
-    if ( stack == 0 || stack->isEmpty() ) {
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-	qWarning( "TQPainter::restoreWorldMatrix: Empty stack error" );
-#endif
-	return;
-    }
-    TQWMatrix* m = stack->pop();
-    setWorldMatrix( *m );
-    delete m;
-}
-
-#endif // TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-
-/*!
-    Translates the coordinate system by \a (dx, dy). After this call,
-    \a (dx, dy) is added to points.
-
-    For example, the following code draws the same point twice:
-    \code
-	void MyWidget::paintEvent()
-	{
-	    TQPainter paint( this );
-
-	    paint.drawPoint( 0, 0 );
-
-	    paint.translate( 100.0, 40.0 );
-	    paint.drawPoint( -100, -40 );
-	}
-    \endcode
-
-    \sa scale(), shear(), rotate(), resetXForm(), setWorldMatrix(), xForm()
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::translate( double dx, double dy )
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    TQWMatrix m;
-    m.translate( dx, dy );
-    setWorldMatrix( m, TRUE );
-#else
-    xlatex += (int)dx;
-    xlatey += (int)dy;
-    setf( VxF, xlatex || xlatey );
-#endif
-}
-
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-/*!
-    Scales the coordinate system by \a (sx, sy).
-
-    \sa translate(), shear(), rotate(), resetXForm(), setWorldMatrix(),
-    xForm()
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::scale( double sx, double sy )
-{
-    TQWMatrix m;
-    m.scale( sx, sy );
-    setWorldMatrix( m, TRUE );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Shears the coordinate system by \a (sh, sv).
-
-    \sa translate(), scale(), rotate(), resetXForm(), setWorldMatrix(),
-    xForm()
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::shear( double sh, double sv )
-{
-    TQWMatrix m;
-    m.shear( sv, sh );
-    setWorldMatrix( m, TRUE );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Rotates the coordinate system \a a degrees counterclockwise.
-
-    \sa translate(), scale(), shear(), resetXForm(), setWorldMatrix(),
-    xForm()
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::rotate( double a )
-{
-    TQWMatrix m;
-    m.rotate( a );
-    setWorldMatrix( m, TRUE );
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Resets any transformations that were made using translate(), scale(),
-    shear(), rotate(), setWorldMatrix(), setViewport() and
-    setWindow().
-
-    \sa tqworldMatrix(), viewport(), window()
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::resetXForm()
-{
-    if ( !isActive() )
-	return;
-    wx = wy = vx = vy = 0;			// default view origins
-    ww = vw = pdev->metric( TQPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmWidth );
-    wh = vh = pdev->metric( TQPaintDeviceMetrics::PdmHeight );
-    wxmat = TQWMatrix();
-    setWorldXForm( FALSE );
-    setViewXForm( FALSE );
-}
-
-/*!
-  \internal
-  Updates an internal integer transformation matrix.
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::updateXForm()
-{
-    TQWMatrix m;
-    if ( testf(VxF) ) {
-	double scaleW = (double)vw/(double)ww;
-	double scaleH = (double)vh/(double)wh;
-	m.setMatrix( scaleW, 0,  0,  scaleH, vx - wx*scaleW, vy - wy*scaleH );
-    }
-    if ( testf(WxF) ) {
-	if ( testf(VxF) )
-	    m = wxmat * m;
-	else
-	    m = wxmat;
-    }
-    xmat = m;
-
-    txinv = FALSE;				// no inverted matrix
-    txop  = TxNone;
-    if ( m12()==0.0 && m21()==0.0 && m11() >= 0.0 && m22() >= 0.0 ) {
-	if ( m11()==1.0 && m22()==1.0 ) {
-	    if ( dx()!=0.0 || dy()!=0.0 )
-		txop = TxTranslate;
-	} else {
-	    txop = TxScale;
-#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN)
-	    setf(DirtyFont);
-#endif
-	}
-    } else {
-	txop = TxRotShear;
-#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN)
-	setf(DirtyFont);
-#endif
-    }
-}
-
-
-/*!
-  \internal
-  Updates an internal integer inverse transformation matrix.
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::updateInvXForm()
-{
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-    TQ_ASSERT( txinv == FALSE );
-#endif
-    txinv = TRUE;				// creating inverted matrix
-    bool invertible;
-    TQWMatrix m;
-    if ( testf(VxF) ) {
-	m.translate( vx, vy );
-	m.scale( 1.0*vw/ww, 1.0*vh/wh );
-	m.translate( -wx, -wy );
-    }
-    if ( testf(WxF) ) {
-	if ( testf(VxF) )
-	    m = wxmat * m;
-	else
-	    m = wxmat;
-    }
-    ixmat = m.invert( &invertible );		// invert matrix
-}
-
-#else
-void TQPainter::resetXForm()
-{
-    xlatex = 0;
-    xlatey = 0;
-    clearf( VxF );
-}
-#endif // TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-
-
-extern bool qt_old_transformations;
-
-/*!
-  \internal
-  Maps a point from logical coordinates to tqdevice coordinates.
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::map( int x, int y, int *rx, int *ry ) const
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    if ( qt_old_transformations ) {
-	switch ( txop ) {
-	    case TxNone:
-		*rx = x;  *ry = y;
-		break;
-	    case TxTranslate:
-		// #### "Why no rounding here?", Warwick asked of Haavard.
-		*rx = int(x + dx());
-		*ry = int(y + dy());
-		break;
-	    case TxScale: {
-		double tx = m11()*x + dx();
-		double ty = m22()*y + dy();
-		*rx = tx >= 0 ? int(tx + 0.5) : int(tx - 0.5);
-		*ry = ty >= 0 ? int(ty + 0.5) : int(ty - 0.5);
-	    } break;
-	    default: {
-		double tx = m11()*x + m21()*y+dx();
-		double ty = m12()*x + m22()*y+dy();
-		*rx = tx >= 0 ? int(tx + 0.5) : int(tx - 0.5);
-		*ry = ty >= 0 ? int(ty + 0.5) : int(ty - 0.5);
-	    } break;
-	}
-    } else {
-	switch ( txop ) {
-	    case TxNone:
-		*rx = x;
-		*ry = y;
-		break;
-	    case TxTranslate:
-		*rx = tqRound( x + dx() );
-		*ry = tqRound( y + dy() );
-		break;
-	    case TxScale:
-		*rx = tqRound( m11()*x + dx() );
-		*ry = tqRound( m22()*y + dy() );
-		break;
-	    default:
-		*rx = tqRound( m11()*x + m21()*y+dx() );
-		*ry = tqRound( m12()*x + m22()*y+dy() );
-		break;
-	}
-    }
-#else
-    *rx = x + xlatex;
-    *ry = y + xlatey;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*!
-  \internal
-  Maps a rectangle from logical coordinates to tqdevice coordinates.
-  This internal function does not handle rotation and/or shear.
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::map( int x, int y, int w, int h,
-		    int *rx, int *ry, int *rw, int *rh ) const
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    if ( qt_old_transformations ) {
-	switch ( txop ) {
-	    case TxNone:
-		*rx = x;  *ry = y;
-		*rw = w;  *rh = h;
-		break;
-	    case TxTranslate:
-		// #### "Why no rounding here?", Warwick asked of Haavard.
-		*rx = int(x + dx());
-		*ry = int(y + dy());
-		*rw = w;  *rh = h;
-		break;
-	    case TxScale: {
-		double tx1 = m11()*x + dx();
-		double ty1 = m22()*y + dy();
-		double tx2 = m11()*(x + w - 1) + dx();
-		double ty2 = m22()*(y + h - 1) + dy();
-		*rx = tqRound( tx1 );
-		*ry = tqRound( ty1 );
-		*rw = tqRound( tx2 ) - *rx + 1;
-		*rh = tqRound( ty2 ) - *ry + 1;
-	    } break;
-	    default:
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-		qWarning( "TQPainter::map: Internal error" );
-#endif
-		break;
-	}
-    } else {
-	switch ( txop ) {
-	    case TxNone:
-		*rx = x;  *ry = y;
-		*rw = w;  *rh = h;
-		break;
-	    case TxTranslate:
-		*rx = tqRound(x + dx() );
-		*ry = tqRound(y + dy() );
-		*rw = w;  *rh = h;
-		break;
-	    case TxScale:
-		*rx = tqRound( m11()*x + dx() );
-		*ry = tqRound( m22()*y + dy() );
-		*rw = tqRound( m11()*w );
-		*rh = tqRound( m22()*h );
-		break;
-	    default:
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-		qWarning( "TQPainter::map: Internal error" );
-#endif
-		break;
-	}
-    }
-#else
-    *rx = x + xlatex;
-    *ry = y + xlatey;
-    *rw = w;  *rh = h;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*!
-  \internal
-  Maps a point from tqdevice coordinates to logical coordinates.
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::mapInv( int x, int y, int *rx, int *ry ) const
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( !txinv )
-	qWarning( "TQPainter::mapInv: Internal error" );
-#endif
-    if ( qt_old_transformations ) {
-	double tx = im11()*x + im21()*y+idx();
-	double ty = im12()*x + im22()*y+idy();
-	*rx = tx >= 0 ? int(tx + 0.5) : int(tx - 0.5);
-	*ry = ty >= 0 ? int(ty + 0.5) : int(ty - 0.5);
-    } else {
-	*rx = tqRound( im11()*x + im21()*y + idx() );
-	*ry = tqRound( im12()*x + im22()*y + idy() );
-    }
-#else
-    *rx = x - xlatex;
-    *ry = y - xlatey;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*!
-  \internal
-  Maps a rectangle from tqdevice coordinates to logical coordinates.
-  Cannot handle rotation and/or shear.
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::mapInv( int x, int y, int w, int h,
-		       int *rx, int *ry, int *rw, int *rh ) const
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( !txinv || txop == TxRotShear )
-	qWarning( "TQPainter::mapInv: Internal error" );
-#endif
-    if ( qt_old_transformations ) {
-	double tx = im11()*x + idx();
-	double ty = im22()*y + idy();
-	double tw = im11()*w;
-	double th = im22()*h;
-	*rx = tx >= 0 ? int(tx + 0.5) : int(tx - 0.5);
-	*ry = ty >= 0 ? int(ty + 0.5) : int(ty - 0.5);
-	*rw = tw >= 0 ? int(tw + 0.5) : int(tw - 0.5);
-	*rh = th >= 0 ? int(th + 0.5) : int(th - 0.5);
-    } else {
-	*rx = tqRound( im11()*x + idx() );
-	*ry = tqRound( im22()*y + idy() );
-	*rw = tqRound( im11()*w );
-	*rh = tqRound( im22()*h );
-    }
-#else
-    *rx = x - xlatex;
-    *ry = y - xlatey;
-    *rw = w;
-    *rh = h;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Returns the point \a pv transformed from model coordinates to
-    tqdevice coordinates.
-
-    \sa xFormDev(), TQWMatrix::map()
-*/
-
-TQPoint TQPainter::xForm( const TQPoint &pv ) const
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    if ( txop == TxNone )
-	return pv;
-    int x=pv.x(), y=pv.y();
-    map( x, y, &x, &y );
-    return TQPoint( x, y );
-#else
-    return TQPoint( pv.x()+xlatex, pv.y()+xlatey );
-#endif
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Returns the rectangle \a rv transformed from model coordinates to
-    tqdevice coordinates.
-
-    If world transformation is enabled and rotation or shearing has
-    been specified, then the bounding rectangle is returned.
-
-    \sa xFormDev(), TQWMatrix::map()
-*/
-
-TQRect TQPainter::xForm( const TQRect &rv ) const
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    if ( txop == TxNone )
-	return rv;
-    if ( txop == TxRotShear ) {			// rotation/shear
-	return xmat.mapRect( rv );
-    }
-    // Just translation/scale
-    int x, y, w, h;
-    rv.rect( &x, &y, &w, &h );
-    map( x, y, w, h, &x, &y, &w, &h );
-    return TQRect( x, y, w, h );
-#else
-    return TQRect( rv.x()+xlatex, rv.y()+xlatey, rv.width(), rv.height() );
-#endif
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Returns the point array \a av transformed from model coordinates
-    to tqdevice coordinates.
-
-    \sa xFormDev(), TQWMatrix::map()
-*/
-
-TQPointArray TQPainter::xForm( const TQPointArray &av ) const
-{
-    TQPointArray a = av;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    if ( txop != TxNone )
-    {
-	return xmat * av;
-    }
-#else
-    a.translate( xlatex, xlatey );
-#endif
-    return a;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Returns the point array \a av transformed from model coordinates
-    to tqdevice coordinates. The \a index is the first point in the
-    array and \a npoints denotes the number of points to be
-    transformed. If \a npoints is negative, all points from \a
-    av[index] until the last point in the array are transformed.
-
-    The returned point array consists of the number of points that
-    were transformed.
-
-    Example:
-    \code
-	TQPointArray a(10);
-	TQPointArray b;
-	b = painter.xForm(a, 2, 4);  // b.size() == 4
-	b = painter.xForm(a, 2, -1); // b.size() == 8
-    \endcode
-
-    \sa xFormDev(), TQWMatrix::map()
-*/
-
-TQPointArray TQPainter::xForm( const TQPointArray &av, int index,
-			     int npoints ) const
-{
-    int lastPoint = npoints < 0 ? av.size() : index+npoints;
-    TQPointArray a( lastPoint-index );
-    memcpy( a.data(), av.data()+index, (lastPoint-index)*sizeof( TQPoint ) );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    return xmat*a;
-#else
-    a.translate( xlatex, xlatey );
-    return a;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Returns the point \a pd transformed from tqdevice coordinates to
-    model coordinates.
-
-    \sa xForm(), TQWMatrix::map()
-*/
-
-TQPoint TQPainter::xFormDev( const TQPoint &pd ) const
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    if ( txop == TxNone )
-	return pd;
-    if ( !txinv ) {
-	TQPainter *that = (TQPainter*)this;	// mutable
-	that->updateInvXForm();
-    }
-#endif
-    int x=pd.x(), y=pd.y();
-    mapInv( x, y, &x, &y );
-    return TQPoint( x, y );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the rectangle \a rd transformed from tqdevice coordinates to
-    model coordinates.
-
-    If world transformation is enabled and rotation or shearing is
-    used, then the bounding rectangle is returned.
-
-    \sa xForm(), TQWMatrix::map()
-*/
-
-TQRect TQPainter::xFormDev( const TQRect &rd ) const
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    if ( txop == TxNone )
-	return rd;
-    if ( !txinv ) {
-	TQPainter *that = (TQPainter*)this;	// mutable
-	that->updateInvXForm();
-    }
-    if ( txop == TxRotShear ) {			// rotation/shear
-	return ixmat.mapRect( rd );
-    }
-#endif
-    // Just translation/scale
-    int x, y, w, h;
-    rd.rect( &x, &y, &w, &h );
-    mapInv( x, y, w, h, &x, &y, &w, &h );
-    return TQRect( x, y, w, h );
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Returns the point array \a ad transformed from tqdevice coordinates
-    to model coordinates.
-
-    \sa xForm(), TQWMatrix::map()
-*/
-
-TQPointArray TQPainter::xFormDev( const TQPointArray &ad ) const
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    if ( txop == TxNone )
-	return ad;
-    if ( !txinv ) {
-	TQPainter *that = (TQPainter*)this;	// mutable
-	that->updateInvXForm();
-    }
-    return ixmat * ad;
-#else
-    // ###
-    return ad;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Returns the point array \a ad transformed from tqdevice coordinates
-    to model coordinates. The \a index is the first point in the array
-    and \a npoints denotes the number of points to be transformed. If
-    \a npoints is negative, all points from \a ad[index] until the
-    last point in the array are transformed.
-
-    The returned point array consists of the number of points that
-    were transformed.
-
-    Example:
-    \code
-	TQPointArray a(10);
-	TQPointArray b;
-	b = painter.xFormDev(a, 1, 3);  // b.size() == 3
-	b = painter.xFormDev(a, 1, -1); // b.size() == 9
-    \endcode
-
-    \sa xForm(), TQWMatrix::map()
-*/
-
-TQPointArray TQPainter::xFormDev( const TQPointArray &ad, int index,
-				int npoints ) const
-{
-    int lastPoint = npoints < 0 ? ad.size() : index+npoints;
-    TQPointArray a( lastPoint-index );
-    memcpy( a.data(), ad.data()+index, (lastPoint-index)*sizeof( TQPoint ) );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    if ( txop == TxNone )
-	return a;
-    if ( !txinv ) {
-	TQPainter *that = (TQPainter*)this;	// mutable
-	that->updateInvXForm();
-    }
-    return ixmat * a;
-#else
-    // ###
-    return a;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Fills the rectangle \a (x, y, w, h) with the \a brush.
-
-    You can specify a TQColor as \a brush, since there is a TQBrush
-    constructor that takes a TQColor argument and creates a solid
-    pattern brush.
-
-    \sa drawRect()
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::fillRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, const TQBrush &brush )
-{
-    TQPen   oldPen   = pen();			// save pen
-    TQBrush oldBrush = this->brush();		// save brush
-    setPen( NoPen );
-    setBrush( brush );
-    drawRect( x, y, w, h );			// draw filled rect
-    setBrush( oldBrush );			// restore brush
-    setPen( oldPen );				// restore pen
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::setBrushOrigin( const TQPoint &p )
-
-    Sets the brush origin to point \a p.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::setWindow( const TQRect &r )
-
-    Sets the painter's window to rectangle \a r.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::setViewport( const TQRect &r )
-
-    Sets the painter's viewport to rectangle \a r.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool TQPainter::hasClipping() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if clipping has been set; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa setClipping()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Returns the currently set clip region. Note that the clip region
-    is given in physical tqdevice coordinates and \e not subject to any
-    \link coordsys.html coordinate transformation \endlink if \a m is
-    equal to \c CoordDevice (the default). If \a m equals \c
-    CoordPainter the returned region is in model coordinates.
-
-    \sa setClipRegion(), setClipRect(), setClipping() TQPainter::CoordinateMode
-*/
-TQRegion TQPainter::clipRegion( CoordinateMode m ) const
-{
-    // ### FIXME in 4.0:
-    // If the transformation mode is CoordPainter, we should transform the
-    // clip region with painter transformations.
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    TQRegion r;
-    if ( m == CoordDevice ) {
-	r = crgn;
-    } else {
-	if ( !txinv ) {
-	    TQPainter *that = (TQPainter*)this;	// mutable
-	    that->updateInvXForm();
-	}
-
-	r = ixmat * crgn;
-    }
-    return r;
-#else
-    return crgn;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQPainter::setClipRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, CoordinateMode m)
-
-    Sets the clip region to the rectangle \a x, \a y, \a w, \a h and
-    enables clipping. The clip mode is set to \a m.
-
-    If \a m is \c CoordDevice (the default), the coordinates given for
-    the clip region are taken to be physical tqdevice coordinates and
-    are \e not subject to any \link coordsys.html coordinate
-    transformations\endlink. If \a m is \c CoordPainter, the
-    coordinates given for the clip region are taken to be model
-    coordinates.
-
-    \sa setClipRegion(), clipRegion(), setClipping() TQPainter::CoordinateMode
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::drawPoint( const TQPoint &p )
-
-    Draws the point \a p.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::moveTo( const TQPoint &p )
-
-    Moves to the point \a p.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::lineTo( const TQPoint &p )
-
-    Draws a line to the point \a p.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::drawLine( const TQPoint &p1, const TQPoint &p2 )
-
-    Draws a line from point \a p1 to point \a p2.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::drawRect( const TQRect &r )
-
-    Draws the rectangle \a r.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::drawWinFocusRect( const TQRect &r )
-
-    Draws rectangle \a r as a window focus rectangle.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::drawWinFocusRect( const TQRect &r, const TQColor &bgColor )
-
-    Draws rectangle \a r as a window focus rectangle using background
-    color \a bgColor.
-*/
-
-
-#if !defined(TQ_WS_X11) && !defined(TQ_WS_TQWS) && !defined(TQ_WS_MAC)
-// The doc and X implementation of this functions is in qpainter_x11.cpp
-void TQPainter::drawWinFocusRect( int, int, int, int,
-				 bool, const TQColor & )
-{
-    // do nothing, only called from X11 specific functions
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::drawRoundRect( const TQRect &r, int xRnd, int yRnd )
-
-    Draws a rounded rectangle \a r, rounding to the x position \a xRnd
-    and the y position \a yRnd on each corner.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::drawEllipse( const TQRect &r )
-
-    Draws the ellipse that fits inside rectangle \a r.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::drawArc( const TQRect &r, int a, int alen )
-
-    Draws the arc that fits inside the rectangle \a r with start angle
-    \a a and arc length \a alen.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::drawPie( const TQRect &r, int a, int alen )
-
-    Draws a pie segment that fits inside the rectangle \a r with start
-    angle \a a and arc length \a alen.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::drawChord( const TQRect &r, int a, int alen )
-
-    Draws a chord that fits inside the rectangle \a r with start angle
-    \a a and arc length \a alen.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::drawPixmap( const TQPoint &p, const TQPixmap &pm, const TQRect &sr )
-
-    Draws the rectangle \a sr of pixmap \a pm with its origin at point
-    \a p.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::drawPixmap( const TQPoint &p, const TQPixmap &pm )
-
-    Draws the pixmap \a pm with its origin at point \a p.
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::drawPixmap( const TQPoint &p, const TQPixmap &pm )
-{
-    drawPixmap( p.x(), p.y(), pm, 0, 0, pm.width(), pm.height() );
-}
-
-#if !defined(TQT_NO_IMAGE_SMOOTHSCALE) || !defined(TQT_NO_PIXMAP_TRANSFORMATION)
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Draws the pixmap \a pm into the rectangle \a r. The pixmap is
-    scaled to fit the rectangle, if image and rectangle size disagree.
-*/
-void TQPainter::drawPixmap( const TQRect &r, const TQPixmap &pm )
-{
-    int rw = r.width();
-    int rh = r.height();
-    int iw= pm.width();
-    int ih = pm.height();
-    if ( rw <= 0 || rh <= 0 || iw <= 0 || ih <= 0 )
-	return;
-    bool scale = ( rw != iw || rh != ih );
-    float scaleX = (float)rw/(float)iw;
-    float scaleY = (float)rh/(float)ih;
-    bool smooth = ( scaleX < 1.5 || scaleY < 1.5 );
-
-    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
-	TQPDevCmdParam param[2];
-	param[0].rect = &r;
-	param[1].pixmap = &pm;
-#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN)
-	if ( !pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcDrawPixmap, this, param ) || !hdc )
-	    return;
-#elif defined(TQ_WS_TQWS)
-	pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcDrawPixmap, this, param );
-	return;
-#elif defined(TQ_WS_MAC)
-	if ( !pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcDrawPixmap, this, param ) || !pdev->handle())
-	    return;
-#else
-	if ( !pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcDrawPixmap, this, param ) || !hd )
-	    return;
-#endif
-    }
-
-    TQPixmap pixmap = pm;
-
-    if ( scale ) {
-#ifndef TQT_NO_IMAGE_SMOOTHSCALE
-# ifndef TQT_NO_PIXMAP_TRANSFORMATION
-	if ( smooth )
-# endif
-	{
-	    TQImage i = pm.convertToImage();
-	    pixmap = TQPixmap( i.smoothScale( rw, rh ) );
-	}
-# ifndef TQT_NO_PIXMAP_TRANSFORMATION
-	else
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PIXMAP_TRANSFORMATION
-	{
-	    pixmap = pm.xForm( TQWMatrix( scaleX, 0, 0, scaleY, 0, 0 ) );
-	}
-#endif
-    }
-    drawPixmap( r.x(), r.y(), pixmap );
-}
-
-#endif
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::drawImage( const TQPoint &, const TQImage &, const TQRect &sr, int conversionFlags = 0 );
-
-    Draws the rectangle \a sr from the image at the given point.
-*/
-
-/*
-    Draws at point \a p the \sr rect from image \a pm, using \a
-    conversionFlags if the image needs to be converted to a pixmap.
-    The default value for \a conversionFlags is 0; see
-    convertFromImage() for information about what other values do.
-
-  This function may convert \a image to a pixmap and then draw it, if
-  tqdevice() is a TQPixmap or a TQWidget, or else draw it directly, if
-  tqdevice() is a TQPrinter or TQPicture.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Draws at (\a x, \a y) the \a sw by \a sh area of pixels from (\a
-    sx, \a sy) in \a image, using \a conversionFlags if the image
-    needs to be converted to a pixmap. The default value for \a
-    conversionFlags is 0; see convertFromImage() for information about
-    what other values do.
-
-    This function may convert \a image to a pixmap and then draw it,
-    if tqdevice() is a TQPixmap or a TQWidget, or else draw it directly,
-    if tqdevice() is a TQPrinter or TQPicture.
-
-    Currently alpha masks of the image are ignored when painting on a TQPrinter.
-
-    \sa drawPixmap() TQPixmap::convertFromImage()
-*/
-void TQPainter::drawImage( int x, int y, const TQImage & image,
-			  int sx, int sy, int sw, int sh,
-			  int conversionFlags )
-{
-#ifdef TQ_WS_TQWS
-    //### Hackish
-# ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    if ( !image.isNull() && gfx &&
-	(txop==TxNone||txop==TxTranslate) && !testf(ExtDev) )
-# else
-    if ( !image.isNull() && gfx && !testf(ExtDev) )
-# endif
-    {
-	if(sw<0)
-	    sw=image.width();
-	if(sh<0)
-	    sh=image.height();
-
-	TQImage image2 = qt_screen->mapToDevice( image );
-
-	// This is a bit dubious
-	if(image2.depth()==1) {
-	    image2.setNumColors( 2 );
-	    image2.setColor( 0, tqRgb(255,255,255) );
-	    image2.setColor( 1, tqRgb(0,0,0) );
-	}
-	if ( image2.hasAlphaBuffer() )
-	    gfx->setAlphaType(TQGfx::InlineAlpha);
-	else
-	    gfx->setAlphaType(TQGfx::IgnoreAlpha);
-	gfx->setSource(&image2);
-	if ( testf(VxF|WxF) ) {
-	    map( x, y, &x, &y );
-	}
-	gfx->blt(x,y,sw,sh,sx,sy);
-	return;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if ( !isActive() || image.isNull() )
-	return;
-
-    // right/bottom
-    if ( sw < 0 )
-	sw = image.width()  - sx;
-    if ( sh < 0 )
-	sh = image.height() - sy;
-
-    // Sanity-check clipping
-    if ( sx < 0 ) {
-	x -= sx;
-	sw += sx;
-	sx = 0;
-    }
-    if ( sw + sx > image.width() )
-	sw = image.width() - sx;
-    if ( sy < 0 ) {
-	y -= sy;
-	sh += sy;
-	sy = 0;
-    }
-    if ( sh + sy > image.height() )
-	sh = image.height() - sy;
-
-    if ( sw <= 0 || sh <= 0 )
-	return;
-
-    bool all = image.rect().intersect(TQRect(sx,sy,sw,sh)) == image.rect();
-    TQImage subimage = all ? image : image.copy(sx,sy,sw,sh);
-
-    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
-	TQPDevCmdParam param[2];
-	TQRect r( x, y, subimage.width(), subimage.height() );
-	param[0].rect = &r;
-	param[1].image = &subimage;
-#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN)
-	if ( !pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcDrawImage, this, param ) || !hdc )
-	    return;
-#elif defined (TQ_WS_TQWS)
-	pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcDrawImage, this, param );
-	return;
-#elif defined(TQ_WS_MAC)
-	if(!pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcDrawImage, this, param ) || !pdev->handle() )
-	    return;
-#else
-	if ( !pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcDrawImage, this, param ) || !hd )
-	    return;
-#endif
-    }
-
-    TQPixmap pm;
-    pm.convertFromImage( subimage, conversionFlags );
-    drawPixmap( x, y, pm );
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::drawImage( const TQPoint &p, const TQImage &i, int conversion_flags )
-
-    Draws the image \a i at point \a p.
-
-    If the image needs to be modified to fit in a lower-resolution
-    result (e.g. converting from 32-bit to 8-bit), use the \a
-    conversion_flags to specify how you'd prefer this to happen.
-
-    \sa TQt::ImageConversionFlags
-*/
-void TQPainter::drawImage( const TQPoint & p, const TQImage & i,
-			  int conversion_flags )
-{
-    drawImage(p, i, i.rect(), conversion_flags);
-}
-
-#if !defined(TQT_NO_IMAGE_TRANSFORMATION) || !defined(TQT_NO_IMAGE_SMOOTHSCALE)
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Draws the image \a i into the rectangle \a r. The image will be
-    scaled to fit the rectangle if image and rectangle dimensions
-    differ.
-*/
-void TQPainter::drawImage( const TQRect &r, const TQImage &i )
-{
-    int rw = r.width();
-    int rh = r.height();
-    int iw= i.width();
-    int ih = i.height();
-    if ( rw <= 0 || rh <= 0 || iw <= 0 || ih <= 0 )
-	return;
-
-    if ( testf(ExtDev) ) {
-	TQPDevCmdParam param[2];
-	param[0].rect = &r;
-	param[1].image = &i;
-#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN)
-	if ( !pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcDrawImage, this, param ) || !hdc )
-	    return;
-#elif defined(TQ_WS_TQWS)
-	pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcDrawImage, this, param );
-	return;
-#elif defined(TQ_WS_MAC)
-	if ( !pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcDrawImage, this, param ) || !pdev->handle() )
-	    return;
-#else
-	if ( !pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcDrawImage, this, param ) || !hd )
-	    return;
-#endif
-    }
-
-
-    bool scale = ( rw != iw || rh != ih );
-    float scaleX = (float)rw/(float)iw;
-    float scaleY = (float)rh/(float)ih;
-    bool smooth = ( scaleX < 1.5 || scaleY < 1.5 );
-
-    TQImage img = scale
-	? (
-#if defined(TQT_NO_IMAGE_TRANSFORMATION)
-		i.smoothScale( rw, rh )
-#elif defined(TQT_NO_IMAGE_SMOOTHSCALE)
-		i.scale( rw, rh )
-#else
-		smooth ? i.smoothScale( rw, rh ) : i.scale( rw, rh )
-#endif
-	  )
-	: i;
-
-    drawImage( r.x(), r.y(), img );
-}
-
-#endif
-
-
-void bitBlt( TQPaintDevice *dst, int dx, int dy,
-	     const TQImage *src, int sx, int sy, int sw, int sh,
-	     int conversion_flags )
-{
-    TQPixmap tmp;
-    if ( sx == 0 && sy == 0
-	&& (sw<0 || sw==src->width()) && (sh<0 || sh==src->height()) )
-    {
-	tmp.convertFromImage( *src, conversion_flags );
-    } else {
-	tmp.convertFromImage( src->copy( sx, sy, sw, sh, conversion_flags),
-			      conversion_flags );
-    }
-    bitBlt( dst, dx, dy, &tmp );
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::drawTiledPixmap( const TQRect &r, const TQPixmap &pm, const TQPoint &sp )
-
-    Draws a tiled pixmap, \a pm, inside rectangle \a r with its origin
-    at point \a sp.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::drawTiledPixmap( const TQRect &r, const TQPixmap &pm )
-
-    Draws a tiled pixmap, \a pm, inside rectangle \a r.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::fillRect( const TQRect &r, const TQBrush &brush )
-
-    Fills the rectangle \a r using brush \a brush.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQPainter::eraseRect( int x, int y, int w, int h )
-
-    Erases the area inside \a x, \a y, \a w, \a h. Equivalent to
-    \c{fillRect( x, y, w, h, backgroundColor() )}.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \overload void TQPainter::eraseRect( const TQRect &r )
-
-    Erases the area inside the rectangle \a r.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQPainter::drawText( int x, int y, const TQString &, int len = -1, TextDirection dir = Auto )
-
-    \overload
-
-    Draws the given text at position \a x, \a y. If \a len is -1 (the
-    default) all the text is drawn, otherwise the first \a len
-    characters are drawn. The text's direction is given by \a dir.
-
-    \sa TQPainter::TextDirection
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQPainter::drawText( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags,
-			         const TQString&, int len = -1, TQRect *br=0,
-			         TQTextParag **internal=0 )
-
-    \overload
-
-    Draws the given text within the rectangle starting at \a x, \a y,
-    with width \a w and height \a h. If \a len is -1 (the default) all
-    the text is drawn, otherwise the first \a len characters are
-    drawn. The text's flags that are given in the \a flags parameter
-    are \l{TQt::AlignmentFlags} and \l{TQt::TextFlags} OR'd together. \a
-    br (if not null) is set to the actual bounding rectangle of the
-    output. The \a internal parameter is for internal use only.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQPainter::drawText( const TQPoint &, const TQString &, int len = -1, TextDirection dir = Auto );
-
-    \overload
-
-    Draws the text at the given point.
-
-    \sa TQPainter::TextDirection
-*/
-
-/*
-    Draws the text in \a s at point \a p. If \a len is -1 the entire
-    string is drawn, otherwise just the first \a len characters. The
-    text's direction is specified by \a dir.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQPainter::drawText( int x, int y, const TQString &, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir = Auto );
-
-    \overload
-
-    Draws the text from position \a pos, at point \a (x, y). If \a len is
-    -1 the entire string is drawn, otherwise just the first \a len
-    characters. The text's direction is specified by \a dir.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQPainter::drawText( const TQPoint &p, const TQString &, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir = Auto );
-
-    Draws the text from position \a pos, at point \a p. If \a len is
-    -1 the entire string is drawn, otherwise just the first \a len
-    characters. The text's direction is specified by \a dir.
-
-    Note that the meaning of \e y is not the same for the two
-    drawText() varieties. For overloads that take a simple \e x, \e y
-    pair (or a point), the \e y value is the text's baseline; for
-    overloads that take a rectangle, \e rect.y() is the top of the
-    rectangle and the text is aligned within that rectangle in
-    accordance with the tqalignment flags.
-
-    \sa TQPainter::TextDirection
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQPainter::tqdrawTextItem(const TQPoint &, const TQTextItem &, int)
-    \internal
-*/
-
-static inline void fix_neg_rect( int *x, int *y, int *w, int *h )
-{
-    if ( *w < 0 ) {
-        *w = -*w + 2;
-        *x -= *w - 1;
-    }
-    if ( *h < 0 ) {
-	*h = -*h + 2;
-	*y -= *h - 1;
-    }
-}
-void TQPainter::fix_neg_rect( int *x, int *y, int *w, int *h )
-{
-    ::fix_neg_rect(x,y,w,h);
-}
-
-//
-// The drawText function takes two special parameters; 'internal' and 'brect'.
-//
-// The 'internal' parameter tqcontains a pointer to an array of encoded
-// information that keeps internal tqgeometry data.
-// If the drawText function is called repeatedly to display the same text,
-// it makes sense to calculate text width and linebreaks the first time,
-// and use these parameters later to print the text because we save a lot of
-// CPU time.
-// The 'internal' parameter will not be used if it is a null pointer.
-// The 'internal' parameter will be generated if it is not null, but points
-// to a null pointer, i.e. internal != 0 && *internal == 0.
-// The 'internal' parameter will be used if it tqcontains a non-null pointer.
-//
-// If the 'brect parameter is a non-null pointer, then the bounding rectangle
-// of the text will be returned in 'brect'.
-//
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Draws at most \a len characters from \a str in the rectangle \a r.
-
-    This function draws formatted text. The \a tf text format is
-    really of type \l TQt::AlignmentFlags and \l TQt::TextFlags OR'd
-    together.
-
-    Horizontal tqalignment defaults to AlignAuto and vertical tqalignment
-    defaults to AlignTop.
-
-    \a brect (if not null) is set to the actual bounding rectangle of
-    the output. \a internal is, yes, internal.
-
-    \sa boundingRect()
-*/
-
-void TQPainter::drawText( const TQRect &r, int tf,
-			 const TQString& str, int len, TQRect *brect,
-			 TQTextParag **internal )
-{
-    if ( !isActive() )
-	return;
-    if ( len < 0 )
-	len = str.length();
-    if ( len == 0 )				// empty string
-	return;
-
-    if ( testf(DirtyFont|ExtDev) ) {
-	if ( testf(DirtyFont) )
-	    updateFont();
-	if ( testf(ExtDev) && (tf & DontPrint) == 0 ) {
-	    TQPDevCmdParam param[3];
-	    TQString newstr = str;
-	    newstr.truncate( len );
-	    param[0].rect = &r;
-	    param[1].ival = tf;
-	    param[2].str = &newstr;
-	    if ( pdev->devType() != TQInternal::Printer ) {
-#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN)
-		if ( !pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcDrawText2Formatted,
-				 this, param) ||
-		     !hdc )
-		    return;			// TQPrinter wants PdcDrawText2
-#elif defined(TQ_WS_TQWS)
-		pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcDrawText2Formatted, this, param);
-		return;
-#elif defined(TQ_WS_MAC)
-		if ( !pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcDrawText2Formatted, this, param) ||
-		    !pdev->handle())
-		    return;			// TQPrinter wants PdcDrawText2
-#else
-		if ( !pdev->cmd( TQPaintDevice::PdcDrawText2Formatted,
-				 this, param) ||
-		     !hd )
-		    return;			// TQPrinter wants PdcDrawText2
-#endif
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    qt_format_text(font(), r, tf, str, len, brect,
-		   tabstops, tabarray, tabarraylen, internal, this);
-}
-
-//#define TQT_FORMAT_TEXT_DEBUG
-
-#define TQChar_linesep TQChar(0x2028U)
-
-void qt_format_text( const TQFont& font, const TQRect &_r,
-		     int tf, const TQString& str, int len, TQRect *brect,
-		     int tabstops, int* tabarray, int tabarraylen,
-		     TQTextParag **, TQPainter* painter )
-{
-    // we need to copy r here to protect against the case (&r == brect).
-    TQRect r( _r );
-
-    bool dontclip  = (tf & TQt::DontClip)  == TQt::DontClip;
-    bool wordbreak  = (tf & TQt::WordBreak)  == TQt::WordBreak;
-    bool singleline = (tf & TQt::SingleLine) == TQt::SingleLine;
-    bool showprefix = (tf & TQt::ShowPrefix) == TQt::ShowPrefix;
-    bool noaccel = ( tf & TQt::NoAccel ) == TQt::NoAccel;
-
-    bool isRightToLeft = str.isRightToLeft();
-    if ( ( tf & TQt::AlignHorizontal_Mask ) == TQt::AlignAuto )
-	tf |= isRightToLeft ? TQt::AlignRight : TQt::AlignLeft;
-
-    bool expandtabs = ( (tf & TQt::ExpandTabs) &&
-			( ( (tf & TQt::AlignLeft) && !isRightToLeft ) ||
-			  ( (tf & TQt::AlignRight) && isRightToLeft ) ) );
-
-    if ( !painter )
-	tf |= TQt::DontPrint;
-
-    int maxUnderlines = 0;
-    int numUnderlines = 0;
-    int underlinePositionStack[32];
-    int *underlinePositions = underlinePositionStack;
-
-    TQFont fnt(painter ? (painter->pfont ? *painter->pfont : painter->cfont) : font);
-    TQFontMetrics fm( fnt );
-
-    TQString text = str;
-    // str.setLength() always does a deep copy, so the tqreplacement
-    // code below is safe.
-    text.setLength( len );
-    // compatible behaviour to the old implementation. Replace
-    // tabs by spaces
-    TQChar *chr = (TQChar*)text.tqunicode();
-    const TQChar *end = chr + len;
-    bool haveLineSep = FALSE;
-    while ( chr != end ) {
-	if ( *chr == '\r' || ( singleline && *chr == '\n' ) ) {
-	    *chr = ' ';
-	} else if ( *chr == '\n' ) {
-	    *chr = TQChar_linesep;
-	    haveLineSep = TRUE;
-	} else if ( *chr == '&' ) {
-	    ++maxUnderlines;
-	}
-	++chr;
-    }
-    if ( !expandtabs ) {
-	chr = (TQChar*)text.tqunicode();
-	while ( chr != end ) {
-	    if ( *chr == '\t' )
-		*chr = ' ';
-	    ++chr;
-	}
-    } else if (!tabarraylen && !tabstops) {
-	tabstops = fm.width('x')*8;
-    }
-
-    if ( noaccel || showprefix ) {
-	if ( maxUnderlines > 32 )
-	    underlinePositions = new int[maxUnderlines];
-	TQChar *cout = (TQChar*)text.tqunicode();
-	TQChar *cin = cout;
-	int l = len;
-	while ( l ) {
-	    if ( *cin == '&' ) {
-		++cin;
-		--l;
-		if ( !l )
-		    break;
-		if ( *cin != '&' )
-		    underlinePositions[numUnderlines++] = cout - text.tqunicode();
-	    }
-	    *cout = *cin;
-	    ++cout;
-	    ++cin;
-	    --l;
-	}
-	uint newlen = cout - text.tqunicode();
-	if ( newlen != text.length())
-	    text.setLength( newlen );
-    }
-
-    // no need to do extra work for underlines if we don't paint
-    if ( tf & TQt::DontPrint )
-	numUnderlines = 0;
-
-    int height = 0;
-    int left = r.width();
-    int right = 0;
-
-    TQTextLayout textLayout( text, fnt );
-    int rb = TQMAX( 0, -fm.minRightBearing() );
-    int lb = TQMAX( 0, -fm.minLeftBearing() );
-
-    if ( text.isEmpty() ) {
-	height = fm.height();
-	left = right = 0;
-	tf |= TQPainter::DontPrint;
-    } else {
-	textLayout.beginLayout((haveLineSep || expandtabs || wordbreak) ?
-			       TQTextLayout::MultiLine :
-			       (tf & TQt::DontPrint) ? TQTextLayout::NoBidi : TQTextLayout::SingleLine );
-
-	// break underline chars into items of their own
-	for( int i = 0; i < numUnderlines; i++ ) {
-	    textLayout.setBoundary( underlinePositions[i] );
-	    textLayout.setBoundary( underlinePositions[i]+1 );
-	}
-
-	int lineWidth = wordbreak ? TQMAX(0, r.width()-rb-lb) : INT_MAX;
-	if(!wordbreak)
-	    tf |= TQt::IncludeTrailingSpaces;
-
-	int leading = fm.leading();
-	int asc = fm.ascent();
-	int desc = fm.descent();
-	height = -leading;
-
-	//qDebug("\n\nbeginLayout: lw = %d, rectwidth=%d", lineWidth , r.width());
-	while ( !textLayout.atEnd() ) {
-	    height += leading;
-	    textLayout.beginLine( lineWidth == INT_MAX ? lineWidth : lineWidth );
-	    //qDebug("-----beginLine( %d )-----",  lineWidth );
-	    bool linesep = FALSE;
-	    while ( 1 ) {
-		TQTextItem ti = textLayout.currentItem();
- 		//qDebug("item: from=%d, ch=%x", ti.from(), text.tqunicode()[ti.from()].tqunicode() );
-		if ( expandtabs && ti.isTab() ) {
-		    int tw = 0;
-		    int x = textLayout.widthUsed();
-		    if ( tabarraylen ) {
-// 			qDebug("tabarraylen=%d", tabarraylen );
-			int tab = 0;
-			while ( tab < tabarraylen ) {
-			    if ( tabarray[tab] > x ) {
-				tw = tabarray[tab] - x;
-				break;
-			    }
-			    ++tab;
-			}
-		    } else {
-			tw = tabstops - (x % tabstops);
-		    }
- 		    //qDebug("tw = %d",  tw );
-		    if ( tw )
-			ti.setWidth( tw );
-		}
-		if ( ti.isObject() && text.tqunicode()[ti.from()] == TQChar_linesep )
-		    linesep = TRUE;
-
-		if ( linesep || textLayout.addCurrentItem() != TQTextLayout::Ok || textLayout.atEnd() )
-		    break;
-	    }
-
-	    int ascent = asc, descent = desc, lineLeft, lineRight;
-	    textLayout.setLineWidth( r.width()-rb-lb );
-	    textLayout.endLine( 0, height, tf, &ascent, &descent,
-				&lineLeft, &lineRight );
-	    //qDebug("finalizing line: lw=%d ascent = %d, descent=%d lineleft=%d lineright=%d", lineWidth, ascent, descent,lineLeft, lineRight  );
-	    left = TQMIN( left, lineLeft );
-	    right = TQMAX( right, lineRight );
-	    height += ascent + descent + 1;
-	    if ( linesep )
-		textLayout.nextItem();
-	}
-    }
-
-    int yoff = 0;
-    if ( tf & TQt::AlignBottom )
-	yoff = r.height() - height;
-    else if ( tf & TQt::AlignVCenter )
-	yoff = (r.height() - height)/2;
-
-    if ( brect ) {
-	*brect = TQRect( r.x() + left, r.y() + yoff, right-left + lb+rb, height );
-	//qDebug("br = %d %d %d/%d, left=%d, right=%d", brect->x(), brect->y(), brect->width(), brect->height(), left, right);
-    }
-
-    if (!(tf & TQPainter::DontPrint)) {
-	bool restoreClipping = FALSE;
-	bool painterHasClip = FALSE;
-	TQRegion painterClipRegion;
-	if ( !dontclip ) {
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-	    TQRegion reg = painter->xmat * r;
-#else
-	    TQRegion reg = r;
-	    reg.translate( painter->xlatex, painter->xlatey );
-#endif
-	    if ( painter->hasClipping() )
-		reg &= painter->clipRegion();
-
-	    painterHasClip = painter->hasClipping();
-	    painterClipRegion = painter->clipRegion();
-	    restoreClipping = TRUE;
-	    painter->setClipRegion( reg );
-	} else {
-	    if ( painter->hasClipping() ){
-		painterHasClip = painter->hasClipping();
-		painterClipRegion = painter->clipRegion();
-		restoreClipping = TRUE;
-		painter->setClipping( FALSE );
-	    }
-	}
-
-	int cUlChar = 0;
-	int _tf = 0;
-	if (fnt.underline()) _tf |= TQt::Underline;
-	if (fnt.overline()) _tf |= TQt::Overline;
-	if (fnt.strikeOut()) _tf |= TQt::StrikeOut;
-
-	//qDebug("have %d items",textLayout.numItems());
-	for ( int i = 0; i < textLayout.numItems(); i++ ) {
-	    TQTextItem ti = textLayout.itemAt( i );
- 	    //qDebug("Item %d: from=%d,  length=%d,  space=%d x=%d", i, ti.from(),  ti.length(), ti.isSpace(), ti.x() );
-	    if ( ti.isTab() || ti.isObject() )
-		continue;
-	    int textFlags = _tf;
-	    if ( !noaccel && numUnderlines > cUlChar && ti.from() == underlinePositions[cUlChar] ) {
-		textFlags |= TQt::Underline;
-		cUlChar++;
-	    }
-#if defined(TQ_WS_X11) || defined(TQ_WS_TQWS)
-	    if ( painter->bg_mode == TQt::OpaqueMode ) {
-                int h = ti.ascent() + ti.descent() + 1;
-                if (ti.y() + h < height)
-                    // don't add leading to last line
-                    h += fm.leading();
-		qt_draw_background( painter, r.x()+lb + ti.x(), r.y() + yoff + ti.y() - ti.ascent(),
-				    ti.width(), h);
-            }
-#endif
-	    painter->tqdrawTextItem( r.x()+lb, r.y() + yoff, ti, textFlags );
-	}
-
-	if ( restoreClipping ) {
-	    painter->setClipRegion( painterClipRegion );
-	    painter->setClipping( painterHasClip );
-	}
-    }
-
-    if ( underlinePositions != underlinePositionStack )
-	delete [] underlinePositions;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Returns the bounding rectangle of the aligned text that would be
-    printed with the corresponding drawText() function using the first
-    \a len characters from \a str if \a len is > -1, or the whole of
-    \a str if \a len is -1. The drawing, and hence the bounding
-    rectangle, is constrained to the rectangle \a r, or to the
-    rectangle required to draw the text, whichever is the larger.
-
-    The \a internal parameter should not be used.
-
-    \sa drawText(), fontMetrics(), TQFontMetrics::boundingRect(), TQt::TextFlags
-*/
-
-TQRect TQPainter::boundingRect( const TQRect &r, int flags,
-			      const TQString& str, int len, TQTextParag **internal )
-{
-    TQRect brect;
-    if ( str.isEmpty() )
-	brect.setRect( r.x(),r.y(), 0,0 );
-    else
-	drawText( r, flags | DontPrint, str, len, &brect, internal );
-    return brect;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQRect TQPainter::boundingRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags, const TQString&, int len = -1, TQTextParag **intern=0 );
-
-    Returns the bounding rectangle of the aligned text that would be
-    printed with the corresponding drawText() function using the first
-    \a len characters of the string if \a len is > -1, or the whole of
-    the string if \a len is -1. The drawing, and hence the bounding
-    rectangle, is constrained to the rectangle that begins at point \a
-    (x, y) with width \a w and hight \a h, or to the
-    rectangle required to draw the text, whichever is the larger.
-
-    The \a flags argument is
-    the bitwise OR of the following flags:
-    \table
-    \header \i Flag \i Meaning
-    \row \i \c AlignAuto \i aligns according to the language, usually left.
-    \row \i \c AlignLeft \i aligns to the left border.
-    \row \i \c AlignRight \i aligns to the right border.
-    \row \i \c AlignHCenter \i aligns horizontally centered.
-    \row \i \c AlignTop \i aligns to the top border.
-    \row \i \c AlignBottom \i aligns to the bottom border.
-    \row \i \c AlignVCenter \i aligns vertically centered.
-    \row \i \c AlignCenter \i (== \c AlignHCenter | \c AlignVCenter).
-    \row \i \c SingleLine \i ignores newline characters in the text.
-    \row \i \c ExpandTabs \i expands tabs.
-    \row \i \c ShowPrefix \i interprets "&x" as "<u>x</u>".
-    \row \i \c WordBreak \i breaks the text to fit the rectangle.
-    \endtable
-
-    Horizontal tqalignment defaults to \c AlignLeft and vertical
-    tqalignment defaults to \c AlignTop.
-
-    If several of the horizontal or several of the vertical tqalignment flags
-    are set, the resulting tqalignment is undefined.
-
-    The \a intern parameter should not be used.
-
-    \sa TQt::TextFlags
-*/
-
-
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  TQPen member functions
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class TQPen tqpen.h
-    \brief The TQPen class defines how a TQPainter should draw lines and outlines
-    of tqshapes.
-
-    \ingroup graphics
-    \ingroup images
-    \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
-
-    A pen has a style, width, color, cap style and join style.
-
-    The pen style defines the line type. The default pen style is \c
-    TQt::SolidLine. Setting the style to \c NoPen tells the painter to
-    not draw lines or outlines.
-
-    When drawing 1 pixel wide diagonal lines you can either use a very
-    fast algorithm (specified by a line width of 0, which is the
-    default), or a slower but more accurate algorithm (specified by a
-    line width of 1). For horizontal and vertical lines a line width
-    of 0 is the same as a line width of 1. The cap and join style have
-    no effect on 0-width lines.
-
-    The pen color defines the color of lines and text. The default
-    line color is black. The TQColor documentation lists predefined
-    colors.
-
-    The cap style defines how the end points of lines are drawn. The
-    join style defines how the joins between two lines are drawn when
-    multiple connected lines are drawn (TQPainter::drawPolyline()
-    etc.). The cap and join styles only apply to wide lines, i.e. when
-    the width is 1 or greater.
-
-    Use the TQBrush class to specify fill styles.
-
-    Example:
-    \code
-    TQPainter painter;
-    TQPen     pen( red, 2 );             // red solid line, 2 pixels wide
-    painter.begin( &anyPaintDevice );   // paint something
-    painter.setPen( pen );              // set the red, wide pen
-    painter.drawRect( 40,30, 200,100 ); // draw a rectangle
-    painter.setPen( blue );             // set blue pen, 0 pixel width
-    painter.drawLine( 40,30, 240,130 ); // draw a diagonal in rectangle
-    painter.end();                      // painting done
-    \endcode
-
-    See the \l TQt::PenStyle enum type for a complete list of pen
-    styles.
-
-    With reference to the end points of lines, for wide (non-0-width)
-    pens it depends on the cap style whether the end point is drawn or
-    not. TQPainter will try to make sure that the end point is drawn
-    for 0-width pens, but this cannot be absolutely guaranteed because
-    the underlying drawing engine is free to use any (typically
-    accelerated) algorithm for drawing 0-width lines. On all tested
-    systems, however, the end point of at least all non-diagonal lines
-    are drawn.
-
-    A pen's color(), width(), style(), capStyle() and joinStyle() can
-    be set in the constructor or later with setColor(), setWidth(),
-    setStyle(), setCapStyle() and setJoinStyle(). Pens may also be
-    compared and streamed.
-
-    \img pen-styles.png Pen styles
-
-    \sa TQPainter, TQPainter::setPen()
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-  \internal
-  Initializes the pen.
-*/
-
-void TQPen::init( const TQColor &color, uint width, uint linestyle )
-{
-    data = new TQPenData;
-    TQ_CHECK_PTR( data );
-    data->style = (PenStyle)(linestyle & MPenStyle);
-    data->width = width;
-    data->color = color;
-    data->linest = linestyle;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Constructs a default black solid line pen with 0 width, which
-    renders lines 1 pixel wide (fast diagonals).
-*/
-
-TQPen::TQPen()
-{
-    init( TQt::black, 0, SolidLine );		// default pen
-}
-
-/*!
-    Constructs a black pen with 0 width (fast diagonals) and style \a
-    style.
-
-    \sa setStyle()
-*/
-
-TQPen::TQPen( PenStyle style )
-{
-    init( TQt::black, 0, style );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Constructs a pen with the specified \a color, \a width and \a
-    style.
-
-    \sa setWidth(), setStyle(), setColor()
-*/
-
-TQPen::TQPen( const TQColor &color, uint width, PenStyle style )
-{
-    init( color, width, style );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Constructs a pen with the specified color \a cl and width \a w.
-    The pen style is set to \a s, the pen cap style to \a c and the
-    pen join style to \a j.
-
-    A line width of 0 will produce a 1 pixel wide line using a fast
-    algorithm for diagonals. A line width of 1 will also produce a 1
-    pixel wide line, but uses a slower more accurate algorithm for
-    diagonals. For horizontal and vertical lines a line width of 0 is
-    the same as a line width of 1. The cap and join style have no
-    effect on 0-width lines.
-
-    \sa setWidth(), setStyle(), setColor()
-*/
-
-TQPen::TQPen( const TQColor &cl, uint w, PenStyle s, PenCapStyle c,
-	    PenJoinStyle j )
-{
-    init( cl, w, s | c | j );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Constructs a pen that is a copy of \a p.
-*/
-
-TQPen::TQPen( const TQPen &p )
-{
-    data = p.data;
-    data->ref();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Destroys the pen.
-*/
-
-TQPen::~TQPen()
-{
-    if ( data->deref() )
-	delete data;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Detaches from shared pen data to make sure that this pen is the
-    only one referring the data.
-
-    If multiple pens share common data, this pen dereferences the data
-    and gets a copy of the data. Nothing is done if there is just a
-    single reference.
-*/
-
-void TQPen::detach()
-{
-    if ( data->count != 1 )
-	*this = copy();
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Assigns \a p to this pen and returns a reference to this pen.
-*/
-
-TQPen &TQPen::operator=( const TQPen &p )
-{
-    p.data->ref();
-    if ( data->deref() )
-	delete data;
-    data = p.data;
-    return *this;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Returns a \link shclass.html deep copy\endlink of the pen.
-*/
-
-TQPen TQPen::copy() const
-{
-    TQPen p( data->color, data->width, data->style, capStyle(), joinStyle() );
-    return p;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn PenStyle TQPen::style() const
-
-    Returns the pen style.
-
-    \sa setStyle()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Sets the pen style to \a s.
-
-    See the \l TQt::PenStyle documentation for a list of all the
-    styles.
-
-    \warning On Mac OS X the style setting (other than \c NoPen and \c
-    SolidLine) have no effect as they are not implemented by the
-    underlying system.
-
-    \warning On Windows 95/98, the style setting (other than \c NoPen
-    and \c SolidLine) has no effect for lines with width greater than
-    1.
-
-    \sa style()
-*/
-
-void TQPen::setStyle( PenStyle s )
-{
-    if ( data->style == s )
-	return;
-    detach();
-    data->style = s;
-    data->linest = (data->linest & ~MPenStyle) | s;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint TQPen::width() const
-
-    Returns the pen width.
-
-    \sa setWidth()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Sets the pen width to \a w.
-
-    A line width of 0 will produce a 1 pixel wide line using a fast
-    algorithm for diagonals. A line width of 1 will also produce a 1
-    pixel wide line, but uses a slower more accurate algorithm for
-    diagonals. For horizontal and vertical lines a line width of 0 is
-    the same as a line width of 1. The cap and join style have no
-    effect on 0-width lines.
-
-    \sa width()
-*/
-
-void TQPen::setWidth( uint w )
-{
-    if ( data->width == w )
-	return;
-    detach();
-    data->width = w;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Returns the pen's cap style.
-
-    \sa setCapStyle()
-*/
-TQt::PenCapStyle TQPen::capStyle() const
-{
-    return (PenCapStyle)(data->linest & MPenCapStyle);
-}
-
-/*!
-    Sets the pen's cap style to \a c.
-
-    The default value is \c FlatCap. The cap style has no effect on
-    0-width pens.
-
-    \img pen-cap-styles.png Pen Cap Styles
-
-    \warning On Windows 95/98 and Macintosh, the cap style setting has
-    no effect. Wide lines are rendered as if the cap style was \c
-    SquareCap.
-
-    \sa capStyle()
-*/
-
-void TQPen::setCapStyle( PenCapStyle c )
-{
-    if ( (data->linest & MPenCapStyle) == c )
-	return;
-    detach();
-    data->linest = (data->linest & ~MPenCapStyle) | c;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the pen's join style.
-
-    \sa setJoinStyle()
-*/
-TQt::PenJoinStyle TQPen::joinStyle() const
-{
-    return (PenJoinStyle)(data->linest & MPenJoinStyle);
-}
-
-/*!
-    Sets the pen's join style to \a j.
-
-    The default value is \c MiterJoin. The join style has no effect on
-    0-width pens.
-
-    \img pen-join-styles.png Pen Join Styles
-
-    \warning On Windows 95/98 and Macintosh, the join style setting
-    has no effect. Wide lines are rendered as if the join style was \c
-    BevelJoin.
-
-    \sa joinStyle()
-*/
-
-void TQPen::setJoinStyle( PenJoinStyle j )
-{
-    if ( (data->linest & MPenJoinStyle) == j )
-	return;
-    detach();
-    data->linest = (data->linest & ~MPenJoinStyle) | j;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \fn const TQColor &TQPen::color() const
-
-    Returns the pen color.
-
-    \sa setColor()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Sets the pen color to \a c.
-
-    \sa color()
-*/
-
-void TQPen::setColor( const TQColor &c )
-{
-    detach();
-    data->color = c;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool TQPen::operator!=( const TQPen &p ) const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the pen is different from \a p; otherwise returns
-    FALSE.
-
-    Two pens are different if they have different styles, widths or
-    colors.
-
-    \sa operator==()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Returns TRUE if the pen is equal to \a p; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    Two pens are equal if they have equal styles, widths and colors.
-
-    \sa operator!=()
-*/
-
-bool TQPen::operator==( const TQPen &p ) const
-{
-    return (p.data == data) || (p.data->linest == data->linest &&
-	    p.data->width == data->width && p.data->color == data->color);
-}
-
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  TQPen stream functions
- *****************************************************************************/
-#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
-/*!
-    \relates TQPen
-
-    Writes the pen \a p to the stream \a s and returns a reference to
-    the stream.
-
-    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the TQDataStream operators \endlink
-*/
-
-TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream &s, const TQPen &p )
-{
-    // ### width() should not be restricted to 8-bit values
-    if ( s.version() < 3 )
-	return s << (TQ_UINT8)p.style() << (TQ_UINT8)p.width() << p.color();
-    else
-	return s << (TQ_UINT8)( p.style() | p.capStyle() | p.joinStyle() )
-		 << (TQ_UINT8)p.width() << p.color();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \relates TQPen
-
-    Reads a pen from the stream \a s into \a p and returns a reference
-    to the stream.
-
-    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the TQDataStream operators \endlink
-*/
-
-TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &s, TQPen &p )
-{
-    TQ_UINT8 style, width;
-    TQColor color;
-    s >> style;
-    s >> width;
-    s >> color;
-    p = TQPen( color, (uint)width, (TQt::PenStyle)style );	// owl
-    return s;
-}
-#endif //TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  TQBrush member functions
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class TQBrush tqbrush.h
-
-    \brief The TQBrush class defines the fill pattern of tqshapes drawn by a TQPainter.
-
-    \ingroup graphics
-    \ingroup images
-    \ingroup shared
-
-    A brush has a style and a color. One of the brush styles is a
-    custom pattern, which is defined by a TQPixmap.
-
-    The brush style defines the fill pattern. The default brush style
-    is \c NoBrush (depending on how you construct a brush). This style
-    tells the painter to not fill tqshapes. The standard style for
-    filling is \c SolidPattern.
-
-    The brush color defines the color of the fill pattern. The TQColor
-    documentation lists the predefined colors.
-
-    Use the TQPen class for specifying line/outline styles.
-
-    Example:
-    \code
-        TQPainter painter;
-        TQBrush   brush( yellow );           // yellow solid pattern
-        painter.begin( &anyPaintDevice );   // paint something
-        painter.setBrush( brush );          // set the yellow brush
-        painter.setPen( NoPen );            // do not draw outline
-        painter.drawRect( 40,30, 200,100 ); // draw filled rectangle
-        painter.setBrush( NoBrush );        // do not fill
-        painter.setPen( black );            // set black pen, 0 pixel width
-        painter.drawRect( 10,10, 30,20 );   // draw rectangle outline
-        painter.end();                      // painting done
-    \endcode
-
-    See the setStyle() function for a complete list of brush styles.
-
-    \img brush-styles.png Brush Styles
-
-    \sa TQPainter, TQPainter::setBrush(), TQPainter::setBrushOrigin()
-*/
-
-inline TQPixmap *TQBrush::pixmap() const {
-	if (style() != Qt::TexturePattern)
-		return 0;
-	QTexturedBrushData *data  = static_cast<QTexturedBrushData*>(d.data());
-	QPixmap &pixmap = data->pixmap();
-	return pixmap.isNull() ? 0 : &pixmap;
-}
-
-/*!
-  \internal
-  Initializes the brush.
-*/
-
-void TQBrush::init( const TQColor &color, BrushStyle style )
-{
-    data = new TQBrushData;
-    TQ_CHECK_PTR( data );
-    data->style	 = style;
-    data->color	 = color;
-    data->pixmap = 0;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Constructs a default black brush with the style \c NoBrush (will
-    not fill tqshapes).
-*/
-
-TQBrush::TQBrush()
-{
-    static TQBrushData* defBrushData = 0;
-    if ( !defBrushData ) {
-	static TQSharedCleanupHandler<TQBrushData> defBrushCleanup;
-	defBrushData = new TQBrushData;
-	defBrushData->style = NoBrush;
-	defBrushData->color = TQt::black;
-	defBrushData->pixmap = 0;
-	defBrushCleanup.set( &defBrushData );
-    }
-    data = defBrushData;
-    data->ref();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Constructs a black brush with the style \a style.
-
-    \sa setStyle()
-*/
-
-TQBrush::TQBrush( BrushStyle style )
-{
-    init( TQt::black, style );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Constructs a brush with the color \a color and the style \a style.
-
-    \sa setColor(), setStyle()
-*/
-
-TQBrush::TQBrush( const TQColor &color, BrushStyle style )
-{
-    init( color, style );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Constructs a brush with the color \a color and a custom pattern
-    stored in \a pixmap.
-
-    The color will only have an effect for monochrome pixmaps, i.e.
-    for TQPixmap::depth() == 1.
-
-    Pixmap brushes are currently not supported when printing on X11.
-
-    \sa setColor(), setPixmap()
-*/
-
-TQBrush::TQBrush( const TQColor &color, const TQPixmap &pixmap )
-{
-    init( color, CustomPattern );
-    setPixmap( pixmap );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Constructs a brush that is a \link shclass.html shallow
-    copy\endlink of \a b.
-*/
-
-TQBrush::TQBrush( const TQBrush &b )
-{
-    data = b.data;
-    data->ref();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Destroys the brush.
-*/
-
-TQBrush::~TQBrush()
-{
-    if ( data->deref() ) {
-	delete data->pixmap;
-	delete data;
-    }
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Detaches from shared brush data to make sure that this brush is
-    the only one referring the data.
-
-    If multiple brushes share common data, this brush dereferences the
-    data and gets a copy of the data. Nothing is done if there is just
-    a single reference.
-*/
-
-void TQBrush::detach()
-{
-    if ( data->count != 1 )
-	*this = copy();
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Assigns \a b to this brush and returns a reference to this brush.
-*/
-
-TQBrush &TQBrush::operator=( const TQBrush &b )
-{
-    b.data->ref();				// beware of b = b
-    if ( data->deref() ) {
-	delete data->pixmap;
-	delete data;
-    }
-    data = b.data;
-    return *this;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Returns a \link shclass.html deep copy\endlink of the brush.
-*/
-
-TQBrush TQBrush::copy() const
-{
-    if ( data->style == CustomPattern ) {     // brush has pixmap
-	TQBrush b( data->color, *data->pixmap );
-	return b;
-    } else {				      // brush has std pattern
-	TQBrush b( data->color, data->style );
-	return b;
-    }
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn BrushStyle TQBrush::style() const
-
-    Returns the brush style.
-
-    \sa setStyle()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Sets the brush style to \a s.
-
-    The brush styles are:
-    \table
-    \header \i Pattern \i Meaning
-    \row \i NoBrush \i will not fill tqshapes (default).
-    \row \i SolidPattern  \i solid (100%) fill pattern.
-    \row \i Dense1Pattern \i11 94% fill pattern.
-    \row \i Dense2Pattern \i11 88% fill pattern.
-    \row \i Dense3Pattern \i11 63% fill pattern.
-    \row \i Dense4Pattern \i11 50% fill pattern.
-    \row \i Dense5Pattern \i11 37% fill pattern.
-    \row \i Dense6Pattern \i11 12% fill pattern.
-    \row \i Dense7Pattern \i11 6% fill pattern.
-    \row \i HorPattern \i horizontal lines pattern.
-    \row \i VerPattern \i vertical lines pattern.
-    \row \i CrossPattern \i crossing lines pattern.
-    \row \i BDiagPattern \i diagonal lines (directed /) pattern.
-    \row \i FDiagPattern \i diagonal lines (directed \) pattern.
-    \row \i DiagCrossPattern \i diagonal crossing lines pattern.
-    \row \i CustomPattern \i set when a pixmap pattern is being used.
-    \endtable
-
-    On Windows, dense and custom patterns cannot be transtqparent.
-
-    See the \link #details Detailed Description\endlink for a picture
-    of all the styles.
-
-    \sa style()
-*/
-
-void TQBrush::setStyle( BrushStyle s )		// set brush style
-{
-    if ( data->style == s )
-	return;
-#if defined(TQT_CHECK_RANGE)
-    if ( s == CustomPattern )
-	qWarning( "TQBrush::setStyle: CustomPattern is for internal use" );
-#endif
-    detach();
-    data->style = s;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn const TQColor &TQBrush::color() const
-
-    Returns the brush color.
-
-    \sa setColor()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Sets the brush color to \a c.
-
-    \sa color(), setStyle()
-*/
-
-void TQBrush::setColor( const TQColor &c )
-{
-    detach();
-    data->color = c;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQPixmap *TQBrush::pixmap() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the custom brush pattern, or 0 if no custom
-    brush pattern has been set.
-
-    \sa setPixmap()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Sets the brush pixmap to \a pixmap. The style is set to \c
-    CustomPattern.
-
-    The current brush color will only have an effect for monochrome
-    pixmaps, i.e. for TQPixmap::depth() == 1.
-
-    Pixmap brushes are currently not supported when printing on X11.
-
-    \sa pixmap(), color()
-*/
-
-void TQBrush::setPixmap( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
-{
-    detach();
-    if ( data->pixmap )
-	delete data->pixmap;
-    if ( pixmap.isNull() ) {
-	data->style  = NoBrush;
-	data->pixmap = 0;
-    } else {
-	data->style = CustomPattern;
-	data->pixmap = new TQPixmap( pixmap );
-	if ( data->pixmap->optimization() == TQPixmap::MemoryOptim )
-	    data->pixmap->setOptimization( TQPixmap::NormalOptim );
-    }
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool TQBrush::operator!=( const TQBrush &b ) const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the brush is different from \a b; otherwise
-    returns FALSE.
-
-    Two brushes are different if they have different styles, colors or
-    pixmaps.
-
-    \sa operator==()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Returns TRUE if the brush is equal to \a b; otherwise returns
-    FALSE.
-
-    Two brushes are equal if they have equal styles, colors and
-    pixmaps.
-
-    \sa operator!=()
-*/
-
-bool TQBrush::operator==( const TQBrush &b ) const
-{
-    return (b.data == data) || (b.data->style == data->style &&
-	    b.data->color  == data->color &&
-	    b.data->pixmap == data->pixmap);
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn inline double TQPainter::translationX() const
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn inline double TQPainter::translationY() const
-    \internal
-*/
-
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  TQBrush stream functions
- *****************************************************************************/
-#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
-/*!
-    \relates TQBrush
-
-    Writes the brush \a b to the stream \a s and returns a reference
-    to the stream.
-
-    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the TQDataStream operators \endlink
-*/
-
-TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream &s, const TQBrush &b )
-{
-    s << (TQ_UINT8)b.style() << b.color();
-    if ( b.style() == TQt::CustomPattern )
-#ifndef TQT_NO_IMAGEIO
-	s << *b.pixmap();
-#else
-	qWarning("No Image Brush I/O");
-#endif
-    return s;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \relates TQBrush
-
-    Reads the brush \a b from the stream \a s and returns a reference
-    to the stream.
-
-    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the TQDataStream operators \endlink
-*/
-
-TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &s, TQBrush &b )
-{
-    TQ_UINT8 style;
-    TQColor color;
-    s >> style;
-    s >> color;
-    if ( style == TQt::CustomPattern ) {
-#ifndef TQT_NO_IMAGEIO
-	TQPixmap pm;
-	s >> pm;
-	b = TQBrush( color, pm );
-#else
-	qWarning("No Image Brush I/O");
-#endif
-    }
-    else
-	b = TQBrush( color, (TQt::BrushStyle)style );
-    return s;
-}
-#endif // TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
-
-#endif // USE_QT4
diff --git a/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqpainter.h~ b/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqpainter.h~
deleted file mode 100644
index f391c79..0000000
--- a/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqpainter.h~
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,993 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Definition of TQPainter class
-**
-** Created : 940112
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.
-**
-** This file is part of the kernel module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef TQPAINTER_H
-#define TQPAINTER_H
-
-#include "tqtglobaldefines.h"
-
-#ifndef TQT_H
-#include "tqcolor.h"
-#include "tqfontmetrics.h"
-#include "tqfontinfo.h"
-#include "tqregion.h"
-#include "tqpen.h"
-#include "tqbrush.h"
-#include "tqpointarray.h"
-#include "tqwmatrix.h"
-#endif // TQT_H
-
-#ifdef USE_QT4
-
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** All rights reserved.
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt3Support module of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** Commercial Usage
-** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
-** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
-** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
-** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
-** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
-** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
-** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-#include "tqwidget.h"
-#include "tqpaintdevice.h"
-#include <QtGui/qpainter.h>
-
-QT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
-
-class Q_COMPAT_EXPORT TQPainter : public QPainter, virtual public TQt
-{
-public:
-    enum TextDirection {
-	Auto,
-	RTL,
-	LTR
-    };
-
-    enum CoordinateMode { CoordDevice, CoordPainter };
-
-    TQPainter();
-    TQPainter( const QWidget *pdev, bool unclipped = FALSE);
-    TQPainter( QPaintDevice *pdev, bool unclipped = FALSE);
-    TQPainter( QWidget *pdev, const QWidget *w, bool unclipped = FALSE );
-    TQPainter( QPaintDevice *pdev, const QWidget *w, bool unclipped = FALSE );
-
-    void flush();
-    void flush( const TQRegion &region, CoordinateMode cm = CoordDevice );
-
-    void drawRect(const QRect &rect);
-    inline void drawRect(int x1, int y1, int w, int h)
-    { drawRect(QRect(x1, y1, w, h)); }
-
-    void drawRoundRect(const QRect &r, int xround = 25, int yround = 25);
-    inline void drawRoundRect(int x, int y, int w, int h, int xround = 25, int yround = 25)
-    { drawRoundRect(QRect(x, y, w, h), xround, yround); }
-
-    void drawEllipse(const QRect &r);
-    inline void drawEllipse(int x, int y, int w, int h)
-    { drawEllipse(QRect(x, y, w, h)); }
-
-    void drawArc(const QRect &r, int a, int alen);
-    inline void drawArc(int x, int y, int w, int h, int a, int alen)
-    { drawArc(QRect(x, y, w, h), a, alen); }
-
-    void drawPie(const QRect &r, int a, int alen);
-    inline void drawPie(int x, int y, int w, int h, int a, int alen)
-    { drawPie(QRect(x, y, w, h), a, alen); }
-
-    void drawChord(const QRect &r, int a, int alen);
-    inline void drawChord(int x, int y, int w, int h, int a, int alen)
-    { drawChord(QRect(x, y, w, h), a, alen); }
-
-    void drawImage( int x, int y, const TQImage image, int sx = 0, int sy = 0, int sw = -1, int sh = -1, int conversionFlags = 0 );
-    void drawImage( const TQPoint &p, const TQImage image, const TQRect &sr, int conversionFlags = 0 );
-    void drawImage( const TQPoint &p, const TQImage image, int conversion_flags = 0 );
-    void drawImage( const TQRect &r, const TQImage image );
-
-    void drawLineSegments(const QPolygon &points, int index = 0, int nlines = -1);
-
-    void setBrush(const QBrush &brush);
-    void setBrush(Qt::BrushStyle style);
-    void setBrush(TQt::BrushStyle style);
-
-    inline void tqdrawPixmap( int x, int y, const TQPixmap &tqpm, int sx=0, int sy=0, int sw=-1, int sh=-1 ) { drawPixmap(x, y, tqpm, sx, sy, sw, sh); }
-
-    TQPoint pos() const;
-
-    // Qt4 requires the QPainter to have a valid QPaintDevice (engine) for boundingRect() to work
-    // So, we create one off-screen!
-    #define TQT_INITIALIZE_QPAINTER_TEMPORARY_ENGINE_CONDITIONAL		\
-    bool neededEngine = FALSE;							\
-    if (QPainter::isActive() == 0) {						\
-	printf("[WARNING] Painter was inactive when TQPainter::boundingRect was called; this indicates a likely problem in painting within your application (check Qt::WA_PaintOutsidePaintEvent == true)\n\r");	\
-	QImage image(1,1,QImage::Format_RGB32);					\
-	neededEngine = TRUE;							\
-	QPainter::begin(&image);						\
-    }
-
-    #define TQT_DESTROY_QPAINTER_TEMPORARY_ENGINE_CONDITIONAL			\
-    if (neededEngine == TRUE) {							\
-	QPainter::end();							\
-    }
-
-    QRectF boundingRect(const QRectF &rect, int flags, const QString &text);
-    QRect boundingRect(const QRect &rect, int flags, const QString &text);
-    QRect boundingRect(int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags, const QString &text);
-    QRectF boundingRect(const QRectF &rect, const QString &text, const QTextOption &o = QTextOption());
-
-    TQRect boundingRect(const QRect &rect, int flags, const QString &text, int len);
-    TQRect boundingRect(int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags, const QString &text, int len);
-
-    void drawText(const QPointF &p, const QString &s);
-    void drawText(const QPoint &p, const QString &s);
-    void drawText(int x, int y, const QString &s);
-    void drawText(const QPointF &p, const QString &str, int tf, int justificationPadding);
-    void drawText(const QRectF &r, int flags, const QString &text, QRectF *br=0);
-    void drawText(const QRect &r, int flags, const QString &text, QRect *br=0);
-    void drawText(int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags, const QString &text, QRect *br=0);
-    void drawText(const QRectF &r, const QString &text, const QTextOption &o = QTextOption());
-
-    void drawText( int x, int y, const TQString &s, int len = -1, TextDirection dir = Auto );
-    void drawText( const TQPoint &p, const TQString &s, int len = -1, TextDirection dir = Auto );
-    void drawText( int x, int y, const TQString &s, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir = Auto );
-    void drawText( const TQPoint &p, const TQString &s, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir = Auto );
-
-    void drawText(int x, int y, const QString &s, int pos, int len);
-    void drawText(const QPoint &p, const QString &s, int pos, int len);
-    void drawText(int x, int y, const QString &s, int len);
-    void drawText(const QPoint &p, const QString &s, int len);
-    void drawText(const QRect &r, int flags, const QString &str, int len, QRect *br=0);
-    void drawText(int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags, const QString &text, int len, QRect *br=0);
-
-    void map(int x, int y, int *rx, int *ry) const;
-    void map( int, int, int, int, int *, int *, int *, int * ) const;
-    TQPoint xForm(const QPoint &) const; // map virtual -> deviceb
-    TQRect xForm(const QRect &) const;
-//     TQPolygon xForm(const QPolygon &) const;
-//     TQPolygon xForm(const QPolygon &, int index, int npoints) const;
-    TQPoint xFormDev(const QPoint &) const; // map device -> virtual
-    TQRect xFormDev(const QRect &) const;
-//     TQPolygon xFormDev(const QPolygon &) const;
-//     TQPolygon xFormDev(const QPolygon &, int index, int npoints) const;
-    qreal translationX() const;
-    qreal translationY() const;
-
-    void resetXForm();
-
-    // [FIXME] The drawWinFocusRect methods below probably need tweaking to exactly match the old Qt3 behaviour
-    void drawWinFocusRect( int x, int y, int w, int h );
-    void drawWinFocusRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, const TQColor &bgColor );
-    void drawWinFocusRect( const TQRect &tqr );
-    void drawWinFocusRect( const TQRect &tqr, const TQColor &bgColor );
-
-//    inline const TQWMatrix &tqworldMatrix() const { return (*(static_cast<const TQWMatrix*>(&worldMatrix()))); }
-    const TQWMatrix &tqworldMatrix() const;
-
-    inline TQPaintDevice *tqdevice() const { return static_cast<TQPaintDevice*>(device()); }
-
-    TQRegion clipRegion( CoordinateMode cm = CoordDevice ) const;
-
-    void setClipRegion( const QRegion &qr, CoordinateMode cm = CoordDevice );
-
-    void setBackgroundColor(const QColor &color);
-    const QColor &backgroundColor() const;
-
-    void setClipRect(const QRectF &qrf, Qt::ClipOperation op = Qt::ReplaceClip);
-    void setClipRect(const QRect &qr, Qt::ClipOperation op = Qt::ReplaceClip);
-    void setClipRect( const TQRect &qr, CoordinateMode cm = CoordDevice );
-    void setClipRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, CoordinateMode cm = CoordDevice );
-
-    inline double m11() const { return deviceTransform().m11(); }
-    inline double m12() const { return deviceTransform().m12(); }
-    inline double m21() const { return deviceTransform().m21(); }
-    inline double m22() const { return deviceTransform().m22(); }
-    inline double dx() const { return deviceTransform().dx(); }
-    inline double dy() const { return deviceTransform().dy(); }
-    inline double im11() const { return deviceTransform().inverted().m11(); }
-    inline double im12() const { return deviceTransform().inverted().m12(); }
-    inline double im21() const { return deviceTransform().inverted().m21(); }
-    inline double im22() const { return deviceTransform().inverted().m22(); }
-    inline double idx() const { return deviceTransform().inverted().dx(); }
-    inline double idy() const { return deviceTransform().inverted().dy(); }
-
-    void moveTo( int x, int y );
-    void moveTo( const TQPoint & );
-    void lineTo( int x, int y );
-    void lineTo( const TQPoint & );
-
-    void tqdrawTextItem( int x, int y, const TQTextItem &ti, int textflags = 0 );
-    void tqdrawTextItem( const TQPoint& p, const TQTextItem &ti, int textflags = 0 );
-
-    static void redirect(QPaintDevice *pdev, QPaintDevice *replacement);
-    static TQPaintDevice *redirect(QPaintDevice *pdev);
-
-    TQt::RasterOp rasterOp() const;
-    void setRasterOp( TQt::RasterOp );
-
-    bool tqbegin( QPaintDevice *pdev, bool unclipped = FALSE );
-    bool tqbegin( QPaintDevice *pdev, const QWidget *init, bool unclipped = FALSE );
-
-	inline void tqdrawPolyline(const QPolygon &pa, int index, int npoints = -1) { drawPolyline(pa.constData() + index, npoints == -1 ? pa.size() - index : npoints); }
-	inline void tqdrawPolygon(const QPolygon &pa, bool winding, int index = 0, int npoints = -1) { drawPolygon(pa.constData() + index, npoints == -1 ? pa.size() - index : npoints, winding ? Qt::WindingFill : Qt::OddEvenFill); }
-	inline void tqdrawPolygon(const QPolygonF &polygon, bool winding, int index = 0, int npoints = -1) { drawPolygon(polygon.constData() + index, npoints == -1 ? polygon.size() - index : npoints, winding ? Qt::WindingFill : Qt::OddEvenFill); }
-	inline void tqdrawConvexPolygon(const QPolygonF &polygon, int index, int npoints = -1) { drawConvexPolygon(polygon.constData() + index, npoints == -1 ? polygon.size() - index : npoints); }
-	inline void tqdrawConvexPolygon(const QPolygon &pa, int index, int npoints = -1) { drawConvexPolygon(pa.constData() + index, npoints == -1 ? pa.size() - index : npoints); }
-// 	static inline void redirect(QPaintDevice *pdev, QPaintDevice *replacement) { setRedirected(pdev, replacement); }
-// 	static inline TQPaintDevice *redirect(QPaintDevice *pdev) { return const_cast<QPaintDevice*>(redirected(pdev)); }
-	void setWorldXForm(bool enabled);
-	bool hasWorldXForm() const;
-// 	inline void resetXForm() { resetTransform(); }
-	void setViewXForm(bool enabled);
-	bool hasViewXForm() const;
-
-	// [FIXME]
-	static void initialize();
-	static void cleanup();
-
-	bool has_qwidget;
-	mutable QWidget* qwidget_ptr;
-
-private:
-	QRect adjustedRectangle(const QRect &r);
-	int rectSubtraction() const;
-	uchar rop;
-	enum { IsActive=0x01, ExtDev=0x02, IsStartingUp=0x04, NoCache=0x08,
-		VxF=0x10, WxF=0x20, ClipOn=0x40, SafePolygon=0x80, MonoDev=0x100,
-		DirtyFont=0x200, DirtyPen=0x400, DirtyBrush=0x800,
-		RGBColor=0x1000, FontMet=0x2000, FontInf=0x4000, CtorBegin=0x8000,
-		UsePrivateCx = 0x10000, VolatileDC = 0x20000, TQt2Compat = 0x40000 };
-// 	uint flags;
-// 	bool testf( uint b ) const { return (flags&b)!=0; }
-	bool testf( uint b ) const;
-	void drawWinFocusRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, bool xorPaint, const QColor &penColor );
-	void fix_neg_rect( int *x, int *y, int *w, int *h );
-
-	TQPoint current_penpos;
-
-    Q_DISABLE_COPY(TQPainter)
-};
-
-QT_END_NAMESPACE
-
-QT_END_HEADER
-
-#else // USE_QT4
-
-class TQGfx;
-class TQTextCodec;
-class TQTextParag;
-class TQPaintDevice;
-class TQTextItem;
-#if defined( TQ_WS_MAC )
-class TQMacSavedPortInfo;
-#endif
-class TQPainterPrivate;
-
-#if defined(TQ_WS_TQWS)
-class TQScreen;
-#endif
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQPainter : public TQt
-{
-public:
-    enum CoordinateMode { CoordDevice, CoordPainter };
-
-    TQPainter();
-    TQPainter( const TQPaintDevice *, bool unclipped = FALSE );
-    TQPainter( const TQPaintDevice *, const TQWidget *, bool unclipped = FALSE );
-   ~TQPainter();
-
-    bool	begin( const TQPaintDevice *, bool unclipped = FALSE );
-    bool	begin( const TQPaintDevice *, const TQWidget *, bool unclipped = FALSE );
-    bool	end();
-    TQPaintDevice *tqdevice() const;
-
-#ifdef TQ_WS_TQWS
-    TQGfx * internalGfx();
-#ifdef TQT_TQWS_EXPERIMENTAL_SCREENPAINTER
-    bool begin(TQScreen *screen);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-    static void redirect( TQPaintDevice *pdev, TQPaintDevice *tqreplacement );
-    static TQPaintDevice *redirect( TQPaintDevice *pdev );
-
-    bool	isActive() const;
-
-    void	flush( const TQRegion &region, CoordinateMode cm = CoordDevice );
-    void	flush();
-    void	save();
-    void	restore();
-
-  // Drawing tools
-
-    TQFontMetrics fontMetrics()	const;
-    TQFontInfo	 fontInfo()	const;
-
-    const TQFont &font()		const;
-    void	setFont( const TQFont & );
-    const TQPen &pen()		const;
-    void	setPen( const TQPen & );
-    void	setPen( PenStyle );
-    void	setPen( const TQColor & );
-    const TQBrush &brush()	const;
-    void	setBrush( const TQBrush & );
-    void	setBrush( BrushStyle );
-    void	setBrush( const TQColor & );
-    TQPoint	pos() const;
-
-  // Drawing attributes/modes
-
-    const TQColor &backgroundColor() const;
-    void	setBackgroundColor( const TQColor & );
-    BGMode	backgroundMode() const;
-    void	setBackgroundMode( BGMode );
-    RasterOp	rasterOp()	const;
-    void	setRasterOp( RasterOp );
-    const TQPoint &brushOrigin() const;
-    void	setBrushOrigin( int x, int y );
-    void	setBrushOrigin( const TQPoint & );
-
-  // Scaling and transformations
-
-//    PaintUnit unit()	       const;		// get set painter unit
-//    void	setUnit( PaintUnit );		// NOT IMPLEMENTED!!!
-
-    bool	hasViewXForm() const;
-    bool	hasWorldXForm() const;
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    void	setViewXForm( bool );		// set xform on/off
-    TQRect	window()       const;		// get window
-    void	setWindow( const TQRect & );	// set window
-    void	setWindow( int x, int y, int w, int h );
-    TQRect	viewport()   const;		// get viewport
-    void	setViewport( const TQRect & );	// set viewport
-    void	setViewport( int x, int y, int w, int h );
-
-    void	setWorldXForm( bool );		// set world xform on/off
-    const TQWMatrix &tqworldMatrix() const;	// get/set world xform matrix
-    void	setWorldMatrix( const TQWMatrix &, bool combine=FALSE );
-
-    void	saveWorldMatrix();
-    void	restoreWorldMatrix();
-
-    void	scale( double sx, double sy );
-    void	shear( double sh, double sv );
-    void	rotate( double a );
-#endif
-    void	translate( double dx, double dy );
-    void	resetXForm();
-    double	translationX() const;
-    double	translationY() const;
-
-    TQPoint	xForm( const TQPoint & ) const;	// map virtual -> tqdevice
-    TQRect	xForm( const TQRect & )	const;
-    TQPointArray xForm( const TQPointArray & ) const;
-    TQPointArray xForm( const TQPointArray &, int index, int npoints ) const;
-    TQPoint	xFormDev( const TQPoint & ) const; // map tqdevice -> virtual
-    TQRect	xFormDev( const TQRect & )  const;
-    TQPointArray xFormDev( const TQPointArray & ) const;
-    TQPointArray xFormDev( const TQPointArray &, int index, int npoints ) const;
-
-  // Clipping
-
-    void	setClipping( bool );		// set clipping on/off
-    bool	hasClipping() const;
-    TQRegion clipRegion( CoordinateMode = CoordDevice ) const;
-    void	setClipRect( const TQRect &, CoordinateMode = CoordDevice );	// set clip rectangle
-    void	setClipRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, CoordinateMode = CoordDevice );
-    void	setClipRegion( const TQRegion &, CoordinateMode = CoordDevice );// set clip region
-
-  // Graphics drawing functions
-
-    void	drawPoint( int x, int y );
-    void	drawPoint( const TQPoint & );
-    void	drawPoints( const TQPointArray& a,
-			    int index=0, int npoints=-1 );
-    void	moveTo( int x, int y );
-    void	moveTo( const TQPoint & );
-    void	lineTo( int x, int y );
-    void	lineTo( const TQPoint & );
-    void	drawLine( int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2 );
-    void	drawLine( const TQPoint &, const TQPoint & );
-    void	drawRect( int x, int y, int w, int h );
-    void	drawRect( const TQRect & );
-    void	drawWinFocusRect( int x, int y, int w, int h );
-    void	drawWinFocusRect( int x, int y, int w, int h,
-				  const TQColor &bgColor );
-    void	drawWinFocusRect( const TQRect & );
-    void	drawWinFocusRect( const TQRect &,
-				  const TQColor &bgColor );
-    void	drawRoundRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, int = 25, int = 25 );
-    void	drawRoundRect( const TQRect &, int = 25, int = 25 );
-    void	drawEllipse( int x, int y, int w, int h );
-    void	drawEllipse( const TQRect & );
-    void	drawArc( int x, int y, int w, int h, int a, int alen );
-    void	drawArc( const TQRect &, int a, int alen );
-    void	drawPie( int x, int y, int w, int h, int a, int alen );
-    void	drawPie( const TQRect &, int a, int alen );
-    void	drawChord( int x, int y, int w, int h, int a, int alen );
-    void	drawChord( const TQRect &, int a, int alen );
-    void	drawLineSegments( const TQPointArray &,
-				  int index=0, int nlines=-1 );
-    void	drawPolyline( const TQPointArray &,
-			      int index=0, int npoints=-1 );
-    void	drawPolygon( const TQPointArray &, bool winding=FALSE,
-			     int index=0, int npoints=-1 );
-    void	drawConvexPolygon( const TQPointArray &,
-			     int index=0, int npoints=-1 );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_BEZIER
-    void	drawCubicBezier( const TQPointArray &, int index=0 );
-#endif
-    void	drawPixmap( int x, int y, const TQPixmap &,
-			    int sx=0, int sy=0, int sw=-1, int sh=-1 );
-    void	drawPixmap( const TQPoint &, const TQPixmap &,
-			    const TQRect &sr );
-    void	drawPixmap( const TQPoint &, const TQPixmap & );
-    void	drawPixmap( const TQRect &, const TQPixmap & );
-    void	drawImage( int x, int y, const TQImage &,
-			   int sx = 0, int sy = 0, int sw = -1, int sh = -1,
-			   int conversionFlags = 0 );
-    void	drawImage( const TQPoint &, const TQImage &,
-			   const TQRect &sr, int conversionFlags = 0 );
-    void	drawImage( const TQPoint &, const TQImage &,
-			   int conversion_flags = 0 );
-    void	drawImage( const TQRect &, const TQImage & );
-    void	drawTiledPixmap( int x, int y, int w, int h, const TQPixmap &,
-				 int sx=0, int sy=0 );
-    void	drawTiledPixmap( const TQRect &, const TQPixmap &,
-				 const TQPoint & );
-    void	drawTiledPixmap( const TQRect &, const TQPixmap & );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_PICTURE
-    void	drawPicture( const TQPicture & );
-    void	drawPicture( int x, int y, const TQPicture & );
-    void	drawPicture( const TQPoint &, const TQPicture & );
-#endif
-
-    void	fillRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, const TQBrush & );
-    void	fillRect( const TQRect &, const TQBrush & );
-    void	eraseRect( int x, int y, int w, int h );
-    void	eraseRect( const TQRect & );
-
-  // Text drawing functions
-
-    enum TextDirection {
-	Auto,
-	RTL,
-	LTR
-    };
-
-    void	drawText( int x, int y, const TQString &, int len = -1, TextDirection dir = Auto );
-    void	drawText( const TQPoint &, const TQString &, int len = -1, TextDirection dir = Auto );
-
-    void     drawText( int x, int y, const TQString &, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir = Auto );
-    void     drawText( const TQPoint &p, const TQString &, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir = Auto );
-
-    void	drawText( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags,
-			  const TQString&, int len = -1, TQRect *br=0,
-			  TQTextParag **intern=0 );
-    void	drawText( const TQRect &, int flags,
-			  const TQString&, int len = -1, TQRect *br=0,
-			  TQTextParag **intern=0 );
-
-    void tqdrawTextItem( int x, int y, const TQTextItem &ti, int textflags = 0 );
-    void tqdrawTextItem( const TQPoint& p, const TQTextItem &ti, int textflags = 0 );
-
-    TQRect	boundingRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags,
-			      const TQString&, int len = -1, TQTextParag **intern=0 );
-    TQRect	boundingRect( const TQRect &, int flags,
-			      const TQString&, int len = -1, TQTextParag **intern=0 );
-
-    int		tabStops() const;
-    void	setTabStops( int );
-    int	       *tabArray() const;
-    void	setTabArray( int * );
-
-    // Other functions
-
-#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN)
-    HDC		handle() const;
-#elif defined(TQ_WS_X11) || defined(TQ_WS_MAC)
-    HANDLE	handle() const;
-#endif
-
-
-    static void initialize();
-    static void cleanup();
-
-private:
-    void	init();
-    void        destroy();
-    void	updateFont();
-    void	updatePen();
-    void	updateBrush();
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    void	updateXForm();
-    void	updateInvXForm();
-#endif
-    void	map( int, int, int *rx, int *ry ) const;
-    void	map( int, int, int, int, int *, int *, int *, int * ) const;
-    void	mapInv( int, int, int *, int * ) const;
-    void	mapInv( int, int, int, int, int *, int *, int *, int * ) const;
-    void	drawPolyInternal( const TQPointArray &, bool close=TRUE );
-    void	drawWinFocusRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, bool xorPaint,
-				  const TQColor &penColor );
-
-    enum { IsActive=0x01, ExtDev=0x02, IsStartingUp=0x04, NoCache=0x08,
-	   VxF=0x10, WxF=0x20, ClipOn=0x40, SafePolygon=0x80, MonoDev=0x100,
-	   DirtyFont=0x200, DirtyPen=0x400, DirtyBrush=0x800,
-	   RGBColor=0x1000, FontMet=0x2000, FontInf=0x4000, CtorBegin=0x8000,
-           UsePrivateCx = 0x10000, VolatileDC = 0x20000, TQt2Compat = 0x40000 };
-    uint	flags;
-    bool	testf( uint b ) const { return (flags&b)!=0; }
-    void	setf( uint b )	{ flags |= b; }
-    void	setf( uint b, bool v );
-    void	clearf( uint b )	{ flags &= (uint)(~b); }
-    void	fix_neg_rect( int *x, int *y, int *w, int *h );
-
-    TQPainterPrivate *d;
-    TQPaintDevice *pdev;
-    TQColor	bg_col;
-    uchar	bg_mode;
-    uchar	rop;
-    uchar	pu;
-    TQPoint	bro;
-    TQFont	cfont;
-    TQFont *pfont; 	// font used for metrics (might be different for printers)
-    TQPen	cpen;
-    TQBrush	cbrush;
-    TQRegion	crgn;
-    int		tabstops;
-    int	       *tabarray;
-    int		tabarraylen;
-    bool	block_ext;	// for temporary blocking of external tqdevices
-
-    // Transformations
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    TQCOORD	wx, wy, ww, wh;
-    TQCOORD	vx, vy, vw, vh;
-    TQWMatrix	wxmat;
-
-    // Cached composition (and inverse) of transformations
-    TQWMatrix	xmat;
-    TQWMatrix	ixmat;
-
-
-
-    double	m11() const { return xmat.m11(); }
-    double      m12() const { return xmat.m12(); }
-    double      m21() const { return xmat.m21(); }
-    double      m22() const { return xmat.m22(); }
-    double      dx() const { return xmat.dx(); }
-    double      dy() const { return xmat.dy(); }
-    double	im11() const { return ixmat.m11(); }
-    double      im12() const { return ixmat.m12(); }
-    double      im21() const { return ixmat.m21(); }
-    double      im22() const { return ixmat.m22(); }
-    double      idx() const { return ixmat.dx(); }
-    double      idy() const { return ixmat.dy(); }
-
-    int		txop;
-    bool	txinv;
-
-#else
-    // even without transformations we still have translations
-    int		xlatex;
-    int		xlatey;
-#endif
-
-    void       *penRef;				// pen cache ref
-    void       *brushRef;			// brush cache ref
-    void       *ps_stack;
-    void       *wm_stack;
-    void	killPStack();
-
-protected:
-#ifdef TQ_OS_TEMP
-    TQPoint	internalCurrentPos;
-    uint	old_pix;			// ### All win platforms in 4.0
-#endif
-#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN)
-    friend class TQFontEngineWin;
-    friend class TQFontEngineBox;
-    TQT_WIN_PAINTER_MEMBERS
-#elif defined(TQ_WS_X11)
-    friend class TQFontEngineXLFD;
-    friend class TQFontEngineXft;
-    friend class TQFontEngineBox;
-    Display    *dpy;				// current display
-    int		scrn;				// current screen
-    TQt::HANDLE	hd;				// handle to drawable
-    TQt::HANDLE  rendhd;				// handle to Xft draw
-    GC		gc;				// graphics context (standard)
-    GC		gc_brush;			// graphics contect for brush
-    TQPoint	curPt;				// current point
-    uint	clip_serial;			// clipping serial number
-#elif defined(TQ_WS_MAC)
-    TQt::HANDLE	hd;				// handle to drawable
-    void initPaintDevice(bool force=FALSE, TQPoint *off=NULL, TQRegion *rgn=NULL);
-    friend const TQRegion &qt_mac_update_painter(TQPainter *, bool);
-    friend class TQFontEngineMac;
-    friend class TQMacPainter;
-#elif defined(TQ_WS_TQWS)
-    friend class TQFontEngine;
-    TQGfx * gfx;
-    friend void qwsUpdateActivePainters();
-#endif
-    friend class TQFontMetrics;
-    friend class TQFontInfo;
-    friend class TQTextLayout;
-    friend void qt_format_text( const TQFont &, const TQRect &r,
-		     int tf, const TQString& str, int len, TQRect *brect,
-		     int tabstops, int* tabarray, int tabarraylen,
-		     TQTextParag **internal, TQPainter* painter );
-    friend void qt_draw_background( TQPainter *p, int x, int y, int w,  int h );
-    friend void qt_draw_transformed_rect( TQPainter *p,  int x, int y, int w,  int h, bool fill );
-    friend class TQPrinter;
-
-private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
-#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
-    TQPainter( const TQPainter & );
-    TQPainter &operator=( const TQPainter & );
-#endif
-
-    enum TransformationCodes {
-	TxNone      = 0,		// transformation codes
-	TxTranslate = 1,		// copy in qpainter_*.cpp
-	TxScale     = 2,
-	TxRotShear  = 3
-    };
-};
-
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  TQPainter member functions
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-inline TQPaintDevice *TQPainter::tqdevice() const
-{
-    return pdev;
-}
-
-inline bool TQPainter::isActive() const
-{
-    return testf(IsActive);
-}
-
-inline const TQFont &TQPainter::font() const
-{
-    return cfont;
-}
-
-inline const TQPen &TQPainter::pen() const
-{
-    return cpen;
-}
-
-inline const TQBrush &TQPainter::brush() const
-{
-    return cbrush;
-}
-
-/*
-inline PaintUnit TQPainter::unit() const
-{
-    return (PaintUnit)pu;
-}
-*/
-
-inline const TQColor &TQPainter::backgroundColor() const
-{
-    return bg_col;
-}
-
-inline TQt::BGMode TQPainter::backgroundMode() const
-{
-    return (BGMode)bg_mode;
-}
-
-inline TQt::RasterOp TQPainter::rasterOp() const
-{
-    return (RasterOp)rop;
-}
-
-inline const TQPoint &TQPainter::brushOrigin() const
-{
-    return bro;
-}
-
-inline bool TQPainter::hasViewXForm() const
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    return testf(VxF);
-#else
-    return xlatex || xlatey;
-#endif
-}
-
-inline bool TQPainter::hasWorldXForm() const
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    return testf(WxF);
-#else
-    return xlatex || xlatey;
-#endif
-}
-
-inline double TQPainter::translationX() const
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    return tqworldMatrix().dx();
-#else
-    return xlatex;
-#endif
-}
-
-inline double TQPainter::translationY() const
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-    return tqworldMatrix().dy();
-#else
-    return xlatey;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-inline bool TQPainter::hasClipping() const
-{
-    return testf(ClipOn);
-}
-
-inline int TQPainter::tabStops() const
-{
-    return tabstops;
-}
-
-inline int *TQPainter::tabArray() const
-{
-    return tabarray;
-}
-
-#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN)
-inline HDC TQPainter::handle() const
-{
-    return hdc;
-}
-#elif defined(TQ_WS_X11) || defined(TQ_WS_MAC)
-inline TQt::HANDLE TQPainter::handle() const
-{
-    return hd;
-}
-#endif
-
-inline void TQPainter::setBrushOrigin( const TQPoint &p )
-{
-    setBrushOrigin( p.x(), p.y() );
-}
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
-inline void TQPainter::setWindow( const TQRect &r )
-{
-    setWindow( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height() );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::setViewport( const TQRect &r )
-{
-    setViewport( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height() );
-}
-#endif
-
-inline void TQPainter::setClipRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, CoordinateMode m )
-{
-    setClipRect( TQRect(x,y,w,h), m );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::drawPoint( const TQPoint &p )
-{
-    drawPoint( p.x(), p.y() );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::moveTo( const TQPoint &p )
-{
-    moveTo( p.x(), p.y() );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::lineTo( const TQPoint &p )
-{
-    lineTo( p.x(), p.y() );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::drawLine( const TQPoint &p1, const TQPoint &p2 )
-{
-    drawLine( p1.x(), p1.y(), p2.x(), p2.y() );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::drawRect( const TQRect &r )
-{
-    drawRect( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height() );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::drawWinFocusRect( const TQRect &r )
-{
-    drawWinFocusRect( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height() );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::drawWinFocusRect( const TQRect &r,const TQColor &penColor )
-{
-    drawWinFocusRect( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), penColor );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::drawRoundRect( const TQRect &r, int xRnd, int yRnd )
-{
-    drawRoundRect( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), xRnd, yRnd );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::drawEllipse( const TQRect &r )
-{
-    drawEllipse( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height() );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::drawArc( const TQRect &r, int a, int alen )
-{
-    drawArc( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), a, alen );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::drawPie( const TQRect &r, int a, int alen )
-{
-    drawPie( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), a, alen );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::drawChord( const TQRect &r, int a, int alen )
-{
-    drawChord( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), a, alen );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::drawPixmap( const TQPoint &p, const TQPixmap &pm,
-				  const TQRect &sr )
-{
-    drawPixmap( p.x(), p.y(), pm, sr.x(), sr.y(), sr.width(), sr.height() );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::drawImage( const TQPoint &p, const TQImage &pm,
-                                 const TQRect &sr, int conversionFlags )
-{
-    drawImage( p.x(), p.y(), pm,
-	       sr.x(), sr.y(), sr.width(), sr.height(), conversionFlags );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::drawTiledPixmap( const TQRect &r, const TQPixmap &pm,
-				       const TQPoint &sp )
-{
-    drawTiledPixmap( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), pm, sp.x(), sp.y() );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::drawTiledPixmap( const TQRect &r, const TQPixmap &pm )
-{
-    drawTiledPixmap( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), pm, 0, 0 );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::fillRect( const TQRect &r, const TQBrush &brush )
-{
-    fillRect( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), brush );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::eraseRect( int x, int y, int w, int h )
-{
-    fillRect( x, y, w, h, backgroundColor() );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::eraseRect( const TQRect &r )
-{
-    fillRect( r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), backgroundColor() );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::drawText( const TQPoint &p, const TQString &s, int len, TextDirection dir )
-{
-    drawText( p.x(), p.y(), s, 0, len, dir );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::drawText( const TQPoint &p, const TQString &s, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir )
-{
-    drawText( p.x(), p.y(), s, pos, len, dir );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::drawText( int x, int y, int w, int h, int tf,
-				const TQString& str, int len, TQRect *br, TQTextParag **i )
-{
-    TQRect r(x, y, w, h);
-    drawText( r, tf, str, len, br, i );
-}
-
-inline void TQPainter::tqdrawTextItem( const TQPoint& p, const TQTextItem &ti, int textflags )
-{
-    tqdrawTextItem( p.x(), p.y(), ti, textflags );
-}
-
-inline TQRect TQPainter::boundingRect( int x, int y, int w, int h, int tf,
-				     const TQString& str, int len, TQTextParag **i )
-{
-    TQRect r(x, y, w, h);
-    return boundingRect( r, tf, str, len, i );
-}
-
-#if defined(TQ_WS_TQWS)
-inline TQGfx * TQPainter::internalGfx()
-{
-    return gfx;
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif // USE_QT4
-
-#endif // TQPAINTER_H
diff --git a/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqwmatrix.cpp~ b/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqwmatrix.cpp~
deleted file mode 100644
index f95b660..0000000
--- a/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqwmatrix.cpp~
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1204 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Implementation of TQWMatrix class
-**
-** Created : 941020
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.
-**
-** This file is part of the kernel module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include "tqwmatrix.h"
-#include "tqdatastream.h"
-#include "tqregion.h"
-#if defined(TQ_WS_X11)
-double qsincos( double, bool calcCos );		// defined in qpainter_x11.cpp
-#else
-#include <math.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <limits.h>
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_WMATRIX
-
-#ifdef USE_QT4
-
-// some defines to inline some code
-#define MAPDOUBLE( x, y, nx, ny ) \
-{ \
-    double fx = x; \
-    double fy = y; \
-    nx = m11()*fx + m21()*fy + dx(); \
-    ny = m12()*fx + m22()*fy + dy(); \
-}
-
-#define MAPINT( x, y, nx, ny ) \
-{ \
-    double fx = x; \
-    double fy = y; \
-    nx = tqRound(m11()*fx + m21()*fy + dx()); \
-    ny = tqRound(m12()*fx + m22()*fy + dy()); \
-}
-
-struct TQWMDoublePoint {
-    double x;
-    double y;
-};
-
-bool qt_old_transformations = TRUE;
-
-// TQWMatrix TQWMatrix::invert(bool *invertible=0) {
-// 	return convertFromQMatrix(inverted(invertible));
-// }
-
-/*!
-    Sets the transformation mode that TQWMatrix and painter
-    transformations use to \a m.
-
-    \sa TQWMatrix::TransformationMode
-*/
-void TQWMatrix::setTransformationMode( TQWMatrix::TransformationMode m )
-{
-	printf("[WARNING] TQWMatrix::setTransformationMode has no effect!\n\r");
-
-	if ( m == TQWMatrix::Points )
-		qt_old_transformations = TRUE;
-	else
-		qt_old_transformations = FALSE;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Returns the current transformation mode.
-
-    \sa TQWMatrix::TransformationMode
-*/
-TQWMatrix::TransformationMode TQWMatrix::transformationMode()
-{
-	return (qt_old_transformations ? TQWMatrix::Points : TQWMatrix::Areas );
-}
-
-/*!
-  \internal
-*/
-TQPointArray TQWMatrix::operator *( const TQPointArray &a ) const
-{
-    if( qt_old_transformations ) {
-	TQPointArray result = a.copy();
-	int x, y;
-	for ( int i=0; i<(int)result.size(); i++ ) {
-	    result.point( i, &x, &y );
-	    MAPINT( x, y, x, y );
-	    result.setPoint( i, x, y );
-	}
-	return result;
-    } else {
-	int size = a.size();
-	int i;
-	TQMemArray<TQWMDoublePoint> p( size );
-	TQPoint *da = TQT_TQPOINT_CONST(a.data());
-	TQWMDoublePoint *dp = p.data();
-	double xmin = INT_MAX;
-	double ymin = xmin;
-	double xmax = INT_MIN;
-	double ymax = xmax;
-	int xminp = 0;
-	int yminp = 0;
-	for( i = 0; i < size; i++ ) {
-	    dp[i].x = da[i].x();
-	    dp[i].y = da[i].y();
-	    if ( dp[i].x < xmin ) {
-		xmin = dp[i].x;
-		xminp = i;
-	    }
-	    if ( dp[i].y < ymin ) {
-		ymin = dp[i].y;
-		yminp = i;
-	    }
-	    xmax = TQMAX( xmax, dp[i].x );
-	    ymax = TQMAX( ymax, dp[i].y );
-	}
-	double w = TQMAX( xmax - xmin, 1 );
-	double h = TQMAX( ymax - ymin, 1 );
-	for( i = 0; i < size; i++ ) {
-	    dp[i].x += (dp[i].x - xmin)/w;
-	    dp[i].y += (dp[i].y - ymin)/h;
-	    MAPDOUBLE( dp[i].x, dp[i].y, dp[i].x, dp[i].y );
-	}
-
-	// now apply correction back for transformed values...
-	xmin = INT_MAX;
-	ymin = xmin;
-	xmax = INT_MIN;
-	ymax = xmax;
-	for( i = 0; i < size; i++ ) {
-	    xmin = TQMIN( xmin, dp[i].x );
-	    ymin = TQMIN( ymin, dp[i].y );
-	    xmax = TQMAX( xmax, dp[i].x );
-	    ymax = TQMAX( ymax, dp[i].y );
-	}
-	w = TQMAX( xmax - xmin, 1 );
-	h = TQMAX( ymax - ymin, 1 );
-
-	TQPointArray result( size );
-	TQPoint *dr = TQT_TQPOINT(result.data());
-	for( i = 0; i < size; i++ ) {
-	    dr[i].setX( tqRound( dp[i].x - (dp[i].x - dp[xminp].x)/w ) );
-	    dr[i].setY( tqRound( dp[i].y - (dp[i].y - dp[yminp].y)/h ) );
-	}
-	return result;
-    }
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the result of multiplying this matrix by matrix \a m.
-*/
-
-TQWMatrix &TQWMatrix::operator*=( const TQWMatrix &m )
-{
-    double tm11 = m11()*m.m11() + m12()*m.m21();
-    double tm12 = m11()*m.m12() + m12()*m.m22();
-    double tm21 = m21()*m.m11() + m22()*m.m21();
-    double tm22 = m21()*m.m12() + m22()*m.m22();
-
-    double tdx  = dx()*m.m11()  + dy()*m.m21() + m.dx();
-    double tdy =  dx()*m.m12()  + dy()*m.m22() + m.dy();
-
-    *this = TQWMatrix(tm11, tm12, tm21, tm22, tdx, tdy);
-
-    return *this;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-    \relates TQWMatrix
-    Returns the product of \a m1 * \a m2.
-
-    Note that matrix multiplication is not commutative, i.e. a*b !=
-    b*a.
-*/
-
-TQWMatrix operator*( const TQWMatrix &m1, const TQWMatrix &m2 )
-{
-    TQWMatrix result = m1;
-    result *= m2;
-    return result;
-}
-
-#else // USE_QT4
-
-/*!
-    \class TQWMatrix tqwmatrix.h
-    \brief The TQWMatrix class specifies 2D transformations of a
-    coordinate system.
-
-    \ingroup graphics
-    \ingroup images
-
-    The standard coordinate system of a \link TQPaintDevice paint
-    tqdevice\endlink has the origin located at the top-left position. X
-    values increase to the right; Y values increase downward.
-
-    This coordinate system is the default for the TQPainter, which
-    renders graphics in a paint tqdevice. A user-defined coordinate
-    system can be specified by setting a TQWMatrix for the painter.
-
-    Example:
-    \code
-	MyWidget::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
-	{
-            TQPainter p;                      // our painter
-            TQWMatrix m;                      // our transformation matrix
-            m.rotate( 22.5 );                // rotated coordinate system
-            p.begin( this );                 // start painting
-            p.setWorldMatrix( m );           // use rotated coordinate system
-            p.drawText( 30,20, "detator" );  // draw rotated text at 30,20
-            p.end();                         // painting done
-	}
-    \endcode
-
-    A matrix specifies how to translate, scale, shear or rotate the
-    graphics; the actual transformation is performed by the drawing
-    routines in TQPainter and by TQPixmap::xForm().
-
-    The TQWMatrix class tqcontains a 3x3 matrix of the form:
-    <table align=center border=1 cellpadding=1 cellspacing=0>
-    <tr align=center><td>m11</td><td>m12</td><td>&nbsp;0 </td></tr>
-    <tr align=center><td>m21</td><td>m22</td><td>&nbsp;0 </td></tr>
-    <tr align=center><td>dx</td> <td>dy</td> <td>&nbsp;1 </td></tr>
-    </table>
-
-    A matrix transforms a point in the plane to another point:
-    \code
-	x' = m11*x + m21*y + dx
-	y' = m22*y + m12*x + dy
-    \endcode
-
-    The point \e (x, y) is the original point, and \e (x', y') is the
-    transformed point. \e (x', y') can be transformed back to \e (x,
-    y) by performing the same operation on the \link
-    TQWMatrix::invert() inverted matrix\endlink.
-
-    The elements \e dx and \e dy specify horizontal and vertical
-    translation. The elements \e m11 and \e m22 specify horizontal and
-    vertical scaling. The elements \e m12 and \e m21 specify
-    horizontal and vertical shearing.
-
-    The identity matrix has \e m11 and \e m22 set to 1; all others are
-    set to 0. This matrix maps a point to itself.
-
-    Translation is the simplest transformation. Setting \e dx and \e
-    dy will move the coordinate system \e dx units along the X axis
-    and \e dy units along the Y axis.
-
-    Scaling can be done by setting \e m11 and \e m22. For example,
-    setting \e m11 to 2 and \e m22 to 1.5 will double the height and
-    increase the width by 50%.
-
-    Shearing is controlled by \e m12 and \e m21. Setting these
-    elements to values different from zero will twist the coordinate
-    system.
-
-    Rotation is achieved by carefully setting both the shearing
-    factors and the scaling factors. The TQWMatrix also has a function
-    that sets \link rotate() rotation \endlink directly.
-
-    TQWMatrix lets you combine transformations like this:
-    \code
-	TQWMatrix m;           // identity matrix
-	m.translate(10, -20); // first translate (10,-20)
-	m.rotate(25);         // then rotate 25 degrees
-	m.scale(1.2, 0.7);    // finally scale it
-    \endcode
-
-    Here's the same example using basic matrix operations:
-    \code
-	double a    = pi/180 * 25;         // convert 25 to radians
-	double sina = sin(a);
-	double cosa = cos(a);
-	TQWMatrix m1(1, 0, 0, 1, 10, -20);  // translation matrix
-	TQWMatrix m2( cosa, sina,           // rotation matrix
-		    -sina, cosa, 0, 0 );
-	TQWMatrix m3(1.2, 0, 0, 0.7, 0, 0); // scaling matrix
-	TQWMatrix m;
-	m = m3 * m2 * m1;                  // combine all transformations
-    \endcode
-
-    \l TQPainter has functions to translate, scale, shear and rotate the
-    coordinate system without using a TQWMatrix. Although these
-    functions are very convenient, it can be more efficient to build a
-    TQWMatrix and call TQPainter::setWorldMatrix() if you want to perform
-    more than a single transform operation.
-
-    \sa TQPainter::setWorldMatrix(), TQPixmap::xForm()
-*/
-
-bool qt_old_transformations = TRUE;
-
-/*!
-    \enum TQWMatrix::TransformationMode
-
-    \keyword transformation matrix
-
-    TQWMatrix offers two transformation modes. Calculations can either
-    be done in terms of points (Points mode, the default), or in
-    terms of area (Area mode).
-
-    In Points mode the transformation is applied to the points that
-    mark out the tqshape's bounding line. In Areas mode the
-    transformation is applied in such a way that the area of the
-    contained region is correctly transformed under the matrix.
-
-    \value Points transformations are applied to the tqshape's points.
-    \value Areas transformations are applied (e.g. to the width and
-    height) so that the area is transformed.
-
-    Example:
-
-    Suppose we have a rectangle,
-    \c{TQRect( 10, 20, 30, 40 )} and a transformation matrix
-    \c{TQWMatrix( 2, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0 )} to double the rectangle's size.
-
-    In Points mode, the matrix will transform the top-left (10,20) and
-    the bottom-right (39,59) points producing a rectangle with its
-    top-left point at (20,40) and its bottom-right point at (78,118),
-    i.e. with a width of 59 and a height of 79.
-
-    In Areas mode, the matrix will transform the top-left point in
-    the same way as in Points mode to (20/40), and double the width
-    and height, so the bottom-right will become (69,99), i.e. a width
-    of 60 and a height of 80.
-
-    Because integer arithmetic is used (for speed), rounding
-    differences mean that the modes will produce slightly different
-    results given the same tqshape and the same transformation,
-    especially when scaling up. This also means that some operations
-    are not commutative.
-
-    Under Points mode, \c{matrix * ( region1 | region2 )} is not equal to
-    \c{matrix * region1 | matrix * region2}. Under Area mode, \c{matrix *
-    (pointarray[i])} is not neccesarily equal to
-    \c{(matrix * pointarry)[i]}.
-
-    \img xform.png Comparison of Points and Areas TransformationModes
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Sets the transformation mode that TQWMatrix and painter
-    transformations use to \a m.
-
-    \sa TQWMatrix::TransformationMode
-*/
-void TQWMatrix::setTransformationMode( TQWMatrix::TransformationMode m )
-{
-    if ( m == TQWMatrix::Points )
-	qt_old_transformations = TRUE;
-    else
-	qt_old_transformations = FALSE;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Returns the current transformation mode.
-
-    \sa TQWMatrix::TransformationMode
-*/
-TQWMatrix::TransformationMode TQWMatrix::transformationMode()
-{
-    return (qt_old_transformations ? TQWMatrix::Points : TQWMatrix::Areas );
-}
-
-
-// some defines to inline some code
-#define MAPDOUBLE( x, y, nx, ny ) \
-{ \
-    double fx = x; \
-    double fy = y; \
-    nx = _m11*fx + _m21*fy + _dx; \
-    ny = _m12*fx + _m22*fy + _dy; \
-}
-
-#define MAPINT( x, y, nx, ny ) \
-{ \
-    double fx = x; \
-    double fy = y; \
-    nx = tqRound(_m11*fx + _m21*fy + _dx); \
-    ny = tqRound(_m12*fx + _m22*fy + _dy); \
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  TQWMatrix member functions
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    Constructs an identity matrix. All elements are set to zero except
-    \e m11 and \e m22 (scaling), which are set to 1.
-*/
-
-TQWMatrix::TQWMatrix()
-{
-    _m11 = _m22 = 1.0;
-    _m12 = _m21 = _dx = _dy = 0.0;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Constructs a matrix with the elements, \a m11, \a m12, \a m21, \a
-    m22, \a dx and \a dy.
-*/
-
-TQWMatrix::TQWMatrix( double m11, double m12, double m21, double m22,
-		    double dx, double dy )
-{
-    _m11 = m11;	 _m12 = m12;
-    _m21 = m21;	 _m22 = m22;
-    _dx	 = dx;	 _dy  = dy;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Sets the matrix elements to the specified values, \a m11, \a m12,
-    \a m21, \a m22, \a dx and \a dy.
-*/
-
-void TQWMatrix::setMatrix( double m11, double m12, double m21, double m22,
-			  double dx, double dy )
-{
-    _m11 = m11;	 _m12 = m12;
-    _m21 = m21;	 _m22 = m22;
-    _dx	 = dx;	 _dy  = dy;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn double TQWMatrix::m11() const
-
-    Returns the X scaling factor.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn double TQWMatrix::m12() const
-
-    Returns the vertical shearing factor.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn double TQWMatrix::m21() const
-
-    Returns the horizontal shearing factor.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn double TQWMatrix::m22() const
-
-    Returns the Y scaling factor.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn double TQWMatrix::dx() const
-
-    Returns the horizontal translation.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn double TQWMatrix::dy() const
-
-    Returns the vertical translation.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Transforms ( \a x, \a y ) to ( \a *tx, \a *ty ) using the
-    following formulae:
-
-    \code
-	*tx = m11*x + m21*y + dx
-	*ty = m22*y + m12*x + dy
-    \endcode
-*/
-
-void TQWMatrix::map( double x, double y, double *tx, double *ty ) const
-{
-    MAPDOUBLE( x, y, *tx, *ty );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Transforms ( \a x, \a y ) to ( \a *tx, \a *ty ) using the formulae:
-
-    \code
-	*tx = m11*x + m21*y + dx  (rounded to the nearest integer)
-	*ty = m22*y + m12*x + dy  (rounded to the nearest integer)
-    \endcode
-*/
-
-void TQWMatrix::map( int x, int y, int *tx, int *ty ) const
-{
-    MAPINT( x, y, *tx, *ty );
-}
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQPoint TQWMatrix::map( const TQPoint &p ) const
-
-    \overload
-
-    Transforms \a p to using the formulae:
-
-    \code
-	retx = m11*px + m21*py + dx  (rounded to the nearest integer)
-	rety = m22*py + m12*px + dy  (rounded to the nearest integer)
-    \endcode
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn TQRect TQWMatrix::map( const TQRect &r ) const
-
-  \obsolete
-
-  Please use \l TQWMatrix::mapRect() instead.
-
-  Note that this method does return the bounding rectangle of the \a r, when
-  shearing or rotations are used.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQPointArray TQWMatrix::map( const TQPointArray &a ) const
-
-    \overload
-
-    Returns the point array \a a transformed by calling map for each point.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQRegion TQWMatrix::map( const TQRegion &r ) const
-
-    \overload
-
-    Transforms the region \a r.
-
-    Calling this method can be rather expensive, if rotations or
-    shearing are used.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQRegion TQWMatrix::mapToRegion( const TQRect &rect ) const
-
-    Returns the transformed rectangle \a rect.
-
-    A rectangle which has been rotated or sheared may result in a
-    non-rectangular region being returned.
-
-    Calling this method can be expensive, if rotations or shearing are
-    used. If you just need to know the bounding rectangle of the
-    returned region, use mapRect() which is a lot faster than this
-    function.
-
-    \sa TQWMatrix::mapRect()
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    Returns the transformed rectangle \a rect.
-
-    The bounding rectangle is returned if rotation or shearing has
-    been specified.
-
-    If you need to know the exact region \a rect maps to use \l
-    operator*().
-
-    \sa operator*()
-*/
-
-TQRect TQWMatrix::mapRect( const TQRect &rect ) const
-{
-    TQRect result;
-    if( qt_old_transformations ) {
-	if ( _m12 == 0.0F && _m21 == 0.0F ) {
-	    result = TQRect( map(rect.topLeft()), map(rect.bottomRight()) ).normalize();
-	} else {
-	    TQPointArray a( rect );
-	    a = map( a );
-	    result = a.boundingRect();
-	}
-    } else {
-	if ( _m12 == 0.0F && _m21 == 0.0F ) {
-	    int x = tqRound( _m11*rect.x() + _dx );
-	    int y = tqRound( _m22*rect.y() + _dy );
-	    int w = tqRound( _m11*rect.width() );
-	    int h = tqRound( _m22*rect.height() );
-	    if ( w < 0 ) {
-		w = -w;
-		x -= w-1;
-	    }
-	    if ( h < 0 ) {
-		h = -h;
-		y -= h-1;
-	    }
-	    result = TQRect( x, y, w, h );
-	} else {
-
-	    // see mapToPolygon for explanations of the algorithm.
-	    double x0, y0;
-	    double x, y;
-	    MAPDOUBLE( rect.left(), rect.top(), x0, y0 );
-	    double xmin = x0;
-	    double ymin = y0;
-	    double xmax = x0;
-	    double ymax = y0;
-	    MAPDOUBLE( rect.right() + 1, rect.top(), x, y );
-	    xmin = TQMIN( xmin, x );
-	    ymin = TQMIN( ymin, y );
-	    xmax = TQMAX( xmax, x );
-	    ymax = TQMAX( ymax, y );
-	    MAPDOUBLE( rect.right() + 1, rect.bottom() + 1, x, y );
-	    xmin = TQMIN( xmin, x );
-	    ymin = TQMIN( ymin, y );
-	    xmax = TQMAX( xmax, x );
-	    ymax = TQMAX( ymax, y );
-	    MAPDOUBLE( rect.left(), rect.bottom() + 1, x, y );
-	    xmin = TQMIN( xmin, x );
-	    ymin = TQMIN( ymin, y );
-	    xmax = TQMAX( xmax, x );
-	    ymax = TQMAX( ymax, y );
-	    double w = xmax - xmin;
-	    double h = ymax - ymin;
-	    xmin -= ( xmin - x0 ) / w;
-	    ymin -= ( ymin - y0 ) / h;
-	    xmax -= ( xmax - x0 ) / w;
-	    ymax -= ( ymax - y0 ) / h;
-	    result = TQRect( tqRound(xmin), tqRound(ymin), tqRound(xmax)-tqRound(xmin)+1, tqRound(ymax)-tqRound(ymin)+1 );
-	}
-    }
-    return result;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-  \internal
-*/
-TQPoint TQWMatrix::operator *( const TQPoint &p ) const
-{
-    double fx = p.x();
-    double fy = p.y();
-    return TQPoint( tqRound(_m11*fx + _m21*fy + _dx),
-		   tqRound(_m12*fx + _m22*fy + _dy) );
-}
-
-
-struct TQWMDoublePoint {
-    double x;
-    double y;
-};
-
-/*!
-  \internal
-*/
-TQPointArray TQWMatrix::operator *( const TQPointArray &a ) const
-{
-    if( qt_old_transformations ) {
-	TQPointArray result = a.copy();
-	int x, y;
-	for ( int i=0; i<(int)result.size(); i++ ) {
-	    result.point( i, &x, &y );
-	    MAPINT( x, y, x, y );
-	    result.setPoint( i, x, y );
-	}
-	return result;
-    } else {
-	int size = a.size();
-	int i;
-	TQMemArray<TQWMDoublePoint> p( size );
-	TQPoint *da = a.data();
-	TQWMDoublePoint *dp = p.data();
-	double xmin = INT_MAX;
-	double ymin = xmin;
-	double xmax = INT_MIN;
-	double ymax = xmax;
-	int xminp = 0;
-	int yminp = 0;
-	for( i = 0; i < size; i++ ) {
-	    dp[i].x = da[i].x();
-	    dp[i].y = da[i].y();
-	    if ( dp[i].x < xmin ) {
-		xmin = dp[i].x;
-		xminp = i;
-	    }
-	    if ( dp[i].y < ymin ) {
-		ymin = dp[i].y;
-		yminp = i;
-	    }
-	    xmax = TQMAX( xmax, dp[i].x );
-	    ymax = TQMAX( ymax, dp[i].y );
-	}
-	double w = TQMAX( xmax - xmin, 1 );
-	double h = TQMAX( ymax - ymin, 1 );
-	for( i = 0; i < size; i++ ) {
-	    dp[i].x += (dp[i].x - xmin)/w;
-	    dp[i].y += (dp[i].y - ymin)/h;
-	    MAPDOUBLE( dp[i].x, dp[i].y, dp[i].x, dp[i].y );
-	}
-
-	// now apply correction back for transformed values...
-	xmin = INT_MAX;
-	ymin = xmin;
-	xmax = INT_MIN;
-	ymax = xmax;
-	for( i = 0; i < size; i++ ) {
-	    xmin = TQMIN( xmin, dp[i].x );
-	    ymin = TQMIN( ymin, dp[i].y );
-	    xmax = TQMAX( xmax, dp[i].x );
-	    ymax = TQMAX( ymax, dp[i].y );
-	}
-	w = TQMAX( xmax - xmin, 1 );
-	h = TQMAX( ymax - ymin, 1 );
-
-	TQPointArray result( size );
-	TQPoint *dr = result.data();
-	for( i = 0; i < size; i++ ) {
-	    dr[i].setX( tqRound( dp[i].x - (dp[i].x - dp[xminp].x)/w ) );
-	    dr[i].setY( tqRound( dp[i].y - (dp[i].y - dp[yminp].y)/h ) );
-	}
-	return result;
-    }
-}
-
-/*!
-\internal
-*/
-TQRegion TQWMatrix::operator * (const TQRect &rect ) const
-{
-    TQRegion result;
-    if ( isIdentity() ) {
-	result = rect;
-    } else if ( _m12 == 0.0F && _m21 == 0.0F ) {
-	if( qt_old_transformations ) {
-	    result = TQRect( map(rect.topLeft()), map(rect.bottomRight()) ).normalize();
-	} else {
-	    int x = tqRound( _m11*rect.x() + _dx );
-	    int y = tqRound( _m22*rect.y() + _dy );
-	    int w = tqRound( _m11*rect.width() );
-	    int h = tqRound( _m22*rect.height() );
-	    if ( w < 0 ) {
-		w = -w;
-		x -= w - 1;
-	    }
-	    if ( h < 0 ) {
-		h = -h;
-		y -= h - 1;
-	    }
-	    result = TQRect( x, y, w, h );
-	}
-    } else {
-	result = TQRegion( mapToPolygon( rect ) );
-    }
-    return result;
-
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the transformed rectangle \a rect as a polygon.
-
-    Polygons and rectangles behave slightly differently
-    when transformed (due to integer rounding), so
-    \c{matrix.map( TQPointArray( rect ) )} is not always the same as
-    \c{matrix.mapToPolygon( rect )}.
-*/
-TQPointArray TQWMatrix::mapToPolygon( const TQRect &rect ) const
-{
-    TQPointArray a( 4 );
-    if ( qt_old_transformations ) {
-	a = TQPointArray( rect );
-	return operator *( a );
-    }
-    double x[4], y[4];
-    if ( _m12 == 0.0F && _m21 == 0.0F ) {
-	x[0] = tqRound( _m11*rect.x() + _dx );
-        y[0] = tqRound( _m22*rect.y() + _dy );
-	double w = tqRound( _m11*rect.width() );
-	double h = tqRound( _m22*rect.height() );
-	if ( w < 0 ) {
-	    w = -w;
-	    x[0] -= w - 1.;
-	}
-	if ( h < 0 ) {
-	    h = -h;
-	    y[0] -= h - 1.;
-	}
-	x[1] = x[0]+w-1;
-	x[2] = x[1];
-	x[3] = x[0];
-	y[1] = y[0];
-	y[2] = y[0]+h-1;
-	y[3] = y[2];
-    } else {
-	MAPINT( rect.left(), rect.top(), x[0], y[0] );
-	MAPINT( rect.right() + 1, rect.top(), x[1], y[1] );
-	MAPINT( rect.right() + 1, rect.bottom() + 1, x[2], y[2] );
-	MAPINT( rect.left(), rect.bottom() + 1, x[3], y[3] );
-
-	/*
-	Including rectangles as we have are evil.
-
-        We now have a rectangle that is one pixel to wide and one to
-        high. the tranformed position of the top-left corner is
-        correct. All other points need some adjustments.
-
-	Doing this mathematically exact would force us to calculate some square roots,
-	something we don't want for the sake of speed.
-
-        Instead we use an approximation, that converts to the correct
-        answer when m12 -> 0 and m21 -> 0, and accept smaller
-        errors in the general transformation case.
-
-        The solution is to calculate the width and height of the
-        bounding rect, and scale the points 1/2/3 by (xp-x0)/xw pixel direction
-        to point 0.
-        */
-
-	double xmin = x[0];
-	double ymin = y[0];
-	double xmax = x[0];
-	double ymax = y[0];
-	int i;
-	for( i = 1; i< 4; i++ ) {
-	    xmin = TQMIN( xmin, x[i] );
-	    ymin = TQMIN( ymin, y[i] );
-	    xmax = TQMAX( xmax, x[i] );
-	    ymax = TQMAX( ymax, y[i] );
-	}
-	double w = xmax - xmin;
-	double h = ymax - ymin;
-
-	for( i = 1; i < 4; i++ ) {
-	    x[i] -= (x[i] - x[0])/w;
-	    y[i] -= (y[i] - y[0])/h;
-	}
-    }
-#if 0
-    int i;
-    for( i = 0; i< 4; i++ )
-	qDebug("coords(%d) = (%f/%f) (%d/%d)", i, x[i], y[i], tqRound(x[i]), tqRound(y[i]) );
-    qDebug( "width=%f, height=%f", sqrt( (x[1]-x[0])*(x[1]-x[0]) + (y[1]-y[0])*(y[1]-y[0]) ),
-	    sqrt( (x[0]-x[3])*(x[0]-x[3]) + (y[0]-y[3])*(y[0]-y[3]) ) );
-#endif
-    // all coordinates are correctly, tranform to a pointarray
-    // (rounding to the next integer)
-    a.setPoints( 4, tqRound( x[0] ), tqRound( y[0] ),
-		 tqRound( x[1] ), tqRound( y[1] ),
-		 tqRound( x[2] ), tqRound( y[2] ),
-		 tqRound( x[3] ), tqRound( y[3] ) );
-    return a;
-}
-
-/*!
-\internal
-*/
-TQRegion TQWMatrix::operator * (const TQRegion &r ) const
-{
-    if ( isIdentity() )
-	return r;
-    TQMemArray<TQRect> rects = r.rects();
-    TQRegion result;
-    register TQRect *rect = rects.data();
-    register int i = rects.size();
-    if ( _m12 == 0.0F && _m21 == 0.0F && _m11 > 1.0F && _m22 > 1.0F ) {
-	// simple case, no rotation
-	while ( i ) {
-	    int x = tqRound( _m11*rect->x() + _dx );
-	    int y = tqRound( _m22*rect->y() + _dy );
-	    int w = tqRound( _m11*rect->width() );
-	    int h = tqRound( _m22*rect->height() );
-	    if ( w < 0 ) {
-		w = -w;
-		x -= w-1;
-	    }
-	    if ( h < 0 ) {
-		h = -h;
-		y -= h-1;
-	    }
-	    *rect = TQRect( x, y, w, h );
-	    rect++;
-	    i--;
-	}
-	result.setRects( rects.data(), rects.size() );
-    } else {
-	while ( i ) {
-	    result |= operator *( *rect );
-	    rect++;
-	    i--;
-	}
-    }
-    return result;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Resets the matrix to an identity matrix.
-
-    All elements are set to zero, except \e m11 and \e m22 (scaling)
-    which are set to 1.
-
-    \sa isIdentity()
-*/
-
-void TQWMatrix::reset()
-{
-    _m11 = _m22 = 1.0;
-    _m12 = _m21 = _dx = _dy = 0.0;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns TRUE if the matrix is the identity matrix; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa reset()
-*/
-bool TQWMatrix::isIdentity() const
-{
-    return _m11 == 1.0 && _m22 == 1.0 && _m12 == 0.0 && _m21 == 0.0
-	&& _dx == 0.0 && _dy == 0.0;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Moves the coordinate system \a dx along the X-axis and \a dy along
-    the Y-axis.
-
-    Returns a reference to the matrix.
-
-    \sa scale(), shear(), rotate()
-*/
-
-TQWMatrix &TQWMatrix::translate( double dx, double dy )
-{
-    _dx += dx*_m11 + dy*_m21;
-    _dy += dy*_m22 + dx*_m12;
-    return *this;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Scales the coordinate system unit by \a sx horizontally and \a sy
-    vertically.
-
-    Returns a reference to the matrix.
-
-    \sa translate(), shear(), rotate()
-*/
-
-TQWMatrix &TQWMatrix::scale( double sx, double sy )
-{
-    _m11 *= sx;
-    _m12 *= sx;
-    _m21 *= sy;
-    _m22 *= sy;
-    return *this;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Shears the coordinate system by \a sh horizontally and \a sv
-    vertically.
-
-    Returns a reference to the matrix.
-
-    \sa translate(), scale(), rotate()
-*/
-
-TQWMatrix &TQWMatrix::shear( double sh, double sv )
-{
-    double tm11 = sv*_m21;
-    double tm12 = sv*_m22;
-    double tm21 = sh*_m11;
-    double tm22 = sh*_m12;
-    _m11 += tm11;
-    _m12 += tm12;
-    _m21 += tm21;
-    _m22 += tm22;
-    return *this;
-}
-
-const double deg2rad = 0.017453292519943295769;	// pi/180
-
-/*!
-    Rotates the coordinate system \a a degrees counterclockwise.
-
-    Returns a reference to the matrix.
-
-    \sa translate(), scale(), shear()
-*/
-
-TQWMatrix &TQWMatrix::rotate( double a )
-{
-    double b = deg2rad*a;			// convert to radians
-#if defined(TQ_WS_X11)
-    double sina = qsincos(b,FALSE);		// fast and convenient
-    double cosa = qsincos(b,TRUE);
-#else
-    double sina = sin(b);
-    double cosa = cos(b);
-#endif
-    double tm11 = cosa*_m11 + sina*_m21;
-    double tm12 = cosa*_m12 + sina*_m22;
-    double tm21 = -sina*_m11 + cosa*_m21;
-    double tm22 = -sina*_m12 + cosa*_m22;
-    _m11 = tm11; _m12 = tm12;
-    _m21 = tm21; _m22 = tm22;
-    return *this;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool TQWMatrix::isInvertible() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the matrix is invertible; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa invert()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn double TQWMatrix::det() const
-
-    Returns the matrix's determinant.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    Returns the inverted matrix.
-
-    If the matrix is singular (not invertible), the identity matrix is
-    returned.
-
-    If \a invertible is not 0: the value of \a *invertible is set
-    to TRUE if the matrix is invertible; otherwise \a *invertible is
-    set to FALSE.
-
-    \sa isInvertible()
-*/
-
-TQWMatrix TQWMatrix::invert( bool *invertible ) const
-{
-    double determinant = det();
-    if ( determinant == 0.0 ) {
-	if ( invertible )
-	    *invertible = FALSE;		// singular matrix
-	TQWMatrix defaultMatrix;
-	return defaultMatrix;
-    }
-    else {					// invertible matrix
-	if ( invertible )
-	    *invertible = TRUE;
-	double dinv = 1.0/determinant;
-	TQWMatrix imatrix( (_m22*dinv),	(-_m12*dinv),
-			  (-_m21*dinv), ( _m11*dinv),
-			  ((_m21*_dy - _m22*_dx)*dinv),
-			  ((_m12*_dx - _m11*_dy)*dinv) );
-	return imatrix;
-    }
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Returns TRUE if this matrix is equal to \a m; otherwise returns FALSE.
-*/
-
-bool TQWMatrix::operator==( const TQWMatrix &m ) const
-{
-    return _m11 == m._m11 &&
-	   _m12 == m._m12 &&
-	   _m21 == m._m21 &&
-	   _m22 == m._m22 &&
-	   _dx == m._dx &&
-	   _dy == m._dy;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns TRUE if this matrix is not equal to \a m; otherwise returns FALSE.
-*/
-
-bool TQWMatrix::operator!=( const TQWMatrix &m ) const
-{
-    return _m11 != m._m11 ||
-	   _m12 != m._m12 ||
-	   _m21 != m._m21 ||
-	   _m22 != m._m22 ||
-	   _dx != m._dx ||
-	   _dy != m._dy;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the result of multiplying this matrix by matrix \a m.
-*/
-
-TQWMatrix &TQWMatrix::operator*=( const TQWMatrix &m )
-{
-    double tm11 = _m11*m._m11 + _m12*m._m21;
-    double tm12 = _m11*m._m12 + _m12*m._m22;
-    double tm21 = _m21*m._m11 + _m22*m._m21;
-    double tm22 = _m21*m._m12 + _m22*m._m22;
-
-    double tdx  = _dx*m._m11  + _dy*m._m21 + m._dx;
-    double tdy =  _dx*m._m12  + _dy*m._m22 + m._dy;
-
-    _m11 = tm11; _m12 = tm12;
-    _m21 = tm21; _m22 = tm22;
-    _dx = tdx; _dy = tdy;
-    return *this;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-    \relates TQWMatrix
-    Returns the product of \a m1 * \a m2.
-
-    Note that matrix multiplication is not commutative, i.e. a*b !=
-    b*a.
-*/
-
-TQWMatrix operator*( const TQWMatrix &m1, const TQWMatrix &m2 )
-{
-    TQWMatrix result = m1;
-    result *= m2;
-    return result;
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  TQWMatrix stream functions
- *****************************************************************************/
-#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
-/*!
-    \relates TQWMatrix
-
-    Writes the matrix \a m to the stream \a s and returns a reference
-    to the stream.
-
-    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the TQDataStream operators \endlink
-*/
-
-TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream &s, const TQWMatrix &m )
-{
-    if ( s.version() == 1 )
-	s << (float)m.m11() << (float)m.m12() << (float)m.m21()
-	  << (float)m.m22() << (float)m.dx()  << (float)m.dy();
-    else
-	s << m.m11() << m.m12() << m.m21() << m.m22()
-	  << m.dx() << m.dy();
-    return s;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \relates TQWMatrix
-
-    Reads the matrix \a m from the stream \a s and returns a reference
-    to the stream.
-
-    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the TQDataStream operators \endlink
-*/
-
-TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &s, TQWMatrix &m )
-{
-    if ( s.version() == 1 ) {
-	float m11, m12, m21, m22, dx, dy;
-	s >> m11;  s >> m12;  s >> m21;  s >> m22;
-	s >> dx;   s >> dy;
-	m.setMatrix( m11, m12, m21, m22, dx, dy );
-    }
-    else {
-	double m11, m12, m21, m22, dx, dy;
-	s >> m11;  s >> m12;  s >> m21;  s >> m22;
-	s >> dx;   s >> dy;
-	m.setMatrix( m11, m12, m21, m22, dx, dy );
-    }
-    return s;
-}
-#endif // TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
-
-#endif // USE_QT4
-
-#endif // TQT_NO_WMATRIX
-
diff --git a/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqwmatrix.h~ b/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqwmatrix.h~
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ce4085..0000000
--- a/tqtinterface/qt4/src/kernel/tqwmatrix.h~
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Definition of TQWMatrix class
-**
-** Created : 941020
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.
-**
-** This file is part of the kernel module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef TQWMATRIX_H
-#define TQWMATRIX_H
-
-#include "tqtglobaldefines.h"
-
-#ifndef TQT_H
-#include "tqwindowdefs.h"
-#include "tqpointarray.h"
-#include "tqrect.h"
-#include "tqregion.h"
-#endif // TQT_H
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_WMATRIX
-
-#ifdef USE_QT4
-
-#include <Qt/qpixmap.h>
-#include <Qt/qbitmap.h>
-
-// #include "tqimage.h"
-
-#endif // USE_QT4
-
-#ifdef USE_QT4
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQWMatrix : public QMatrix, virtual public TQt
-{
-public:
-	TQWMatrix() : QMatrix() {}
-	TQWMatrix( double m11, double m12, double m21, double m22, double dx, double dy ) : QMatrix( m11, m12, m21, m22, dx, dy ) {}
-
-	//TQWMatrix invert(bool *invertible=0);
-	inline TQWMatrix invert(bool *invertible=0) const { const QMatrix &ref = inverted(invertible); return (*static_cast<const TQWMatrix*>(&ref)); }
-
-	inline TQRect map(const QRect &r) const { return mapRect(r); }
-
-	inline void map( int x, int y, int *tx, int *ty ) const { return QMatrix::map(x, y, tx, ty); }
-	inline void map( double x, double y, double *tx, double *ty ) const { return QMatrix::map(x, y, tx, ty); }
-	inline TQPoint map( const QPoint &p ) const { return QMatrix::map(p); }
-	inline TQRegion map( const QRegion &r ) const { return QMatrix::map(r); }
-	TQPointArray map( const TQPointArray &a ) const;
-
-	TQRegion mapToRegion(const QRect &r) const;
-
-	enum TransformationMode {
-		Points, Areas
-	};
-	static void setTransformationMode( TQWMatrix::TransformationMode m );
-	static TransformationMode transformationMode();
-
-	TQPointArray operator * ( const TQPointArray &a ) const;
-
-	TQWMatrix &operator*=( const TQWMatrix & );
-
-	// Interoperability
-	inline TQWMatrix &operator=( const QMatrix &qm ) { return *this = qm; }
-
-// 	TQWMatrix(QMatrix a) {
-// 		setMatrix(a.m11(), a.m12()
-// 	}
-
-// 	inline operator QMatrix() const { return *this; }
-
-	// Interoperability
-	static const TQWMatrix& convertFromQMatrix( QMatrix& qs );
-};
-
-// Interoperability
-inline static const TQWMatrix& convertFromQMatrix( const QMatrix& qs ) {
-	return (*static_cast<const TQWMatrix*>(&qs));
-}
-
-TQ_EXPORT TQWMatrix operator*( const TQWMatrix &, const TQWMatrix & );
-
-#else // USE_QT4
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQWMatrix					// 2D transform matrix
-{
-public:
-    TQWMatrix();
-    TQWMatrix( double m11, double m12, double m21, double m22,
-	      double dx, double dy );
-
-    void	setMatrix( double m11, double m12, double m21, double m22,
-			   double dx,  double dy );
-
-    double	m11() const { return _m11; }
-    double	m12() const { return _m12; }
-    double	m21() const { return _m21; }
-    double	m22() const { return _m22; }
-    double	dx()  const { return _dx; }
-    double	dy()  const { return _dy; }
-
-    void	map( int x, int y, int *tx, int *ty )	      const;
-    void	map( double x, double y, double *tx, double *ty ) const;
-    TQRect	mapRect( const TQRect & )	const;
-
-    TQPoint	map( const TQPoint &p )	const { return operator *( p ); }
-    TQRect	map( const TQRect &r )	const { return mapRect ( r ); }
-    TQPointArray map( const TQPointArray &a ) const { return operator * ( a ); }
-    TQRegion     map( const TQRegion &r ) const { return operator *( r ); }
-    TQRegion     mapToRegion( const TQRect &r ) const { return operator *( r ); }
-    TQPointArray	mapToPolygon( const TQRect &r )	const;
-
-    void	reset();
-    bool	isIdentity() const;
-
-    TQWMatrix   &translate( double dx, double dy );
-    TQWMatrix   &scale( double sx, double sy );
-    TQWMatrix   &shear( double sh, double sv );
-    TQWMatrix   &rotate( double a );
-
-    bool isInvertible() const { return (_m11*_m22 - _m12*_m21) != 0; }
-    double det() const { return _m11*_m22 - _m12*_m21; }
-
-    TQWMatrix	invert( bool * = 0 ) const;
-
-    bool	operator==( const TQWMatrix & ) const;
-    bool	operator!=( const TQWMatrix & ) const;
-    TQWMatrix   &operator*=( const TQWMatrix & );
-
-    /* we use matrix multiplication semantics here */
-    TQPoint operator * (const TQPoint & ) const;
-    TQRegion operator * (const TQRect & ) const;
-    TQRegion operator * (const TQRegion & ) const;
-    TQPointArray operator * ( const TQPointArray &a ) const;
-
-    enum TransformationMode {
-	Points, Areas
-    };
-    static void setTransformationMode( TQWMatrix::TransformationMode m );
-    static TransformationMode transformationMode();
-private:
-    double	_m11, _m12;
-    double	_m21, _m22;
-    double	_dx,  _dy;
-};
-
-TQ_EXPORT TQWMatrix operator*( const TQWMatrix &, const TQWMatrix & );
-
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  TQWMatrix stream functions
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream &, const TQWMatrix & );
-TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &, TQWMatrix & );
-
-#endif // USE_QT4
-
-#endif // TQT_NO_WMATRIX
-
-#endif // TQWMATRIX_H
diff --git a/tqtinterface/qt4/src/tools/tqbuffer.h~ b/tqtinterface/qt4/src/tools/tqbuffer.h~
deleted file mode 100644
index c939e50..0000000
--- a/tqtinterface/qt4/src/tools/tqbuffer.h~
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,219 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Definition of TQBuffer class
-**
-** Created : 930812
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.
-**
-** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef TQBUFFER_H
-#define TQBUFFER_H
-
-#include "tqtglobaldefines.h"
-
-#ifndef TQT_H
-#include "tqiodevice.h"
-#include "tqstring.h"
-#endif // TQT_H
-
-#ifdef USE_QT4
-
-#include <Qt/qbuffer.h>
-
-#endif // USE_QT4
-
-#ifdef USE_QT4
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQBuffer : public QBuffer
-{
-public:
-#if defined(TQT_ABI_QT4)
-    typedef TQ_LLONG Offset;
-#else
-    typedef TQ_ULONG Offset;
-#endif
-
-	#warning Please remember that TQByteArray is no longer explicitly shared.  If you get weird crashes while using TQt stream objects please see tqbuffer.h line 69
-	// NOTE:
-	// QByteArray was explicitly shared in Qt3
-	// This is no longer the case in Qt4
-	// If you get weird crashes inside TQBuffer, it probably means you did something like this:
-	// 
-	// main() {
-	// 	aFunction();
-	// 	otherFunction();
-	// }
-	// 
-	// aFunction() {
-	// 	TQBuffer m_Buffer(QByteArray());
-	// }
-	// 
-	// otherFunction() {
-	// 	m_Buffer.putch('H');
-	// }
-	// 
-	// The QByteArray object was created within aFunction, but as it went out of scope it was destroyed before otherFunction was called
-	// Therefore, the TQBuffer's internal reference to the TQByteArray was invalid at the time putch() was called
-	// You could do this instead:
-	// 
-	// aFunction() {
-	// 	TQBuffer m_Buffer();
-	// 	m_Buffer.tqsetBufferFromCopy(QByteArray());
-	// }
-
-	TQBuffer() : QBuffer() {}
-	TQBuffer( TQByteArray &ba ) : QBuffer( &ba, 0 ) {}
-	TQBuffer( const TQByteArray &ba ) : QBuffer( const_cast<TQByteArray*>(&ba), 0 ) {}
-// 	TQBuffer( TQByteArray ba ) : QBuffer(), internal_ba_copy(ba) { QBuffer::setBuffer(&internal_ba_copy); }		// Make a copy of ba
-
-	inline int state() const { return isOpen() ? 0x1000 : 0; }
-	inline int mode() const { return (int) openMode(); }
-	inline int flags() const { return (int) openMode(); }
-	inline bool tqopen( int mode ) { return open((OpenModeFlag)mode); }
-
-	inline Offset at() const { return pos(); }
-	inline bool at(Offset offset) { return seek(offset); }
-	inline Offset tqat() const { return pos(); }
-	inline bool tqat(Offset offset) { return seek(offset); }
-
-// 	virtual inline qint64 readBlock(char *data, quint64 maxlen) { return read(data, maxlen); }
-// 	virtual inline qint64 writeBlock(const char *data, quint64 len) { return write(data, len); }
-// 	virtual inline qint64 writeBlock(const QByteArray &data) { return write(data); }
-	inline qint64 readBlock(char *data, quint64 maxlen) { return read(data, maxlen); }
-	inline qint64 writeBlock(const char *data, quint64 len) { return write(data, len); }
-	inline qint64 writeBlock(const QByteArray &data) { return write(data); }
-
-// 	virtual inline qint64 readData ( char * data, qint64 maxSize ) { return readBlock(data, maxSize); }
-// 	virtual inline qint64 writeData ( const char * data, qint64 maxSize ) { return writeBlock(data, maxSize); }
-
-	inline int getch() { char c; return getChar(&c) ? int(uchar(c)) : -1; }
-	inline int putch(int c) { return putChar(char(c)) ? int(uchar(c)) : -1; }
-	inline int ungetch(int c) { ungetChar(uchar(c)); return c; }
-
-	inline bool isDirectAccess() const { return !isSequential(); }
-	inline bool isSequentialAccess() const { return isSequential(); }
-	inline bool isCombinedAccess() const { return false; }
-	inline bool isBuffered() const { return true; }
-	inline bool isRaw() const { return false; }
-	inline bool isSynchronous() const { return true; }
-	inline bool isAsynchronous() const { return false; }
-	inline bool isTranslated() const { return (openMode() & Text) != 0; }
-	inline bool isInactive() const { return !isOpen(); }
-
-	inline TQByteArray &buffer() { return static_cast<TQByteArray&>(QBuffer::buffer()); }
-	inline bool setBuffer( TQByteArray &tqba ) { if (isOpen() == TRUE) return FALSE; QBuffer::setBuffer(&tqba); return TRUE; }
-	inline bool tqsetBufferFromCopy( TQByteArray tqba ) { if (isOpen() == TRUE) return FALSE; internal_ba_copy = tqba; QBuffer::setBuffer(&internal_ba_copy); return TRUE; }
-// 	inline bool setBuffer( TQByteArray tqba ) { if (isOpen() == TRUE) return FALSE; internal_ba_copy = tqba; QBuffer::setBuffer(&internal_ba_copy); return TRUE; }
-
-public:
-	typedef int Status;
-	Status status() const {
-#if !defined(QT_NO_QOBJECT)
-		const QFile *f = qobject_cast<const QFile *>(this);
-		if (f) return (int) f->error();
-#endif
-		return isOpen() ? 0 /* IO_Ok */ : 8 /* IO_UnspecifiedError */;
-	}
-	void resetStatus() {
-#if !defined(QT_NO_QOBJECT)
-		QFile *f = qobject_cast<QFile *>(this);
-		if (f) f->unsetError();
-#endif
-	}
-
-	void setqStatus( int ) { std::cout << "[WARNING] TQBuffer::setqStatus() UNIMPLEMENTED\n\r"; }
-	void resetqStatus() { resetStatus(); }
-
-private:
-	TQByteArray internal_ba_copy;
-};
-
-#else // USE_QT4
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQBuffer : public TQIODevice
-{
-public:
-    TQBuffer();
-    TQBuffer( TQByteArray );
-   ~TQBuffer();
-
-    TQByteArray buffer() const;
-    bool  setBuffer( TQByteArray );
-
-    bool  open( int );
-    void  close();
-    void  flush();
-
-    Offset size() const;
-    Offset at() const;
-    bool  at( Offset );
-
-    TQ_LONG	  readBlock( char *p, TQ_ULONG );
-    TQ_LONG	  writeBlock( const char *p, TQ_ULONG );
-    TQ_LONG	  writeBlock( const TQByteArray& data )
-	      { return TQIODevice::writeBlock(data); }
-    TQ_LONG	  readLine( char *p, TQ_ULONG );
-
-    int	  getch();
-    int	  putch( int );
-    int	  ungetch( int );
-
-protected:
-    TQByteArray a;
-
-private:
-    uint  a_len;
-    uint  a_inc;
-
-private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
-#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
-    TQBuffer( const TQBuffer & );
-    TQBuffer &operator=( const TQBuffer & );
-#endif
-};
-
-
-inline TQByteArray TQBuffer::buffer() const
-{ return a; }
-
-inline TQIODevice::Offset TQBuffer::size() const
-{ return (Offset)a.size(); }
-
-inline TQIODevice::Offset TQBuffer::at() const
-{ return ioIndex; }
-
-#endif // USE_QT4
-
-#endif // TQBUFFER_H
diff --git a/tqtinterface/qt4/src/tools/tqiodevice.h~ b/tqtinterface/qt4/src/tools/tqiodevice.h~
deleted file mode 100644
index e34b65d..0000000
--- a/tqtinterface/qt4/src/tools/tqiodevice.h~
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,310 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Definition of TQIODevice class
-**
-** Created : 940913
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2010 Timothy Pearson and (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.
-**
-** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef TQIODEVICE_H
-#define TQIODEVICE_H
-
-#include "tqtglobaldefines.h"
-
-#ifndef TQT_H
-#include "tqglobal.h"
-#include "tqcstring.h"
-#endif // TQT_H
-
-#ifdef USE_QT4
-
-#include <Qt/qiodevice.h>
-#include <Qt/qfile.h>
-#include <iostream>
-
-#endif // USE_QT4
-
-#ifdef USE_QT4
-
-#define IO_Direct		0x0100		// direct access tqdevice
-#define IO_Sequential		0x0200		// sequential access tqdevice
-#define IO_Combined		0x0300		// combined direct/sequential
-#define IO_TypeMask		0x0f00
-
-// IO handling modes
-
-#define IO_Raw			0x0040		// raw access (not buffered)
-#define IO_Async		0x0080		// asynchronous mode
-
-// IO tqdevice open modes
-
-#define IO_ReadOnly		(QIODevice::OpenModeFlag)0x0001		// readable tqdevice
-#define IO_WriteOnly		(QIODevice::OpenModeFlag)0x0002		// writable tqdevice
-#define IO_ReadWrite		(QIODevice::OpenModeFlag)0x0003		// read+write tqdevice
-#define IO_Append		(QIODevice::OpenModeFlag)0x0004		// append
-#define IO_Truncate		(QIODevice::OpenModeFlag)0x0008		// truncate tqdevice
-#define IO_Translate		(QIODevice::OpenModeFlag)0x0010		// translate CR+LF
-#define IO_ModeMask		(QIODevice::OpenModeFlag)0x00ff
-
-// IO tqdevice state
-
-#define IO_Open			0x1000		// tqdevice is open
-#define IO_StateMask		0xf000
-
-// IO tqdevice status
-
-#define IO_Ok			0
-#define IO_ReadError		1		// read error
-#define IO_WriteError		2		// write error
-#define IO_FatalError		3		// fatal unrecoverable error
-#define IO_ResourceError	4		// resource limitation
-#define IO_OpenError		5		// cannot open tqdevice
-#define IO_ConnectError		5		// cannot connect to tqdevice
-#define IO_AbortError		6		// abort error
-#define IO_TimeOutError		7		// time out
-#define IO_UnspecifiedError	8		// unspecified error
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQIODevice : public QIODevice
-{
-public:
-#if defined(TQT_ABI_QT4)
-    typedef TQ_LLONG Offset;
-#else
-    typedef TQ_ULONG Offset;
-#endif
-
-	TQIODevice() : QIODevice() {}
-
-	inline int state() const { return isOpen() ? 0x1000 : 0; }
-	inline int mode() const { return (int) openMode(); }
-	inline int flags() const { return (int) openMode(); }
-	inline bool tqopen( int mode ) { return open((OpenModeFlag)mode); }
-
-	inline Offset at() const { return pos(); }
-	inline bool at(Offset offset) { return seek(offset); }
-	inline Offset tqat() const { return pos(); }
-	inline bool tqat(Offset offset) { return seek(offset); }
-
-// 	virtual inline qint64 readBlock(char *data, quint64 maxlen) { return read(data, maxlen); }
-// 	virtual inline qint64 writeBlock(const char *data, quint64 len) { return write(data, len); }
-// 	virtual inline qint64 writeBlock(const QByteArray &data) { return write(data); }
-	inline qint64 readBlock(char *data, quint64 maxlen) { return read(data, maxlen); }
-	inline qint64 writeBlock(const char *data, quint64 len) { return write(data, len); }
-	inline qint64 writeBlock(const QByteArray &data) { return write(data); }
-
-// 	virtual inline qint64 readData ( char * data, qint64 maxSize ) { return readBlock(data, maxSize); }
-// 	virtual inline qint64 writeData ( const char * data, qint64 maxSize ) { return writeBlock(data, maxSize); }
-
-	inline int getch() { char c; return getChar(&c) ? int(uchar(c)) : -1; }
-	inline int putch(int c) { return putChar(char(c)) ? int(uchar(c)) : -1; }
-	inline int ungetch(int c) { ungetChar(uchar(c)); return c; }
-	virtual void flush() = 0;
-
-	inline bool isDirectAccess() const { return !isSequential(); }
-	inline bool isSequentialAccess() const { return isSequential(); }
-	inline bool isCombinedAccess() const { return false; }
-	inline bool isBuffered() const { return true; }
-	inline bool isRaw() const { return false; }
-	inline bool isSynchronous() const { return true; }
-	inline bool isAsynchronous() const { return false; }
-	inline bool isTranslated() const { return (openMode() & Text) != 0; }
-	inline bool isInactive() const { return !isOpen(); }
-
-// 	inline bool open( int mode ) = 0;
-
-protected:
-	void setFlags( int f ) { setOpenMode((QIODevice::OpenModeFlag)f); }
-	void setType( int ) { printf("[WARNING] TQIODevice::setType() unimplemented\n\r"); }
-	void setMode( int f ) { setOpenMode((QIODevice::OpenModeFlag)f); }
-	void setState( int state ) {
-		switch (state) {
-			case (IO_Open):
-				QIODevice::open(openMode());
-				break;
-		}
-	}
-
-public:
-	typedef int Status;
-	Status status() const {
-#if !defined(QT_NO_QOBJECT)
-		const QFile *f = qobject_cast<const QFile *>(this);
-		if (f) return (int) f->error();
-#endif
-		return isOpen() ? 0 /* IO_Ok */ : 8 /* IO_UnspecifiedError */;
-	}
-	void resetStatus() {
-#if !defined(QT_NO_QOBJECT)
-		QFile *f = qobject_cast<QFile *>(this);
-		if (f) f->unsetError();
-#endif
-	}
-
-protected:
-	void setqStatus( int ) { std::cout << "[WARNING] TQIODevice::setqStatus() UNIMPLEMENTED\n\r"; }
-	void resetqStatus() { resetStatus(); }
-
-	friend class TQFile;
-	friend class TQIODeviceSource;
-	friend class TQImageIO;
-
-public:
-	// Interoperability
-	static TQIODevice& convertFromQIODevice( QIODevice& qiod );
-};
-
-// Interoperability
-inline static TQIODevice& convertFromQIODevice( QIODevice& qiod ) {
-	return (*static_cast<TQIODevice*>(&qiod));
-}
-
-#else // USE_QT4
-
-// IO tqdevice access types
-
-#define IO_Direct		0x0100		// direct access tqdevice
-#define IO_Sequential		0x0200		// sequential access tqdevice
-#define IO_Combined		0x0300		// combined direct/sequential
-#define IO_TypeMask		0x0f00
-
-// IO handling modes
-
-#define IO_Raw			0x0040		// raw access (not buffered)
-#define IO_Async		0x0080		// asynchronous mode
-
-// IO tqdevice open modes
-
-#define IO_ReadOnly		0x0001		// readable tqdevice
-#define IO_WriteOnly		0x0002		// writable tqdevice
-#define IO_ReadWrite		0x0003		// read+write tqdevice
-#define IO_Append		0x0004		// append
-#define IO_Truncate		0x0008		// truncate tqdevice
-#define IO_Translate		0x0010		// translate CR+LF
-#define IO_ModeMask		0x00ff
-
-// IO tqdevice state
-
-#define IO_Open			0x1000		// tqdevice is open
-#define IO_StateMask		0xf000
-
-// IO tqdevice status
-
-#define IO_Ok			0
-#define IO_ReadError		1		// read error
-#define IO_WriteError		2		// write error
-#define IO_FatalError		3		// fatal unrecoverable error
-#define IO_ResourceError	4		// resource limitation
-#define IO_OpenError		5		// cannot open tqdevice
-#define IO_ConnectError		5		// cannot connect to tqdevice
-#define IO_AbortError		6		// abort error
-#define IO_TimeOutError		7		// time out
-#define IO_UnspecifiedError	8		// unspecified error
-
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQIODevice
-{
-public:
-#if defined(TQT_ABI_QT4)
-    typedef TQ_LLONG Offset;
-#else
-    typedef TQ_ULONG Offset;
-#endif
-
-    TQIODevice();
-    virtual ~TQIODevice();
-
-    int		 flags()  const { return ioMode; }
-    int		 mode()	  const { return ioMode & IO_ModeMask; }
-    int		 state()  const { return ioMode & IO_StateMask; }
-
-    bool	 isDirectAccess()     const { return ((ioMode & IO_Direct)     == IO_Direct); }
-    bool	 isSequentialAccess() const { return ((ioMode & IO_Sequential) == IO_Sequential); }
-    bool	 isCombinedAccess()   const { return ((ioMode & IO_Combined)   == IO_Combined); }
-    bool	 isBuffered()	      const { return ((ioMode & IO_Raw)        != IO_Raw); }
-    bool	 isRaw()	      const { return ((ioMode & IO_Raw)        == IO_Raw); }
-    bool	 isSynchronous()      const { return ((ioMode & IO_Async)      != IO_Async); }
-    bool	 isAsynchronous()     const { return ((ioMode & IO_Async)      == IO_Async); }
-    bool	 isTranslated()	      const { return ((ioMode & IO_Translate)  == IO_Translate); }
-    bool	 isReadable()	      const { return ((ioMode & IO_ReadOnly)   == IO_ReadOnly); }
-    bool	 isWritable()	      const { return ((ioMode & IO_WriteOnly)  == IO_WriteOnly); }
-    bool	 isReadWrite()	      const { return ((ioMode & IO_ReadWrite)  == IO_ReadWrite); }
-    bool	 isInactive()	      const { return state() == 0; }
-    bool	 isOpen()	      const { return state() == IO_Open; }
-
-    int		 status() const { return ioSt; }
-    void	 resetqStatus()	{ ioSt = IO_Ok; }
-
-    virtual bool open( int mode ) = 0;
-    virtual void close() = 0;
-    virtual void flush() = 0;
-
-    virtual Offset size()  const = 0;
-    virtual Offset at()  const;
-    virtual bool at( Offset );
-    virtual bool atEnd()  const;
-    bool	 reset() { return at(0); }
-
-    virtual TQ_LONG readBlock( char *data, TQ_ULONG maxlen ) = 0;
-    virtual TQ_LONG writeBlock( const char *data, TQ_ULONG len ) = 0;
-    virtual TQ_LONG readLine( char *data, TQ_ULONG maxlen );
-    TQ_LONG writeBlock( const TQByteArray& data );
-    virtual TQByteArray readAll();
-
-    virtual int	 getch() = 0;
-    virtual int	 putch( int ) = 0;
-    virtual int	 ungetch( int ) = 0;
-
-protected:
-    void	 setFlags( int f ) { ioMode = f; }
-    void	 setType( int );
-    void	 setMode( int );
-    void	 setState( int );
-    void	 setqStatus( int );
-    Offset	 ioIndex;
-
-private:
-    int		 ioMode;
-    int		 ioSt;
-
-private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
-#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
-    TQIODevice( const TQIODevice & );
-    TQIODevice &operator=( const TQIODevice & );
-#endif
-};
-
-#endif // USE_QT4
-
-#endif // TQIODEVICE_H